[Date Prev][Date Next][Thread Prev][Thread Next][Date Index][Thread Index]
[elpa] master e04cd33: Actually remove mmm-mode from master
|
From: |
Stefan Monnier |
|
Subject: |
[elpa] master e04cd33: Actually remove mmm-mode from master |
|
Date: |
Fri, 16 Mar 2018 22:43:03 -0400 (EDT) |
branch: master
commit e04cd334a2e9a4f42b38ef312ce628378a227bb7
Author: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Commit: Stefan Monnier <address@hidden>
Actually remove mmm-mode from master
---
packages/mmm-mode/.gitignore | 14 -
packages/mmm-mode/AUTHORS | 16 -
packages/mmm-mode/COPYING | 340 --
packages/mmm-mode/ChangeLog | 1071 ------
packages/mmm-mode/Checklist | 24 -
packages/mmm-mode/FAQ | 192 --
packages/mmm-mode/INSTALL | 182 -
packages/mmm-mode/Makefile.am | 16 -
packages/mmm-mode/NEWS | 322 --
packages/mmm-mode/README | 110 -
packages/mmm-mode/README.Mason | 122 -
packages/mmm-mode/TODO | 61 -
packages/mmm-mode/acinclude.m4 | 165 -
packages/mmm-mode/autogen.sh | 28 -
packages/mmm-mode/configure.in | 36 -
packages/mmm-mode/elisp-comp | 55 -
packages/mmm-mode/install-sh | 251 --
packages/mmm-mode/mdate-sh | 92 -
packages/mmm-mode/missing | 336 --
packages/mmm-mode/mkinstalldirs | 38 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-auto.el | 176 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-class.el | 327 --
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cmds.el | 444 ---
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-compat.el | 120 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cweb.el | 100 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-defaults.el | 62 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-erb.el | 244 --
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mason.el | 175 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.el | 310 --
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.spec | 40 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-myghty.el | 187 --
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-noweb.el | 419 ---
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-region.el | 911 -----
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-rpm.el | 80 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-sample.el | 384 ---
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-univ.el | 64 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-utils.el | 157 -
packages/mmm-mode/mmm-vars.el | 1126 -------
packages/mmm-mode/mmm.texinfo | 2108 ------------
packages/mmm-mode/tests/highlighting.el | 112 -
packages/mmm-mode/tests/html-erb.el | 103 -
packages/mmm-mode/texinfo.tex | 5484 -------------------------------
42 files changed, 16604 deletions(-)
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/.gitignore b/packages/mmm-mode/.gitignore
deleted file mode 100644
index 6803303..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/.gitignore
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-autom4te.cache
-aclocal.m4
-configure
-config.log
-config.status
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-elc-stamp
-mmm.info*
-*.elc
-*.tar.gz
-script
-stamp-vti
-version.texi
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/AUTHORS b/packages/mmm-mode/AUTHORS
deleted file mode 100644
index 431255e..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/AUTHORS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-MMM Mode was originally designed and written by Michael Shulman
-<address@hidden>.
-
-It was inspired by mmm.el for XEmacs by Gongquan Chen <address@hidden>.
-
-Recent contributors have included:
-
-bishop <address@hidden>
-Joe Kelsey <address@hidden>
-Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-Michael Alan Dorman <address@hidden>
-Brian P Templeton <address@hidden>
-Yann Dirson <address@hidden>
-Marcus Harnisch
-
-and others...
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/COPYING b/packages/mmm-mode/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index d60c31a..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- Preamble
-
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
- We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
- GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
- 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
- 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
- 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
- stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
- b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
- whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
- part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
- parties under the terms of this License.
-
- c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
- when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
- interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
- announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
- notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
- a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
- these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
- does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
- the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
- 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
- a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
- source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
- 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
- years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
- cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
- machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
- distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
- c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
- to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
- allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
- received the program in object code or executable form with such
- an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
- 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
- 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
- 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
- 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
- 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
- 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
- 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
- NO WARRANTY
-
- 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
- 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
- How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
- If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
- To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
- <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
- Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
-
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
- Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
- Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
- This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
- under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
- Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
- `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
- <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
- Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/ChangeLog b/packages/mmm-mode/ChangeLog
deleted file mode 100644
index b507d79..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/ChangeLog
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1071 +0,0 @@
-NOTE: This file is not kept up-to-date anymore.
-
-2004-11-18 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-myghty.el: New mode from Ben Bangert.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-major-mode-preferences): Added Python prefs,
- also from Ben.
-
- * mmm-auto.el (mmm-autoloaded-classes): Merged Ben Bangert's
- Myghty class.
-
-2004-06-16 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * version.texi: Release 0.4.8.
-
- * mmm-vars.el: Release 0.4.8.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Release 0.4.8.
-
- * mmm-noweb.el (mmm-syntax-region-list)
- (mmm-syntax-other-regions, mmm-word-other-regions)
- (mmm-space-other-regions, mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions): Added
- from Joe's email. They're here right now, until a better place
- can be found.
-
- * configure.in: Incr version for release.
-
-2004-06-10 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify): Change defaults for front-delim and
- back-delim to nil. 0 was breaking the no-delimiter case in
- mmm-match-region.
-
-2004-06-02 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el (html-js): Support JS version in language attribute.
-
-2004-06-01 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables): Updated cc-mode local
- variables.
-
- * Makefile.am (lisp_LISP): Removed mmm-php.el, since it doesn't
- appear to be in CVS.
-
- * missing: Updated for automake 1.7.9.
-
-2003-10-18 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables): Add semantic stuff and
- c-syntactic-eol.
-
-2003-03-25 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.spec: Added file for building SRPMs, from bishop
-
- * autogen.sh: Added file for building from CVS
-
-2003-03-22 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el (html-php): Added new submode class.
- (eperl): Corrected, added comment detection.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-insert-by-key): Added undo collapsing.
-
-2003-03-09 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-set-mode-line): Added support for "buffer mode"
- display name.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-insert-by-key): Match and calculate names, and
- store front and back positions for delimiter overlays.
-
- * mmm-mason.el: Added match-name parameter.
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Added delimiter-mode and match-name parameters.
-
- * mmm-region.el: Restructured current-overlay functions.
- (mmm-make-region, mmm-make-overlay, mmm-get-face): Create
- delimiter overlays with modes and faces, add display-name and name
- parameters, and handle evaporation intelligently.
- (mmm-front-start, mmm-back-end, etc.): Use delimiter overlays.
- (mmm-update-current-submode): Delete overlays whose front
- delimiter has evaporated.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify, mmm-match-region): Added matching for
- region names.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-delimiter-mode, mmm-delimiter-face): Added.
-
-2003-03-08 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-clear-overlays): Fixed bug so turning mmm
- mode off now restores primary mode correctly.
-
-2003-03-03 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-noweb.el (mmm-noweb-bind-keys): Implemented a "local to
- submode class" keymap binding.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-set-mode-line): Used correct name for variable.
-
-2003-03-02 Michael A. Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-mode): Removed ancient docstring, which had
- references to long-deprecated and removed functions. The info
- file is now the official user reference.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-submode-region): Run hooks specified
- by the region being entered, or the dominant if not.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-primary-mode-entry-hook): Added variable.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-subregion-invalid-placement): Renamed from
- mmm-subregion-crosses-parents.
- (mmm-primary-mode-display-name): Added variable.
- (mmm-set-mode-line): Added function to allow display of specified
- names outside regions.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-valid-submode-region): Corrected algorithm,
- improved documentation, renamed error.
-
-2003-02-05 Joe Kelsey <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-add-to-group): New function mmm-add-to-group
- adds new private classes to an existing group.
-
- * mmm.texinfo (Noweb): Add documentation about noweb mode.
-
- * mmm-auto.el (mmm-autoloaded-classes): Add noweb to
- autoloaded classes.
-
- * mmm-noweb.el: Modified chunk naming to give noweb-chunks
- different names so that they will be indented independently.
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Make html-js look for language= or type=
- attributes because you may have other script types.
-
-2003-01-30 Joe Kelsey <address@hidden>
-
- * Makefile.am: Add mmm-cweb.el, mmm-php.el and mmm-noweb.el
-
- * mmm-noweb.el: Add support for noweb.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify, mmm-make-region): Add support for setting
- the NAME property on regions.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-insert-by-key): Add support for setting the
- NAME property on inserts.
-
-2002-11-11 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * .cvsignore: Add semantic.cache.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables): Update C variables to
- save, based on Emacs CVS.
-
- * mmm-cweb.el (cweb): Tweaked indentation. Add cweb to the
-
-2001-05-16 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-mode-on): Make style variables buffer-local.
- Continue on all MMM errors.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables): Added all c-modes
- indentation style variables.
-
- * mmm-auto.el, mmm-sample.el:
- Added `sgml-dtd' submode class from Yann Dirson <address@hidden>.
-
-2001-05-15 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Added cweb to autoloaded classes.
-
-2001-05-14 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el: Passed arguments to `signal'.
-
- * mmm-vars.el: Defined new submode placement error conditions.
-
-2001-05-14 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-cweb.el: New file.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-valid-submode-region): New function.
- (mmm-make-region): Allow nested submodes and put the priority in
- the overlay.
-
-2001-02-23 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-mode.el, mmm-vars.el, version.texi: Released 0.4.7
-
-2001-02-18 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-classes-alist): Document new keywords.
-
- * mmm.texinfo (Region Placement): Document the front-match,
- back-match and end-not-begin keywords.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-match-region, mmm-ify): Add front-match &
- back-match keywords to specify which submatch to treat as the
- delimiter. Add end-not-begin key.
- (mmm-match->point): Add front-match and back-match args.
-
-2001-02-12 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mason.el (mmm-mason-end-line,mmm-mason-start-line): Use bolp
- and eolp.
-
-2001-02-03 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-vars.el:
- Added `mmm-primary-mode' variable so that `major-mode' can be saved.
-
-2001-01-27 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Added direntry for automated info installation.
-
-2001-01-26 Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in: Use elisp macros from w3 to check for emacs and
- lisp dir.
-
- * aclocal.m4: Pulled elisp-related checks from the W3 library, so
- --with-emacs= will work.
-
-2001-01-15 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-insert-by-key):
- Use match-face and major-mode-preferences.
-
- * mmm-sample.el (mmm-here-doc-get-mode):
- Try each word individually first.
-
- * mmm-utils.el (mmm-format-matches):
- Removed reference to `count' variable.
-
- * mmm-sample.el, mmm-univ.el, mmm-utils.el:
- Allowed language names for preference lookup as "mode names".
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-set-major-mode-preferences): Added function.
-
-2001-01-14 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-class.el, mmm-utils.el (mmm-format-matches):
- Changed to allow accessing any subexp, not
- limited by a numerical value of save-matches.
-
-2001-01-13 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el, mmm-vars.el: Modified CSS to use preferred mode.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables):
- Added syntax and indentation variables for
- cc-mode and variants.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-major-mode-preferences):
- Added check for `jde-mode' for Java code.
-
-2001-01-12 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Added ePerl and JSP to autoload.
-
-2001-01-11 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Added ePerl submode class.
-
- * mmm-mason.el, mmm-sample.el:
- Modified classes to use preferred mode list.
-
- * mmm-vars.el, mmm-region.el:
- Added alist to keep track of user-preferred major modes.
-
- * mmm-mason.el, mmm-rpm.el, mmm-sample.el:
- Added flags telling which faces to use for which regions.
-
- * mmm-class.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-vars.el:
- Added multiple faces and optional levels of decoration.
-
-2001-01-09 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables):
- Added `parse-sexp-ignore-comments', which
- seems to fix indentation in php-mode.
-
-2001-01-08 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Hacked so `font-lock-keywords-alist' works.
-
-2001-01-05 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Added set-background example for XEmacs.
- Added info-dir-entry.
-
-2000-09-29 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-apply-class):
- Rearranged parameters so faces actually work.
-
-2000-09-18 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el, version.texi: Released 0.4.6
-
-2000-09-17 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * FAQ: Added Q about name capitalization.
-
-2000-09-16 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-keywords-used): Added `:private'.
-
-2000-09-12 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * FAQ: Added file
-
-2000-09-12 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Checklist: Added comment about adding files to the distribution.
-
- * README: Added comment about installing with multiple emacsen.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added FAQ
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Created Emacs Lisp Archive Entry
-
-2000-09-05 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Set MASON_VERSION.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-display-insertion-key):
- Prevented (nthcdr -1 ...); breaks in XEmacs.
-
-2000-08-29 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables): Added abbrev-mode variables.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Tested against `mmm-set-file-name-for-modes'.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-set-file-name-for-modes):
- Changed to a list for finer control.
-
-2000-08-24 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-make-region):
- Explicitly set keyword defaults in &rest parameter.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify):
- Explicitly set defaults for keywords in &rest parameter.
-
-2000-08-23 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el, mmm-vars.el (mmm-set-buffer-file-name-p):
- Added to control file name setting.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables):
- Added `mode-popup-menu' for XEmacs.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Added some tests for XEmacs 20 to prevent
- errors and unwanted prompts.
- Cleared modified flag before killing leftover temporary buffers.
-
-2000-08-21 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo:
- Added comments on RPM Spec, File Variables, and Here-documents.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Autoloaded `rpm'.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Autoloaded `rpm-sh' submode class from mmm-rpm.el.
-
- * mmm-rpm.el: Added file (contributed by Marcus Harnisch).
-
-2000-08-17 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-never-modes): Added `forms-mode'.
-
-2000-08-02 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el, version.texi: Released 0.4.5.
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-set-font-lock-defaults): Made into a macro.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Autoloaded `mmm-ensure-fboundp'.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Used compatibility wrapper for font-lock defaults.
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-set-font-lock-defaults):
- Added compatibility wrapper function.
-
-2000-08-01 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * README.Mason, mmm.texinfo:
- Added comments about `sgml-parent-document'.
-
- * mmm-utils.el (mmm-ensure-fboundp): Created function.
-
- * mmm-sample.el (mmm-here-doc-get-mode):
- Extended to recognize names like TEXT_EOF.
-
-2000-07-29 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el, version.texi: Released 0.4.4.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-get-class-spec):
- Implemented autoloaded submode classes.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-add-group): Made subclasses of a group private.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Added autoloading of submode classes.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-ify-by-class):
- Added completion on autoloaded classes. Excluded
- private classes from completion.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-classes-alist):
- Updated docstring for new offset values and
- include- flags.
-
- * mmm-sample.el (here-doc): Updated to use new front-offset values.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify, mmm-match-region, mmm-match->point):
- Added new values for front- and back-offset.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-make-region):
- Made sure overlays get the delimiter and sticky
- properties even if they aren't passed explicitly.
-
-2000-07-26 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in: Changed output name from `mmm' to `mmm-mode'.
-
-2000-07-24 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Updated file-variables class to handle prefixes.
-
-2000-07-23 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Wrote File Variables submode class for the new syntax.
-
-2000-07-21 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-ify-by-class):
- Added completion on all defined classes.
-
- * mmm-sample.el (mmm-here-doc-get-mode):
- Signaled non-fboundp here-document names.
-
- * mmm-univ.el (mmm-univ-get-mode): Signaled error on non-fboundp modes.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-match-region, mmm-ify):
- Caught errors from :match-submode.
-
- * mmm-vars.el: Added `mmm-no-matching-submode' error signal.
-
- * mmm-sample.el:
- Allowed here-documents in any mode with :match-submode.
- Added insertion syntax to here-docs, javascript, and embperl.
-
-2000-07-14 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo, version.texi:
- Added MASON_VERSION variable to keep track of that.
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Wrote about changing key bindings and local variables.
- Copied info from documentation of `mmm-classes-alist'.
-
-2000-07-13 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-run-major-mode-hook):
- Added `ignore-errors' around each call.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables):
- Changed `defcustom' to `defvar'.
-
- * mmm.texinfo:
- Wrote about global classes, highlight, mode line, and hooks.
-
- * mmm-univ.el: Limited matches to letter/dash strings that are fboundp.
-
-2000-07-12 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * README.Mason: Added comment about `mmm-global-mode'.
-
-2000-07-12 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.4.3.
-
- * mmm-univ.el: Changed %[...]% to [%...%] which looks much nicer.
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Wrote more about Mason.
-
- * mmm-mason.el: Moved commentary code to README.Mason.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added README.Mason to EXTRA_DIST.
-
- * README.Mason: Created file.
-
-2000-07-11 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Used `mmm-make-temp-buffer'. Put font-lock
- property directly rather than setting the variable first.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-mode-off): Reset font-lock variables.
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-make-temp-buffer):
- Added as workaround for make-indirect-buffer.
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- (mmm-enable-font-lock, mmm-update-font-lock-buffer,
mmm-update-mode-info):
- Conditioned font-lock usage on mmm-font-lock-available-p.
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-font-lock-available-p): Added flag.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-update-mode-info):
- Killed any lingering temporary buffers.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-insert-by-key):
- Made inserted regions beg- and end-sticky.
-
- * mmm-compat.el (mmm-keywords-used): Added :classes.
-
-2000-06-30 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.4.2a.
-
- * mmm-region.el: Reordered Inspection and Creation for byte compiler.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Moved mmm-mode variable to mmm-vars.el.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Added some autoloads.
-
- * Makefile.am: Added mmm-univ.el.
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.4.2.
-
- * mmm-auto.el (mmm-mode-on-maybe):
- Conditioned font-lock updating on mmm-mode.
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- Removed use-local-map advice; no longer necessary (thank goodness!)
-
- * mmm-region.el, mmm-auto.el: Fixed font-lock woes (hopefully).
-
- * mmm-class.el: Allowed dynamically specified submodes.
-
- * mmm-utils.el, mmm-mode.el, mmm-cmds.el:
- Fixed font-lock woes (hopefully).
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Added Embperl.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-global-classes):
- Added variable controlling global classes.
-
- * mmm-univ.el: Created file defining `universal' submode.
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Added Embperl.
-
- * mmm-utils.el: Added def-edebug-specs.
-
-2000-06-29 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-fontify-region-list):
- Saved local variables before moving.
-
- * mmm-auto.el (mmm-check-changed-buffers): Checked for live buffer.
-
- * mmm-utils.el (mmm-valid-buffer):
- Checked against noninteractive and hidden buffers.
-
- * mmm-auto.el (mmm-check-changed-buffers):
- Added check against minibuffers.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-never-modes): Added `eshell-mode'.
-
-2000-06-28 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * NEWS, configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.4.1.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-overlays-in): Added DELIM parameter.
- (mmm-submode-changes-in): Added strict flags calling overlays-in.
-
-2000-06-27 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.4.0.
-
- * NEWS, TODO, mmm-auto.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-vars.el, mmm.texinfo:
- Changed mmm-global-mode to use post-command-hook method rather than
- stack-walk method.
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- Fixed bug saving variables when creating regions; need to set them
first.
-
- * mmm-region.el: Added creation-hook, fixed mode-name problem.
-
- * mmm-class.el: Added mmm-[get,set]-class-parameters and creation-hook.
-
- * mmm-auto.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-vars.el:
- Fixed bug where font-lock-mode was set to `t' globally, causing
- global-font-lock-mode to turn it off.
-
-2000-06-26 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- Rewrote local variable functions, added new ones, changed updating,
- fontification, and region creation functions to handle this.
-
- * mmm-mode.el:
- Added setting and clearing local variables with mode on and off.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variables):
- Added extra parameters for saving type and modes, and updated
documentation.
- Created several variables to save buffer- and region- locals.
- (mmm-temp-buffer-name): Created variable and changed references.
-
-2000-06-23 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-save-local-variable):
- Added comment-line-start-skip for Fortran.
-
-2000-06-13 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm.texinfo: Added comment about (require 'mmm-mason).
-
-2000-06-08 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.3.10
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-overlays-in):
- Added checks for point-min and point-max for XEmacs.
- (use-local-map): Added the advice back in.
-
- * configure.in, mmm-vars.el: Released 0.3.9.
-
- * mmm-region.el (use-local-map):
- Conditioned advice definition on not XEmacs.
-
-2000-05-28 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * .cvsignore:
- Added info file and auxiliary compilation and texinfo files.
-
- * .cvsignore: Added configure auxiliary files.
-
- * .cvsignore: Ignored Makefile.in, Makefile, and configure.
-
- * COPYING, INSTALL, install-sh, mdate-sh, missing, mkinstalldirs,
texinfo.tex:
- Added files required by automake.
-
- * mmm.texinfo, elisp-comp, TODO, README, NEWS, ChangeLog, AUTHORS:
- Added to CVS (formerly not under RCS).
-
-2000-05-24 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Pre-added major mode hook to text-mode-hook.
-
-2000-05-19 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-version): changed to 0.3.8.
-
-2000-05-18 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- Moved `require's back to top level for byte-compiling. Added dummy
- definition of `mmm-real-use-local-map' to shut up byte compiler.
-
- * mmm-mode.el, mmm-cmds.el, mmm-class.el:
- Moved `require's back to top level for byte-compiling.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: `require'd mmm-vars at top level for byte-compiling.
-
- * Makefile.am:
- Added all the elisp files to EXTRA_DIST, since Automake doesn't see
- them as sources for the distribution.
-
-2000-05-10 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mason.el: Fixed bug: # is not allowed in symbols.
-
- * mmm-mason.el:
- Changed insertion key of <%doc> to `d' and added insertion of %#
- comment lines with insertion keys `#' and `3'.
-
- * mmm-mason.el:
- Distinguished between Perl sections and pseudo-Perl sections. The one
- inserts ; at the beginning for indentation hack, the other doesn't
- because the Mason syntax doesn't allow it and indentation is generally
- unnecessary anyway.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el:
- Fixed "sub"-insertion specs like <%perl> under <%TAG> not to insert
- the interactor string.
-
-2000-05-03 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mason.el: Added dependencies on mmm-compat and mmm-vars.
-
-2000-04-30 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * configure.in, Makefile.am: New file.
-
- * mmm-sample.el, mmm-mode.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-auto.el, mmm-class.el,
mmm-cmds.el, mmm-mason.el:
- Changed (progn (require ...)) to (when t (require ...)) because the
- first is still "top level" for the byte compiler.
-
- * mmm-region.el:
- Required font-lock and mmm-auto at top level for byte compilation.
- Moved local maps to come before updating hooks for byte compilation.
-
- * mmm-utils.el: Loaded CL at top level for byte-compile.
-
-2000-04-29 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el, mmm-region.el, mmm-sample.el, mmm-auto.el, mmm-class.el,
mmm-cmds.el, mmm-mason.el:
- Put all `require's not needed at compile-time into `progn's so the
- byte-compiler doesn't load them (not at top level). Only `mmm-compat'
- and `mmm-utils' need to be loaded at compile-time, since they define
- macros.
-
-2000-04-27 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * All: Started using RCS.
-
-2000-04-27 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-sample.el (mmm-javascript-mode): Created customization
- variable to select mode to use for javascript regions.
-
-2000-03-26 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-cmds.el (mmm-get-insertion-spec): Insertion keys now have
- symbolic names, although they have no definition.
- (mmm-insertion-help): Command added to give help on insertion
- keys, the way C-h does for command keys.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-get-all-classes): Reversed order, so
- interactive classes take precedence (for insertion, mainly) over
- `mmm-classes' which overrides mode/ext classes.
-
-2000-03-24 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-command-modifiers, mmm-insert-modifiers):
- Switched defaults to be the way I think it should be. Users can
- switch back with `mmm-use-old-command-keys'.
-
- * README: Created file giving information on inital installation.
-
- * Makefile: Created makefile to compile elisp files and make info
- file from texinfo file.
-
- * mmm-region.el: Gave up on conditional stickiness, since it
- doesn't work in XEmacs and even FSF Emacs has been being flaky
- with overlay after-change functions. Detecting ends in global
- `after-change-functions' will work better anyway.
-
- * mmm-cmds.el: Renamed from `mmm-inter.el'.
- (mmm-end-current-region): Added command, with key binding.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-classes-alist): Documentation updated for
- unified submode classes.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-ify): BEG and END arguments removed; just use
- FRONT and BACK.
-
- * mmm-utils.el (mmm-format-matches): Ignores non-string arguments.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-apply-class): Faces supplied for grouping
- classes now override those on included classes. Parents will do
- the same thing.
-
- * mmm-inter.el: Bound `mmm-parse-block' to C-c % 5 as well.
- (mmm-reparse-current-region): Added command, with key binding.
-
- * mmm-insert.el: Deleted file, merging contents (insert by
- keystrokes) into `mmm-inter.el'. Auto-detection insert will
- probably go elsewhere.
-
- * mmm-inter.el (mmm-clear-current-region): Uses `mmm-overlay-at'
- with `all' inclusion type.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-overlays-at): Added `all' inclusion type.
-
- * mmm-class.el (mmm-apply-class, etc.): Submode classes have been
- unified--no more 'regexp, 'region, 'group, etc.
-
-2000-03-23 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-inter.el (mmm-parse-buffer, mmm-parse-region, mmm-parse-block):
- Added "Operating...done" messages.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-make-region): Allowed caller to add extra
- keyword arguments to be stored as overlay properties, anticipating
- new future submode classes.
-
- * mmm-update.el (use-local-map): Advised to keep track of changed
- local maps.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-overlays-at): Added inclusion of boundary
- points based on endpoint stickiness.
- (mmm-match-front, mmm-match-back): Front and back overlay
- properties can now be functions rather than regexps, in
- anticipation of new future submode classes.
-
-2000-03-22 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-utils.el (mmm-valid-buffer): Renamed and added checking for
- "never" modes.
-
- * mmm-vars.el (mmm-never-modes): Added, to prevent "temporary
- shell-mode buffers" and other unnecessariness.
-
- * mmm-region.el (mmm-overlays-in): Fixed strictness so it doesn't
- try to match delimiters of non-mmm overlays.
-
- * mmm-update.el (mmm-local-maps-alist): Keep track of changed
- local maps by buffer and major mode.
- (mmm-update-submode-region): Update mode info for major mode.
-
- * mmm-sample.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-auto.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mason.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-insert.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
-2000-03-20 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-update.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-inter.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-class.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mason): Removed highlight for %doc regions.
-
- * mmm-region.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-utils.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-compat.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * mmm-vars.el: Created file, removing code from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * TODO: Created TODO file, removing comments from `mmm-mode.el'.
-
- * ChangeLog: Created ChangeLog file and (more or less) ported
- existing Change Log to official format.
-
-2000-03-19 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-global-mode): usurps and extends the role of
- `mmm-add-find-file-hook'. Other modes can piggyback on our hack by
- using `mmm-major-mode-hook'.
-
- Added :insert class parameters. Classes can now define skeletons
- to insert submode regions with delimiters based on a keypress.
-
- Added `mmm-insert-modifiers' and `mmm-command-modifiers' to
- configure which keys do what.
-
-2000-03-18 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Did a bunch of reorganizing. MMM-ification methods
- are now submode classes, and what used to be called submode
- classes are now just a type called :group. User interface is
- mostly unchanged however. Replaced some gratuitous keywords with
- normal symbols.
-
- Added bells and whistles to :regexp class type, allowing custom
- "plugin" functions to verify matches and get the delimiter forms,
- the latter of which aren't used yet, but will be soon. Mason
- class(es) are now all regexps with a plugin or two. Function class
- type is not (yet?) ported to the new interface, holding back
- eval-elisp and htp.p with it.
-
- Changed a couple of `eval-and-compile's to `eval-when-compile'.
-
- Added special "non-submode" regions, where the major mode holds
- sway, but no submodes allowed (until parents are implemented).
- Added %doc in text-mode and %text as a non-submode to Mason, and
- added %flags, %attr, %method, and %shared tags for Mason classes.
- These will be new in Mason version 0.82.
-
-2000-03-14 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.7a released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Put `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' back in for FSF
- Emacs. Don't know why I thought I could take it out.
-
-2000------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.7 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Set insertion types of markers added to history to
- coincide with sticky ends of overlays. It's not perfect, but it's
- better.
-
- Renamed mode and submode hook variables to start with `mmm-'.
-
- Added "class hooks" run whenever a class is first used in a
- buffer.
-
- Changes for XEmacs compatibility:
- - Loaded XEmacs overlay emulation package.
- - Renamed some overlay properties when in XEmacs
- - Removed `global-font-lock-mode' dependencies.
- - Added extra parameter to `regexp-opt' in Mason class.
-
- Removed "Disclaimers" comment section; I think we have enough
- testing that it should work on most systems.
-
- Reversed order of Change Log so newer changes come first.
-
- Changed the default submode highlight to a more neutral gray.
-
- Renamed various "start" and "end" parameters to be more uniform.
-
- (mmm-ify-by-region): now checks if the region is in bounds.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.6c released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Added comment about putting autohandlers and
- dhandlers in html-mode.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.6b released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Added comment about `psgml-mode' thanks to Michael
- Alan Dorman.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.6a released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Loaded CL at compile-time to prevent execution of
- macro arguments.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.6 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Changes for Emacs 19 compatibility.
- - Set keyword variables to themselves.
- - Added hacks for absence of custom.el and regexp-opt.
- - Added user variable to control use of Perl mode vs CPerl mode.
- Thanks to Eric A. Zarko for suggestions and testing.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.5a released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-ify-by-all): no longer re-fontifies buffers
- with no submodes.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.5 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-fontify-region): now locally binds
- `font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function' to
- `mmm-beginning-of-syntax' since `font-lock-fontify-block' binds it
- to nil for some reason.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.4 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-ify-by-class): now fontifies the buffer
- afterward, like the other interactive MMM-ification functions.
- Updated a couple doc-strings and prompts.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.3 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-regexp-to-regions, mmm-mason-inline): Changed
- recursion to iteration, since for long files the recursion runs
- afoul of `max-lisp-eval-depth'.
- (mason): Commented on workaround for Mason CPerl mess-ups.
- Submode overlays now evaporate if they have zero width.
- (mmm-parse-region): now has a key binding and doesn't refontify
- the entire buffer.
-
-1999------ Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.2 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-mode-on, mmm-mode-off): are now interactive.
- Fixed bug in Mason class: %def, %text, and %doc are now ignored as
- they should be.
-
-1999-11-21 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.1 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-ify-by-class) now adds to history rather than
- `mmm-classes'.
- Fixed :class keyword so it works correctly.
- (mmm-add-mode-ext-class): Classes associated with major modes or
- filenames now do The Right Thing when the major mode is changed.
- However, `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist' cannot be directly modified.
- (mmm-mode): Updated documentation to cover 0.3.x changes.
-
-1999-11-21 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.3.0 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-ify-by-class): Added interactive prompt.
- (mmm-version): Function added to display version interactively.
- Fixed and updated customization definitions.
- (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist): added, allowing the automatic
- association of certain major-modes and/or file extensions with
- submode classes.
- Allowed submode lists to contain :class keyword, so one class can
- invoke another one, if they share submode methods.
-
-1999-11-19 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.2.2a released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Fixed bug.
-
-1999-11-18 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.2.2 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el (mmm-mason-inline): Replaces the regexps "<% " and
- "%>" for HTML::Mason submode class. Inline perl regions don't have
- to begin with a space, but the regexp "<%" matches "<%perl>" as
- well, which it shouldn't.
- Added `save-match-data' calls in all searching functions.
- Removed unnecessary auxiliary functions.
-
-1999-11-16 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.2.1 released.
-
- * mmm-mode.el: Fixed font-lock absence, with-temp-message absence,
- mmm-ifying temp buffer.
-
-1999-11-15 Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.2.0 released to HTML::Mason mailing list.
-
- * Comment: Although nearly 100% of the code for mmm-mode was
- written by me, the original inspiration came from mmm.el for
- XEmacs by Gongquan Chen <address@hidden>, so I have continued his
- version-numbering.
-
-1999-01-12 Gongquan Chen <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.11 released.
-
- * mmm.el: Fixed doc-strings and style. Thanks to comments from
- Jari Aalto <address@hidden>
-
-1999-01-11 Gongquan Chen <address@hidden>
-
- * Version 0.10 released.
-
- * mmm.el: Initial release of mmm.el on comp.emacs.xemacs
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/Checklist b/packages/mmm-mode/Checklist
deleted file mode 100644
index 449b98b..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/Checklist
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
--*-text-*-
- Checklist for New MMM Mode Releases
-
-0. Test all new code, under all Emacsen if possible. Check that the
- package builds and installs.
-
-1. Check everything into Git.
-
-2. Update the NEWS and TODO files and any other commentary files and
- check them into Git.
-
-3. Update version numbers and dates in `mmm-mode.el', `configure.in',
- and `mmm-vars.el'. Check them in with comment "Released x.x.x".
-
-4. Make a Git snapshot (`C-x v s') of the MMM Mode directory. This is
- the point at which a release becomes official.
-
-5. Run `make dist' and upload the tarball. Upload to SourceForge.
-
- Adding Files
-
-To add a file to the distribution, edit `Makefile.am' and add it to
-lisp_LISP (if an .el file) or EXTRA_DIST (otherwise). If necessary,
-add autoloads for functions or submode classes to `mmm-auto.el'.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/FAQ b/packages/mmm-mode/FAQ
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bdd9c2..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/FAQ
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
--*-outline-*-
- Frequently Asked Questions about MMM Mode
- =========================================
-
-* How do I write/capitalize the name of this package/mode?
-
-However you want. The author says `MMM Mode' (and occasionally `MMM')
-when discussing the entire package, and `mmm-mode' when discussing the
-emacs mode or function. He does think, however, that `Mmm' looks
-rather ugly, although that is how SourceForge insists on capitalizing
-the name of the mailing list.
-
-
-* How do I get rid of that ugly gray background color?
-
-Put the following line in your Emacs initialization file:
-
- (setq mmm-submode-decoration-level 0)
-
-You may want to try using MMM Mode for a while with the background
-highlight, however, or merely changing it to a different color. There
-are two reasons it's there by default:
-
-1. MMM Mode isn't as smart as you might hope it would be about
- recognizing new submode regions, so the presence or absence of the
- highlight can let you know at a glance where it thinks they are.
-
-2. Just like the rest of font-lock, it helps you mentally organize the
- code; you can see at a glance that THIS code is executed as Perl,
- but THAT code is straight HTML (or whatever). You can get even
- more help by setting the above variable to 2, in which case regions
- will get a background color according to their function.
-
-
-* I typed `<%' (or other delimiter) but I'm still in the wrong mode.
-
-MMM Mode isn't that smart yet. You have to tell it explicitly to
-reparse (`C-c % C-5' or `C-c % C-b') when you add new submode regions,
-and both delimiters have to be present. Hopefully a future version
-will be able to automatically recognize new regions an you type them,
-but that version is not yet here.
-
-However, most submode classes provide insertion commands that remove
-the need to type the delimiters as well as the need to reparse the
-block: type `C-c % h' for a list of available insertion commands for
-current submode class(es).
-
-With a recent update, you can set `mmm-parse-when-idle' to t, to allow
-MMM Mode to reparse the buffer when it's modified and Emacs is idle.
-This comes at a certain performance cost.
-
-
-* Why is the first character of the end delimiter in the submode region?
-
-It isn't. When your cursor looks like it is over that character, it
-is actually *before* that character and therefore inside the submode
-region. You can check that the offending character does not have the
-background highlight--that is, if you haven't set the decoration level
-to 0. For example, in the following text (where -!- represents the
-cursor position)
-
- print <<END_TEXT;
- here is some text
- -!-END_TEXT
-
-The 'E' at the beginning of the END_TEXT line is not actually part of
-the submode region. But with the cursor as indicated (that is, the
-box is blinking over the `E' which follows the actual cursor
-position), Emacs is in text-mode.
-
-
-* Why won't MMM Mode work with `foo-mode'?
-
-Foo-mode probably has extra variables or states that need to be set
-up, that MMM Mode doesn't yet know about. Often this sort of problem
-can be fixed by adding elements to `mmm-save-local-variables'. If you
-know some Elisp, you may want to try and track down the problem
-yourself, or you can contact the mailing list and ask for help.
-Either way, please file an issue, so that in the future, folks can
-use MMM Mode and foo-mode together more easily.
-
-
-* I'm getting an emacs error, what did I do wrong?
-
-Most likely nothing. MMM Mode is still more or less alpha software
-and is quite likely to contain bugs; probably something in your
-configuration has brought a new bug to light. Please send the text of
-the error, along with a stack backtrace (1) and the relevant portions
-of your emacs initialization file, to either the maintainer or the
-mailing list, and hopefully a fix can be worked out.
-
-Of course, it's also possible that there is an error in your
-configuration. Double-check the elisp syntax in your init file, or
-inspect the backtrace yourself. If the error happens while loading
-your init code, try manually evaluating it line by line (`C-x C-e') to
-see where the error occurs. Folks on the mailing list can also help
-point out errors, but only with your init code and a backtrace.
-
-If you're having a problem with syntax highlighting, debugging is
-complicated by the fact that font-lock swallows errors. To trigger the
-error, evaluate the following in the problem buffer (with `M-:'):
-
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
-
-(1) To get a stack backtrace of an error, set the emacs variable
- `debug-on-error' to non-nil (type `M-x toggle-debug-on-error RET' or
- `M-: (setq debug-on-error t) RET'), then repeat the actions which
- caused the error. A stack backtrace should pop up which you can
- select and copy. If the error occurs while loading emacs, invoke
- emacs with the `--debug-init' (Emacs) or `-debug-init' (XEmacs)
- switch.
-
-
-* Will MMM Mode work with (Emacs 23 / XEmacs 20 / XEmacs 21 / etc...)?
-
-MMM Mode was designed for FSF Emacs and works best in versions 23 and 24.
-But don't let that stop you from trying it under other variants of
-emacs. If you encounter problems, feel free to ask the mailing list,
-but success is not guaranteed.
-
-XEmacs 21 has problems with font-lock: for example, often apostrophes in
-a different submode region can cause code to be incorrectly font-locked
-as a string.
-
-Versions of FSF Emacs < 23 and XEmacs < 21 are not supported.
-
-
-* XEmacs says `Symbol's function definition is void: make-indirect-buffer'.
-
-You probably used FSF Emacs to compile MMM as it is the one used by
-default if both are installed. To explicitly set the emacs to use
-when byte compiling, do the following:
-
-$ cd mmm-mode-x.x.x
-$ make distclean
-$ ./configure --with-xemacs=/path/to/xemacs
-$ make
-$ make install
-
-Running `make distclean' is only necessary if you have already
-compiled MMM Mode for the wrong emacs, but can never hurt. The exact
-error message this problem produces may change with newer versions of
-MMM Mode; always be sure you have compiled for the correct emacsen.
-
-
-* I want to install the Git version, but there's no `configure' script.
-
-The `configure' script which is included in the official distributions
-is not present in Git, because it is automatically generated by GNU
-Automake/Autoconf from files like `Makefile.am' and `configure.in'.
-To build the Git version the same way as the official distributions,
-you must first run `autogen.sh':
-
-$ cd mmm-mode
-$ ./autogen.sh
-
-and then you can continue as usual:
-
-$ ./configure
-$ make
-$ make install
-
-Note that autogen.sh requires aclocal, automake, and autoconf, which
-may or may not be installed on your system, since they are considered
-developer tools rather than end-user tools. If you can't or don't
-want to install them, however, you can still use the Git version of
-MMM Mode by manually copying all the `.el' files into a directory in
-your `load-path'. Optionally, you may also byte-compile them manually
-(this is what `make' normally does). Byte-compiling gives some speed
-improvement, but if you experience problems, the stack traces are
-sometimes more informative if you are using the source files only.
-
-The Info files `mmm.info-*' are also not included in Git, since they
-are generated from `mmm.texinfo' by the program `makeinfo'. If you
-want to install the Info documentation from Git, you will have to run
-this manually as well, and copy the resulting info files into the
-appropriate location for your system.
-
-The Git version is, of course, even less guaranteed to be bug-free
-than the official distributions. But please report any problems you
-have with it, so they can be fixed for the next release.
-
-
-* You haven't answered my question; how can I get more help?
-
-Create an issue at <https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode/issues>, or
-check out the MMM Mode web site, <http://mmm-mode.sourceforge.net>,
-there is a link to the subscription page for the MMM Mode mailing list.
-
-When asking a question or reporting a problem, be sure to give the
-versions of emacs and MMM Mode you are using, and any other relevant
-information.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/INSTALL b/packages/mmm-mode/INSTALL
deleted file mode 100644
index b42a17a..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/INSTALL
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-Basic Installation
-==================
-
- These are generic installation instructions.
-
- The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
-various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
-`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
-reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
-(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
-
- If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
-contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-
- The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
-called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
-it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
-
-The simplest way to compile this package is:
-
- 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
- `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
- using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
- `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
- `configure' itself.
-
- Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
- messages telling which features it is checking for.
-
- 2. Type `make' to compile the package.
-
- 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
- the package.
-
- 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
- documentation.
-
- 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
- source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
- files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
- a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
- also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
- for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
- all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
- with the distribution.
-
-Compilers and Options
-=====================
-
- Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
-initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
-a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
-this:
- CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
-
-Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
- env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
-
-Compiling For Multiple Architectures
-====================================
-
- You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
-same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
-supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
-directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
-
- If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
-variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
-in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
-one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
-architecture.
-
-Installation Names
-==================
-
- By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
-`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
-installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
-option `--prefix=PATH'.
-
- You can specify separate installation prefixes for
-architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
-give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
-PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
-
- In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
-
- If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
-
-Optional Features
-=================
-
- Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
-package recognizes.
-
- For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
-find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
-
-Specifying the System Type
-==========================
-
- There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
-automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
-will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
-`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
- CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
-
-See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
-need to know the host type.
-
- If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
-use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
-produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
-system on which you are compiling the package.
-
-Sharing Defaults
-================
-
- If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
-
-Operation Controls
-==================
-
- `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
-operates.
-
-`--cache-file=FILE'
- Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
- `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
- debugging `configure'.
-
-`--help'
- Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
-
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
- Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
- suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
- messages will still be shown).
-
-`--srcdir=DIR'
- Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
- `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-
-`--version'
- Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
- script, and exit.
-
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/Makefile.am b/packages/mmm-mode/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 942c467..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
-
-## The MMM Mode distribution is `flat', so we have no SUBDIRS macro.
-
-lisp_LISP = mmm-compat.el mmm-vars.el mmm-utils.el mmm-auto.el \
- mmm-region.el mmm-class.el mmm-cmds.el mmm-mode.el \
- mmm-sample.el mmm-mason.el mmm-univ.el mmm-rpm.el mmm-cweb.el \
- mmm-noweb.el mmm-myghty.el mmm-erb.el mmm-defaults.el
-
-info_TEXINFOS = mmm.texinfo
-
-# This is a hack IMO. Automake should recognize lisp files as
-# "sources" and include them in the distribution, but it doesn't.
-EXTRA_DIST = $(lisp_LISP) README.Mason FAQ
-
-# See also `elisp-comp' for another hack.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/NEWS b/packages/mmm-mode/NEWS
deleted file mode 100644
index 41e1d51..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/NEWS
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,322 +0,0 @@
-MMM Mode NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. -*-outline-*-
-Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2013-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-See the file COPYING for copying conditions.
-
-Please submit bug reports at https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode/issues
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.5.5
-
-Introduced mode transition hooks, like mmm-x-enter-hook and mmm-y-exit-hook.
-
-New function mmm-indent-line-narrowed, to use as mmm-indent-line-function.
-
-`cl-lib' is a new dependency, replacing `cl'. It comes bundled with
-recent versions of Emacs, and for older ones it can be installed from
-GNU ELPA.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.5.4
-
-Fixes for indentation, SMIE support, and minor bugs.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.5.2
-
-Introduced `mmm-after-syntax-propertize-functions'. A primary major
-mode can set it to adjust `syntax-table' text properties in submode
-regions.
-
-New file `mmm-defaults.el'. A user can simply require it and have
-basic setup for ERB, EJS and PHP files (for the last one, `php-mode'
-has to be installed separately).
-
-`mmm-add-classes' is autoloaded.
-
-`mmm-beginning-of-syntax' was removed.
-
-Assorted highlighting and syntax detection improvements.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.5.1
-
-Some minor documentation updates and bugfixes.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.5.0
-
-** Compatibility with recent Emacsen
-
-Updated to work with Emacs 23 and 24. Removed some compatibility code
-for older versions. Added new local variables used in the latest js-mode
-and cc-engine modes.
-
-** New submode classes
-
-New submode classes for ERB and EJS templates, both in mmm-erb.el. It
-also includes a smart indentation algorithm, supporting them together
-with script and style tag subregions in HTML code.
-
-** Parsing when idle
-
-Setting `mmm-parse-when-idle' will make MMM Mode re-parse modified
-buffers when Emacs is idle. This can lead to visible pauses, though,
-depending on the size of the buffer and the number of subregions.
-
-** Support submode-specific syntax functions
-
-Relevant for Emacs 24: we define a composite syntax-propertize-function
-that delegates syntax recognition to respective submode functions.
-
-For users, this means regular expressions in js-mode and string
-interpolations and percent literals in ruby-mode.
-
-** Indentation
-
-More consistent indentation behavior, the default implementation
-delegates to the submode at the end of the indentation.
-
-The major mode can provide its own implementation by setting
-mmm-indent-line-function, to handle specific mode combinations better.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.8
-
-** Delimiter Regions
-
-The delimiters which mark off submode regions now have their own
-overlays. They can be highlighted if you so desire using appropriate
-class arguments and/or the variable mmm-delimiter-face. They are also
-in an appropriate major mode, or non-mode as the case may be.
-
-** Nested Submodes
-
-Nested submodes are now vaguely supported.
-
-** RPM Spec File
-
-An RPM spec file, contributed by <address@hidden>, is now
-included for people who wish to build their own SRPM to install from.
-
-** New Submode Classes
-
-Many thanks to Joe Kelsey for writing a very intelligent class for
-editing Noweb files, and to Alan Shutko for one for CWeb files. We
-also have a mode for SGML DTD definitions from Yann Dirson.
-
-** Numerous bugfixes and small improvements
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.7
-
-** Multiple Decoration Levels
-
-You now have finer control over how colorful your submode regions are,
-via `mmm-submode-decoration-level'. Level 0 turns coloring off--no
-messing around with faces required. Level 1 (default) is the same as
-in previous versions. Level 2 colors regions according to function:
-initialization, cleanup, output, declaration, comment, etc.
-
-** Preferred Major Modes
-
-The variable `mmm-major-mode-preferences' lets you tell MMM what modes
-you prefer for different programming languages and they will be used
-by all submode classes.
-
-** New Submode Classes
-
-New submode classes for JSP and ePerl are included. A major bug in
-the handling of embedded Java (and other C-type languages) was fixed,
-so the JSP class should work consistently.
-
-
-* MMM Mode 0.4.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change:
-
-** New Submode Class for RPM Spec Files
-
-Contributed by Marcus Harnisch, the `rpm' submode class allows editing
-appropriate parts of RPM spec files in shell-script mode.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.5
-
-** Font-Lock works again in XEmacs
-
-The MMM code to handle font-locking broke in XEmacs several versions
-back due to differences in the font-lock implementation between Emacs
-and XEmacs. It appears to be working once again.
-
-** Here-Document submode class improved
-
-Here-document names such as <<TEXT_EOF and <<END_PERL_CODE are now
-correctly recognized, and `mmm-here-doc-mode-alist' allows you to
-define your own mappings from here-document names to submodes.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.4
-
-** Tab Completion in `mmm-ify-by-class' (`C-c % C-c')
-
-When interactively specifying a submode class, completion on all
-defined public (not internal/private) submode classes is available.
-
-** Submode classes can now be autoloaded
-
-You don't need (require 'mmm-mason) or (require 'mmm-sample) in your
-.emacs file any more; all the supplied submode classes that are not
-automatically loaded are autoloaded from their files of definition.
-
-** Here-Document submode class can now recognize any submode
-
-As long as the name of the here-document is or begins with the name of
-the appropriate submode, suitably mangled, such as <<HTML or
-<<HTML_MODE or <<HTML_MODE_EOF, it should be correctly recognized.
-
-** New File Variables submode class
-
-Actually, this is an old submode class that now works (better than
-before) with the new post-0.3.8 syntax for class definition. It is a
-good candidate for membership in `mmm-global-classes' if you use many
-file-local variables, but is not there by default.
-
-** New flags :include-{front,back}
-
-If the keywords INCLUDE-FRONT or INCLUDE-BACK are set to non-nil
-values in a submode class definition, the corresponding delimiter will
-be included inside the submode region.
-
-** New values for :{front,back}-offset
-
-The keywords FRONT-OFFSET and BACK-OFFSET can now be function to call,
-such as `beginning-of-line' or `end-of-line', or lists of values to
-apply in sequence, such as (end-of-line 1).
-
-** Search for next region now starts at end of previous one
-
-...rather than at the end of the previous region's ending delimiter.
-This allows matching regions ended only by the start of the next one.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.3
-
-** Syntax of Universal Class Changed
-
-Instead of %[MODE]% ... %[/MODE]%, the universal class now uses
-{%MODE%} ... {%/MODE%} which isn't quite as ugly and doesn't to my
-knowledge conflict with any other syntax.
-
-** Some Bugs under Emacs 19 and XEmacs Fixed
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.2
-
-** Global Classes and `Universal' Class
-
-The new variable `mmm-global-classes' is the inverse of `mmm-classes'
-in that it contains submode classes which apply to all MMM Mode
-buffers unless turned off manually with file-local variables. By
-default, it contains the class `universal', which defines the syntax
-%[MODE]% ... %[/MODE]% to specify regions of any mode. This allows,
-for instance, example code embedded in an email to be both edited by
-the sender and viewed by the receiver in an appropriate mode.
-
-** New Embperl Submode Class
-
-The new supplied submode class `embperl', which can be loaded with
-(require 'mmm-sample), detects the Embperl syntax [+...+] (and so on)
-for embedded Perl code.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.1
-
-** Font Lock Parsing Speed Improved
-
-Extra regions were being parsed due to an error in finding the right
-regions, slowing down the parsing considerably. This has been fixed.
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.4.0
-
-** Improved Local Variable Saving
-
-Local variables can now be saved for only some major modes, as well as
-both globally, per-buffer, or per-submode region. This facility is
-now used to save the font-lock cache state, possible improving the
-font-lock support. See the docs for `mmm-save-local-variables'.
-
-** Get and Set Class Parameters
-
-The functions `mmm-[get,set]-class-parameters' do just that. The
-latter modifies the definition of a submode class, affecting all
-subsequent applications of that class.
-
-** New Implementation for MMM Global Mode
-
-The implementation of MMM Global Mode has been changed from the
-"stack-walk" method to the "post-command-hook" method used by
-global-font-lock-mode. This is arguably cleaner, but more
-importantly, waits until after all local variables and text are loaded
-before trying to enabling MMM Mode.
-
-
-* MMM Mode 0.3.10 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes
-
-
-* MMM Mode 0.3.9 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes
-
-
-* Changes in MMM Mode 0.3.8
-
-** IMPORTANT: Default key bindings have changed.
-
-The MMM Mode commands, including interactive MMM-ification and
-re-parsing buffer regions, are now bound by default to key sequences
-of the form `C-c % C-<letter>', rather than `C-c % <letter>' as
-in previous versions. Key sequences of the form `C-c % <letter>' are
-now reserved for submode region insertion. The old behavior can be
-restored by setting the variable `mmm-use-old-command-keys' to a
-non-nil value before MMM Mode is loaded--then insertion commands are
-bound to `C-c % C-<letter>' sequences.
-
-** New Global Mode added
-
-MMM Global Mode can now turn MMM Mode on automatically in all buffers,
-or only in buffers that have associated submode classes. It replaces
-the previous function `mmm-add-find-file-hook', which still works for
-now. A side effect of this change is that it is no longer necessary
-to use `mmm-add-mode-ext-class': `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist' can be
-modified directly.
-
-The hack used by MMM Global Mode to insinuate itself into all buffers
-is different from, but vaguely similar to, the one used by FSF Emacs'
-Global Font Lock Mode. In order that future writers of global modes
-don't have to reinvent the wheel, MMM Global Mode provides the hook
-`mmm-major-mode-hook' which is run (in theory) whenever a major mode
-starts up. Perhaps in future this will be provided in a separate
-package.
-
-** Automatic submode region insertion commands
-
-Submode classes can now define skeletons for automatic insertion of
-submode regions with delimiters. For example, when using the Mason
-class, the key sequence `C-c % %' will (by default) insert the text
-`<% -!- %>' with point where indicated and submode region already
-present. These commands also wrap around words as described in the
-documentation of `skeleton-insert'.
-
-** Info Documentation File
-
-MMM Mode now has an (admittedly incomplete) manual in Texinfo format.
-It can be found in the files `mmm.info' or `mmm.texinfo' in the
-distribution.
-
-** Automatic Installation
-
-MMM Mode now uses GNU automake/autoconf for ease of installation. See
-the files README and INSTALL for more information.
-
-** Changed submode class specification format
-
-This change affects only people who define their own submode classes.
-The format for defining submode classes has changed; it now uses
-keyword arguments for clarity and has a few more possible arguments,
-including skeletons for submode region insertion.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/README b/packages/mmm-mode/README
deleted file mode 100644
index 1560390..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-
- MMM Mode for Emacs
- ==================
-
-OVERVIEW
-
- MMM Mode is a minor mode for Emacs that allows Multiple Major Modes
- to coexist in one buffer. It is well-suited to editing:
-
- * Preprocessed code, such as server-side Ruby, Perl or PHP embedded in HTML
- * Code generating code, such as HTML output by CGI scripts
- * Embedded code, such as Javascript in HTML
- * Literate programming: code interspersed with documentation, e.g. Noweb
-
-INSTALLATION
-
- Use any of the following options:
-
- 1. Users of package.el (a.k.a. ELPA) can easily install MMM Mode from
- the Melpa package repository at http://melpa.milkbox.net/ -- this is the
- preferred and best-supported installation mechanism.
-
- 2. Since currently MMM Mode is written in pure Emacs Lisp, you could just
- copy all the *.el files in the distribution to a directory in your
- `load-path', and optionally byte-compile them manually (see the Emacs
- Manual). The configure installation also installs the MMM Mode info manual
- in your site info directory, so if you're installing manually, you might
- want to do that too.
-
- 3. MMM Mode has a standard GNU configure-driven installation.
- (See the file INSTALL for generic instructions, most of which don't apply.)
- To install in the standard locations, unpack the archive, `cd' to
- the mmm-mode-X.X.X directory created, and run these commands:
-
- make maintainer-clean # optional step
- ./autogen.sh
- ./configure
- make
- make install
-
- If you have more than one version of emacs installed and want to
- use MMM in a version other than /usr/bin/emacs, you must set the
- environment variable EMACS before running `configure', e.g.
-
- EMACS=/usr/bin/xemacs ./configure
- make
- make install
-
- If you want to use MMM in more than one version of emacs, you must
- either have separate site-lisp directories (such as Debian does), or
- load it from source every time; byte-compiled files are not portable
- between emacsen.
-
-CONFIGURATION
-
- Once MMM Mode is installed, it has to be configured correctly. This
- can be done in a site-start file or in user's initialization files;
- usually the latter is preferable, except possibly for autoloads.
- First the package needs to be loaded, with either
-
- (require 'mmm-mode)
-
- or instead, to save time during emacs startup,
-
- (require 'mmm-auto)
-
- Then you will probably want to set something like this:
-
- (setq mmm-global-mode 'maybe)
- (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode "\\.php\\'" 'html-php)
-
- The first line tells MMM Mode to load itself whenever you open an
- appropriate file, and the second is an example which says to notice
- PHP regions in html-mode files having a `.php' extension. Both
- lines are necessary.
-
- You will, of course, want to change and duplicate the second line
- according to your needs. either of the first two parameters can be
- `nil', meaning not to consider that criterion. For example, if all
- your html files, regardless of extension, are Mason components, you
- will want something like:
-
- (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode nil 'mason)
-
- whereas if all your files with a `.nw' extension, regardless of
- primary mode (some may be LaTeX, others HTML, say) are Noweb, you
- will prefer
-
- (mmm-add-mode-ext-class nil "\\.nw\\'" 'noweb)
-
- See the info file for more extensive documentation, and for other
- configuration options.
-
-DOCUMENTATION
-
- For further information, see (in order) the accompanying info file,
- the documentation strings of functions and variables, the comments
- in the source code, and the source code itself.
-
-UPDATES
-
- The latest version of MMM Mode should always be available from
- https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode
-
-FEEDBACK
-
- Bug reports, suggestions and questions can be submitted at
- https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode/issues.
-
- Thanks for using MMM Mode!
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/README.Mason b/packages/mmm-mode/README.Mason
deleted file mode 100644
index 062435c..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/README.Mason
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
--*-text-*-
- Using MMM Mode for Mason: An Overview
- =====================================
-
- Since many users of MMM Mode use it for Mason <www.masonhq.com>, and
- since the Mason submode class is the most complex one supplied, a
- few comments regarding its usage are in order. Even if you don't
- use Mason, this file may be of interest to you as an example of MMM
- usage and possible problems.
-
-INSTALLATION AND LOADING
-
- For general installation and information, see the README file and
- the texinfo documentation. The submode class for Mason components
- is called `mason' and is automatically loaded from `mmm-mason.el'
- the first time it is used.
-
-MODES AND EXTENSIONS
-
- If you want to have mason submodes automatically in all Mason files,
- you can use `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist'; the details depend on what
- you call your Mason components and what major mode you use. Some
- example elements of `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist' follow, with
- comments on the corresponding naming scheme.
-
- (html-mode "\\.html\\'" mason) ;; Any .html file in html-mode
- (hm--html-mode nil mason) ;; Any buffer in hm--html-mode
- (sgml-mode nil mason) ;; Any buffer in sgml-mode
- (nil "\\.\\(mason\\|html\\)\\'" mason) ;; All .mason and .html files
- (nil "\\.m[dc]\\'" mason) ;; All .md and .mc files
- (nil "\\`/var/www/mason/" mason) ;; Any file in the directory
- (nil nil mason) ;; All buffers.
-
- In order for any of these to work, you must set `mmm-global-mode' to
- a non-nil value, such as `t' or `maybe' (the two of which mean
- different things; see the documentation). This can be done with a
- line in .emacs such as the following:
-
- (setq mmm-global-mode 'maybe)
-
- If you use an extension for your Mason files that emacs does not
- automatically place in your preferred HTML Mode (be it html-mode,
- sgml-html-mode, hm--html-mode, or whatever), you will probably want
- to associate that extension with your HTML Mode (this is a feature
- of emacs, not MMM Mode). An example is shown below.
-
- (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mason\\'" . html-mode))
-
- This also goes for "special" Mason files such as autohandlers and
- dhandlers. The code below tells emacs to use html-mode for files
- named `autohandler' and `dhandler'.
-
- (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\(auto\\|d\\)handler\\'" . html-mode))
-
- An alternate solution is to change the names of your autohandlers
- and dhandlers so that emacs recognizes them as HTML automatically.
- Similar code can be used to recognize all files in a given directory
- as HTML and/or Mason.
-
-CPERL PROBLEMS
-
- There are certain problems with CPerl mode in submode regions. (Not
- to say that the original perl-mode would do any better--it hasn't
- been much tried.) First of all, the first line of a Perl section
- is usually indented as if it were a continuation line. A fix for
- this is to start with a semicolon on the first line. The insertion
- key commands do this whenever the Mason syntax allows it.
-
- <%perl>;
- print $var;
- </%perl>
-
- In addition, some users have reported that the CPerl indentation
- sometimes does not work. This problem has not yet been tracked
- down, however, and more data about when it happens would be helpful.
-
-PSGML PROBLEMS
-
- Some people have reported problems using PSGML with Mason. Adding
- the following line to a .emacs file should suffice to turn PSGML off
- and cause emacs to use a simpler HTML mode:
-
- (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "HTML Mode" t)
-
- Earlier versions of PSGML may require instead the following fix:
-
- (delete '("\\.html$" . sgml-html-mode) auto-mode-alist)
- (delete '("\\.shtml$" . sgml-html-mode) auto-mode-alist)
-
- Other users report using PSGML with Mason and MMM Mode without
- difficulty. If you don't have problems and want to use PSGML, you
- may need to replace `html-mode' in the suggested code with
- `sgml-html-mode'. (Depending on your version of PSGML, this may not
- be necessary.) Similarly, if you are using XEmacs and want to use
- the alternate HTML mode `hm--html-mode', replace `html-mode' with
- that symbol.
-
- One problem that crops up when using PSGML with Mason is that even
- ignoring the special tags and Perl code (which, as I've said,
- haven't caused me any problems), Mason components often are not a
- complete SGML document. For instance, my autohandlers often say
-
- <body>
- <% $m->call_next %>
- </body>
-
- in which case the actual components contain no doctype declaration,
- <html>, <head>, or <body>, confusing PSGML. One solution I've found
- is to use the variable `sgml-parent-document' in such incomplete
- components; try, for example, these lines at the end of a component.
-
- %# Local Variables:
- %# sgml-parent-document: ("autohandler" "body" nil ("body"))
- %# sgml-doctype: "/top/level/autohandler"
- %# End:
-
- This tells PSGML that the current file is a sub-document of the file
- `autohandler' and is included inside a <body> tag, thus alleviating
- its confusion, and also instructs it where to find the doctype
- declaration (assuming your top-level autohandler has one). This
- alleviates most problems for me. I admit to not understanding PSGML
- internals very well, so YMMV.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/TODO b/packages/mmm-mode/TODO
deleted file mode 100644
index df052b6..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/TODO
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-Hey Emacs, this is a -*-text-*- file!
-
- To Do List for MMM Mode
- =======================
-
-Custom mode functions like `mason-mode'.
-
-Make Mason work a little better with PSGML. The fix I've found works,
-but it would be nifty if MMM could do it automatically. Maybe the
-custom-mode thing could set the variables, or a hook somewhere.
-
-Apostrophes mess up Perl parsing in XEmacs but not Emacs. I thought
-it was because XEmacs sets `font-lock-beginning-of-syntax-function'
-after MMM does, but changing that that didn't fix it.
-
-Support for: ASP
-
-DEB and/or RPM packages would be nice.
-
-The local-variables improvements can probably be used to set minor
-modes locally to submode regions. This could replace tmmofl,
-especially if we search for regions other than by regexps, say by
-syntax properties.
-
-Trap paragraph motion commands to stop at submode boundaries?
-
-It would be nice if C-j ended a Mason one-liner and began a new one on
-the next line. This is a rather Mason-specific thing, but other
-classes might have similar single-line regions. Add a new submode
-class argument, such as KEYMAP, or even ONE-LINE?
-
-Allow a submode class to specify its allowable "parent" submode
-classes. This could also be used to implement htp.p, by first
-scanning for the function calls as a major-mode submode region, then
-requiring that parent type for the HTML mode class. Nested submodes
-alternate highlight colors, say with `mmm-secondary-submode-face'.
-
-Ought %text in Mason to be a non-submode, since any Mason tags inside
-it will probably be /edited/ as Perl (being, say, code examples)?
-Only problem is it might confuse the programmer into thinking that
-code will get executed. Maybe use a different face. Could do that
-with another grouping class, say uneval-mason, that overrides the
-faces of mason and has :parent mason-text, and allow a mode to specify
-what about it changes depending on its parent, or a parent to specify
-changes to its children, or a group to specify changes to its members.
-
-Port or generalize the relevant bits from ERB indentation code to similar
-packages for other languages.
-
-Make re-parsing the buffer into regions incremental: take the position
-of the most early change, see the submodes nesting there, and resume
-parsing with that data. Shouldn't be too hard, conceptually. Maybe
-even ignore the nesting, backtrack to a position where there are no
-overlays, and re-parse from there (see mmm-parse-apply as a starting
-point). Remember to handle delimiter inclusion and offsets as best
-possible.
-
-Thus, make re-parsing automatic (from syntax-propertize-function,
-probably), making manual control unnecessary.
-
-Remove XEmacs stuff?
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/acinclude.m4 b/packages/mmm-mode/acinclude.m4
deleted file mode 100644
index e02262f..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/acinclude.m4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-dnl
-dnl Execute arbitrary emacs lisp
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_EMACS_LISP, [
-elisp="$2"
-if test -z "$3"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $1)
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(EMACS_cv_SYS_$1,[
- OUTPUT=./conftest-$$
- echo ${EMACS} -batch -eval "(let ((x ${elisp})) (write-region (if
(stringp x) (princ x) (prin1-to-string x)) nil \"${OUTPUT}\"))" >& AC_FD_CC
2>&1
- ${EMACS} -batch -eval "(let ((x ${elisp})) (write-region (if (stringp
x) (princ x 'ignore) (prin1-to-string x)) nil \"${OUTPUT}\"nil 5))" >& AC_FD_CC
2>&1
- retval=`cat ${OUTPUT}`
- echo "=> ${retval}" >& AC_FD_CC 2>&1
- rm -f ${OUTPUT}
- EMACS_cv_SYS_$1=$retval
-])
-$1=${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}
-if test -z "$3"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT($$1)
-fi
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AC_XEMACS_P, [
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $EMACS is really XEmacs])
- AC_EMACS_LISP(xemacsp,(if (string-match \"XEmacs\" emacs-version) \"yes\"
\"no\") ,"noecho")
- XEMACS=${EMACS_cv_SYS_xemacsp}
- EMACS_FLAVOR=emacs
- if test "$XEMACS" = "yes"; then
- EMACS_FLAVOR=xemacs
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT($XEMACS)
- AC_SUBST(XEMACS)
- AC_SUBST(EMACS_FLAVOR)
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AC_PATH_LISPDIR, [
- AC_XEMACS_P
- if test "$prefix" = "NONE"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([prefix for your Emacs])
- AC_EMACS_LISP(prefix,(expand-file-name \"..\"
invocation-directory),"noecho")
- prefix=${EMACS_cv_SYS_prefix}
- AC_MSG_RESULT($prefix)
- fi
- AC_ARG_WITH(lispdir, --with-lispdir Where to install
lisp files, lispdir=${withval})
- AC_MSG_CHECKING([where .elc files should go])
- if test -z "$lispdir"; then
- dnl Set default value
- theprefix=$prefix
- if test "x$theprefix" = "xNONE"; then
- theprefix=$ac_default_prefix
- fi
- lispdir="\$(datadir)/${EMACS_FLAVOR}/site-lisp"
- for thedir in share lib; do
- potential=
- if test -d ${theprefix}/${thedir}/${EMACS_FLAVOR}/site-lisp; then
- lispdir="\$(prefix)/${thedir}/${EMACS_FLAVOR}/site-lisp"
- break
- fi
- done
- fi
- AC_MSG_RESULT($lispdir)
- AC_SUBST(lispdir)
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Determine the emacs version we are running.
-dnl Automatically substitutes @EMACS_VERSION@ with this number.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_EMACS_VERSION, [
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for emacs version)
-AC_EMACS_LISP(version,(and (boundp 'emacs-major-version) (format \"%d.%d\"
emacs-major-version emacs-minor-version)),"noecho")
-
-EMACS_VERSION=${EMACS_cv_SYS_version}
-AC_SUBST(EMACS_VERSION)
-AC_MSG_RESULT(${EMACS_VERSION})
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Determine whether the specified version of Emacs supports packages
-dnl or not. Currently, only XEmacs 20.3 does, but this is a general
-dnl check.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_EMACS_PACKAGES, [
-AC_ARG_WITH(package-dir, --with-package-dir Configure as a XEmacs
package in directory, [ EMACS_PACKAGE_DIR="${withval}"])
-if test -n "$EMACS_PACKAGE_DIR"; then
- if test "$prefix" != "NONE"; then
- AC_MSG_ERROR([--with-package-dir and --prefix are mutually exclusive])
- fi
- dnl Massage everything to use $(prefix) correctly.
- prefix=$EMACS_PACKAGE_DIR
- datadir='$(prefix)/etc/w3'
- infodir='$(prefix)/info'
- lispdir='$(prefix)/lisp/w3'
-fi
-AC_SUBST(EMACS_PACKAGE_DIR)
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Check whether a function exists in a library
-dnl All '_' characters in the first argument are converted to '-'
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_EMACS_CHECK_LIB, [
-if test -z "$3"; then
- AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $2 in $1)
-fi
-library=`echo $1 | tr _ -`
-AC_EMACS_LISP($1,(progn (fmakunbound '$2) (condition-case nil (progn (require
'$library) (fboundp '$2)) (error (prog1 nil (message \"$library not
found\"))))),"noecho")
-if test "${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}" = "nil"; then
- EMACS_cv_SYS_$1=no
-fi
-if test "${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}" = "t"; then
- EMACS_cv_SYS_$1=yes
-fi
-HAVE_$1=${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}
-AC_SUBST(HAVE_$1)
-if test -z "$3"; then
- AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_$1)
-fi
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Check whether a variable exists in a library
-dnl All '_' characters in the first argument are converted to '-'
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_EMACS_CHECK_VAR, [
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for $2 in $1)
-library=`echo $1 | tr _ -`
-AC_EMACS_LISP($1,(progn (makunbound '$2) (condition-case nil (progn (require
'$library) (boundp '$2)) (error nil))),"noecho")
-if test "${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}" = "nil"; then
- EMACS_cv_SYS_$1=no
-fi
-HAVE_$1=${EMACS_cv_SYS_$1}
-AC_SUBST(HAVE_$1)
-AC_MSG_RESULT($HAVE_$1)
-])
-
-dnl
-dnl Perform sanity checking and try to locate the custom and widget packages
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN(AC_CHECK_CUSTOM, [
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for acceptable custom library)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM,[
-AC_EMACS_CHECK_LIB(widget,widget-convert-text,"noecho")
-AC_EMACS_CHECK_LIB(wid_edit,widget-convert-text,"noecho")
-if test "${HAVE_widget}" = "yes"; then
- EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM=yes
-else
- if test "${HAVE_wid_edit}" != "no"; then
- EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM=yes
- else
- EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM=no
- fi
-fi
-if test "${EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM}" = "yes"; then
- AC_EMACS_LISP(widget_dir,(file-name-directory (locate-library
\"widget\")),"noecho")
- EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM=$EMACS_cv_SYS_widget_dir
-fi
-])
- AC_ARG_WITH(custom, --with-custom Specify where to
find the custom package, [ EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM=`( cd $withval && pwd ||
echo "$withval" ) 2> /dev/null` ])
- CUSTOM=${EMACS_cv_ACCEPTABLE_CUSTOM}
- AC_SUBST(CUSTOM)
- AC_MSG_RESULT("${CUSTOM}")
-])
-
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/autogen.sh b/packages/mmm-mode/autogen.sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 4258e25..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/autogen.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-notfound=
-if ! type aclocal >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- notfound=aclocal
-elif ! type automake >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- notfound=automake
-elif ! type autoconf >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
- notfound=autoconf
-fi
-if test -n "$notfound"; then
- echo OOPS: I can\'t find $notfound in your path!
- echo You need aclocal, automake, and autoconf to generate configure.
- echo Otherwise, you can install manually, see the README file.
- exit;
-fi
-
-echo -n Running aclocal to generate aclocal.m4...
-aclocal
-echo done.
-
-echo -n Running automake to generate Makefile.in...
-automake
-echo done.
-
-echo -n Running autoconf to generate configure...
-autoconf
-echo done
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/configure.in b/packages/mmm-mode/configure.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 824c411..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/configure.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-AC_INIT()
-
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(mmm-mode, 0.5.5)
-
-dnl
-dnl Apparently, if you run a shell window in Emacs, it sets the EMACS
-dnl environment variable to 't'. Lets undo the damage.
-dnl
-if test "${EMACS}" = "t"; then
- EMACS=""
-fi
-
-AC_ARG_WITH(xemacs, --with-xemacs Use XEmacs to build, [
if test "${withval}" = "yes"; then EMACS=xemacs; else EMACS=${withval}; fi ])
-AC_ARG_WITH(emacs, --with-emacs Use Emacs to build, [
if test "${withval}" = "yes"; then EMACS=emacs; else EMACS=${withval}; fi ])
-
-AC_CHECK_PROG(EMACS, xemacs, xemacs, emacs)
-
-AM_PATH_LISPDIR
-
-AC_EMACS_VERSION
-
-
-dnl Checks for programs.
-
-dnl Checks for libraries.
-
-dnl Checks for header files.
-
-dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-
-dnl Checks for library functions.
-
-AC_SUBST(EMACS)
-
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/elisp-comp b/packages/mmm-mode/elisp-comp
deleted file mode 100755
index 76f5d60..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/elisp-comp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Fran�ois Pinard <address@hidden>, 1995.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# This script byte-compiles all `.el' files which are part of its
-# arguments, using GNU Emacs, and put the resulting `.elc' files into
-# the current directory, so disregarding the original directories used
-# in `.el' arguments.
-#
-# This script manages in such a way that all Emacs LISP files to
-# be compiled are made visible between themselves, in the event
-# they require or load-library one another.
-
-# This script was modified by Michael Abraham Shulman
-# <address@hidden> not to create a temporary directory, so
-# that elisp files not given on the command line at the same time,
-# the way Automake *actually* uses this script, can load each other.
-
-if test $# = 0; then
- echo 1>&2 "No files given to $0"
- exit 1
-else
- if test -z "$EMACS" || test "$EMACS" = "t"; then
- # Value of "t" means we are running in a shell under Emacs.
- # Just assume Emacs is called "emacs".
- EMACS=emacs
- fi
-
-# tempdir=elc.$$
-# mkdir $tempdir
-# cp $* $tempdir
-# cd $tempdir
-
-# echo "elisp-comp called on $*"
- echo "(setq load-path (cons nil load-path))" > script
- $EMACS -q -batch -l script -f batch-byte-compile $*
-# mv *.elc ..
-
-# cd ..
-# rm -fr $tempdir
-fi
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/install-sh b/packages/mmm-mode/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index e9de238..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
-#
-# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
-#
-# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
-# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
-# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
-# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
-# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
-# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
-# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
-# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
-# without express or implied warranty.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
-
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
- case $1 in
- -c) instcmd="$cpprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -d) dir_arg=true
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
- shift
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
- shift
- continue;;
-
- *) if [ x"$src" = x ]
- then
- src=$1
- else
- # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
- :
- dst=$1
- fi
- shift
- continue;;
- esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
- echo "install: no input file specified"
- exit 1
-else
- true
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
- dst=$src
- src=""
-
- if [ -d $dst ]; then
- instcmd=:
- chmodcmd=""
- else
- instcmd=mkdir
- fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
- if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
- then
- true
- else
- echo "install: $src does not exist"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- if [ x"$dst" = x ]
- then
- echo "install: no destination specified"
- exit 1
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
-
- if [ -d $dst ]
- then
- dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
- else
- true
- fi
-fi
-
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
-
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
-
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
-
-oIFS="${IFS}"
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@address@hidden' -e 'address@hidden@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
-
-pathcomp=''
-
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
- shift
-
- if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
- then
- $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
- else
- true
- fi
-
- pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
-done
-fi
-
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
- $doit $instcmd $dst &&
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
-else
-
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
-
- if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
- sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
- fi
-
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
-
- if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
- then
- dstfile=`basename $dst`
- else
- true
- fi
-
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
-
- dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
-
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
-
- $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
-
- trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
-
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
-
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
-
- if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
- if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
-
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
- $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
- $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
-
-fi &&
-
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mdate-sh b/packages/mmm-mode/mdate-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 37171f2..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mdate-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <address@hidden>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
- set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
-else
- set - x`ls -l -d $1`
-fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
-shift
-shift
-shift
-
-# Find the month. Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
-month=
-until test $month
-do
- shift
- case $1 in
- Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
- Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
- Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
- Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
- May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
- Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
- Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
- Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
- Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
- Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
- Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
- Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
- esac
-done
-
-day=$2
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
- *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
- case $2 in
- Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
- Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
- Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
- Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
- May) nummonthtod=5;;
- Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
- Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
- Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
- Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
- Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
- Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
- Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
- esac
- # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
- # be used for files modified in the last year.
- if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
- then
- year=`expr $year - 1`
- fi;;
- *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/missing b/packages/mmm-mode/missing
deleted file mode 100755
index fc54c64..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/missing
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <address@hidden>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
- configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
- configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-case "$1" in
---run)
- # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
- run=
- shift
- "$@" && exit 0
- ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case "$1" in
-
- -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
- echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
- -h, --help display this help and exit
- -v, --version output version information and exit
- --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
- aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4'
- autoconf touch file \`configure'
- autoheader touch file \`config.h.in'
- automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files
- bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
- flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- help2man touch the output file
- lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
- makeinfo touch the output file
- tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
- yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
- ;;
-
- -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
- echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
- ;;
-
- -*)
- echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
- echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
- exit 1
- ;;
-
- aclocal*)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from
- any GNU archive site."
- touch aclocal.m4
- ;;
-
- autoconf)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the
- \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU
- archive site."
- touch configure
- ;;
-
- autoheader)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want
- to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them
- from any GNU archive site."
- files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p'
${configure_ac}`
- test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
- touch_files=
- for f in $files; do
- case "$f" in
- *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
- sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
- *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
- esac
- done
- touch $touch_files
- ;;
-
- automake*)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
- You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
- Grab them from any GNU archive site."
- find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
- sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
- while read f; do touch "$f"; done
- ;;
-
- autom4te)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
- system. You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them.
- You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
- archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -f "$file"; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo "#! /bin/sh"
- echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
- echo "# $ $@"
- echo "exit 0"
- chmod +x $file
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- bison|yacc)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
- if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
- eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
- case "$LASTARG" in
- *.y)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
- fi
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
- echo >y.tab.h
- fi
- if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- lex|flex)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package
- in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get
- \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
- rm -f lex.yy.c
- if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
- eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
- case "$LASTARG" in
- *.l)
- SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
- if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
- cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
- esac
- fi
- if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
- echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
- fi
- ;;
-
- help2man)
- if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have it, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the
- \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
- effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- fi
- if [ -f "$file" ]; then
- touch $file
- else
- test -z "$file" || exec >$file
- echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
- exit 1
- fi
- ;;
-
- makeinfo)
- if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
- # We have makeinfo, but it failed.
- exit 1
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system. You should only need it if
- you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
- indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious
- call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
- DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
- the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site."
- file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
- if test -z "$file"; then
- file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
- file=`sed -n '/address@hidden/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
- fi
- touch $file
- ;;
-
- tar)
- shift
- if test -n "$run"; then
- echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
- exit 1
- fi
-
- # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
- # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
- # messages.
- if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
- gnutar "$@" && exit 0
- fi
- if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
- gtar "$@" && exit 0
- fi
- firstarg="$1"
- if shift; then
- case "$firstarg" in
- *o*)
- firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
- tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
- ;;
- esac
- case "$firstarg" in
- *h*)
- firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
- tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
- ;;
- esac
- fi
-
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
- You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
- command line arguments."
- exit 1
- ;;
-
- *)
- echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
- system. You might have modified some files without having the
- proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file,
- it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
- this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
- some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
- exit 1
- ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mkinstalldirs b/packages/mmm-mode/mkinstalldirs
deleted file mode 100755
index 5e17cd3..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mkinstalldirs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-# Author: Noah Friedman <address@hidden>
-# Created: 1993-05-16
-# Public domain
-
-errstatus=0
-
-for file
-do
- set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
- shift
-
- pathcomp=
- for d
- do
- pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
- case "$pathcomp" in
- -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
- esac
-
- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
- echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
-
- mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
- if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
- errstatus=$lasterr
- fi
- fi
-
- pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
- done
-done
-
-exit $errstatus
-
-# mkinstalldirs ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-auto.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-auto.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c013175..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-auto.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-auto.el --- loading and enabling MMM Mode automatically
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains functions and hooks to load and enable MMM Mode
-;; automatically. It sets up autoloads for the main MMM Mode functions
-;; and interactive commands, and also sets up MMM Global Mode.
-
-;;{{{ Comments on MMM Global Mode
-
-;; This is a kludge borrowed from `global-font-lock-mode'. The idea
-;; is the same: we have a function (here `mmm-mode-on-maybe') that we
-;; want to be run whenever a major mode starts. Unfortunately, there
-;; is no hook (like, say `major-mode-hook') that all major modes run
-;; when they are finished. `post-command-hook', however, is run after
-;; *every* command, so we do our work in there. (Actually, using
-;; `post-command-hook' is even better than being run by major mode
-;; functions, since it is run after all local variables and text are
-;; loaded, which may not be true in certain cases for the other.)
-
-;; In order to do this magic, we rely on the fact that there *is* a
-;; hook that all major modes run when *beginning* their work. They
-;; call `kill-all-local-variables' (unless they are broken), which in
-;; turn runs `change-major-mode-hook'. So we add a function to *that*
-;; hook which saves the current buffer and temporarily adds a function
-;; to `post-command-hook' which processes that buffer.
-
-;; Actually, in the interests of generality, what that function does
-;; is run the hook `mmm-major-mode-hook'. Our desired function
-;; `mmm-mode-on-maybe' is then added to that hook. This way, if the
-;; user wants to run something else on every major mode, they can just
-;; add it to `mmm-major-mode-hook' and take advantage of this hack.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-
-;;{{{ Autoload Submode Classes
-
-(defvar mmm-autoloaded-classes
- '((mason "mmm-mason" nil)
- (myghty "mmm-myghty" nil)
- (html-css "mmm-sample" nil)
- (html-js "mmm-sample" nil)
- (here-doc "mmm-sample" nil)
- (embperl "mmm-sample" nil)
- (eperl "mmm-sample" nil)
- (jsp "mmm-sample" nil)
- (file-variables "mmm-sample" nil)
- (rpm-sh "mmm-rpm" t)
- (rpm "mmm-rpm" nil)
- (cweb "mmm-cweb" nil)
- (sgml-dtd "mmm-sample" nil)
- (noweb "mmm-noweb" nil)
- (html-php "mmm-sample" nil)
- )
- "Alist of submode classes autoloaded from files.
-Elements look like \(CLASS FILE PRIVATE) where CLASS is a submode
-class symbol, FILE is a string suitable for passing to `load', and
-PRIVATE is non-nil if the class is invisible to the user. Classes can
-be added to this list with `mmm-autoload-class'.")
-
-(defun mmm-autoload-class (class file &optional private)
- "Autoload submode class CLASS from file FILE.
-PRIVATE, if non-nil, means the class is user-invisible. In general,
-private classes need not be autoloaded, since they will usually be
-invoked by a public class in the same file."
- ;; Don't autoload already defined classes
- (unless (assq class mmm-classes-alist)
- (add-to-list 'mmm-autoloaded-classes
- (list class file private))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Autoload Functions
-
-;; To shut up the byte compiler.
-(eval-and-compile
- (autoload 'mmm-mode-on "mmm-mode" "Turn on MMM Mode. See `mmm-mode'.")
- (autoload 'mmm-mode-off "mmm-mode" "Turn off MMM Mode. See `mmm-mode'.")
- (autoload 'mmm-update-font-lock-buffer "mmm-region")
- (autoload 'mmm-ensure-fboundp "mmm-utils")
- (autoload 'mmm-mode "mmm-mode"
- "Minor mode to allow multiple major modes in one buffer.
-Without ARG, toggle MMM Mode. With ARG, turn MMM Mode on iff ARG is
-positive and off otherwise." t))
-
-;; These may actually be used.
-(autoload 'mmm-ify-by-class "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-ify-by-regexp "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-ify-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-parse-buffer "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-parse-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-parse-block "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-clear-current-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-reparse-current-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-end-current-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-insertion-help "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-(autoload 'mmm-insert-region "mmm-cmds" "" t)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ MMM Global Mode
-
-(defvar mmm-changed-buffers-list ()
- "Buffers that need to be checked for running the major mode hook.")
-
-(defun mmm-major-mode-change ()
- "Add this buffer to `mmm-changed-buffers-list' for checking.
-When the current command is over, MMM Mode will be turned on in this
-buffer depending on the value of `mmm-global-mode'. Actually,
-everything in `mmm-major-mode-hook' will be run."
- (and (boundp 'mmm-mode)
- mmm-mode
- (mmm-mode-off))
- (add-to-list 'mmm-changed-buffers-list (current-buffer))
- (add-hook 'post-command-hook 'mmm-check-changed-buffers))
-
-(add-hook 'change-major-mode-hook 'mmm-major-mode-change)
-
-(defun mmm-check-changed-buffers ()
- "Run major mode hook for the buffers in `mmm-changed-buffers-list'."
- (remove-hook 'post-command-hook 'mmm-check-changed-buffers)
- (dolist (buffer mmm-changed-buffers-list)
- (when (buffer-live-p buffer)
- (with-current-buffer buffer
- (mmm-run-major-mode-hook))))
- (setq mmm-changed-buffers-list '()))
-
-(defun mmm-mode-on-maybe ()
- "Conditionally turn on MMM Mode.
-Turn on MMM Mode if `mmm-global-mode' is non-nil and there are classes
-to apply, or always if `mmm-global-mode' is t."
- (cond ((eq mmm-global-mode t) (mmm-mode-on))
- ((not mmm-global-mode))
- ((mmm-get-all-classes nil) (mmm-mode-on)))
- (when mmm-mode
- (mmm-update-font-lock-buffer)))
-
-(add-hook 'mmm-major-mode-hook 'mmm-mode-on-maybe)
-
-(defalias 'mmm-add-find-file-hooks 'mmm-add-find-file-hook)
-(defun mmm-add-find-file-hook ()
- "Equivalent to \(setq mmm-global-mode 'maybe).
-This function is deprecated and may be removed in future."
- (message "Warning: `mmm-add-find-file-hook' is deprecated.")
- (setq mmm-global-mode 'maybe))
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-auto)
-
-;;; mmm-auto.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-class.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-class.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 9605d62..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-class.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,327 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-class.el --- MMM submode class variables and functions
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2011-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains variable and function definitions for
-;; manipulating and applying MMM submode classes. See `mmm-vars.el'
-;; for variables that list classes.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-region)
-
-;;; CLASS SPECIFICATIONS
-;;{{{ Get Class Specifications
-
-(defun mmm-get-class-spec (class)
- "Get the class specification for CLASS.
-CLASS can be either a symbol to look up in `mmm-classes-alist' or a
-class specifier itself."
- (cond ((symbolp class) ; A symbol must be looked up
- (or (cdr (assq class mmm-classes-alist))
- (and (cadr (assq class mmm-autoloaded-classes))
- (load (cadr (assq class mmm-autoloaded-classes)))
- (cdr (assq class mmm-classes-alist)))
- (signal 'mmm-invalid-submode-class (list class))))
- ((listp class) ; A list must be a class spec
- class)
- (t (signal 'mmm-invalid-submode-class (list class)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Get and Set Class Parameters
-
-(defun mmm-get-class-parameter (class param)
- "Get the value of the parameter PARAM for CLASS, or nil if none."
- (cadr (member param (mmm-get-class-spec class))))
-
-(defun mmm-set-class-parameter (class param value)
- "Set the value of the parameter PARAM for CLASS to VALUE.
-Creates a new parameter if one is not present."
- (let* ((spec (mmm-get-class-spec class))
- (current (member param spec)))
- (if current
- (setcar (cdr current) value)
- (nconc spec (list param value)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Apply Classes
-
-(cl-defun mmm-apply-class
- (class &optional (start (point-min)) (stop (point-max)) face)
- "Apply the submode class CLASS from START to STOP in FACE.
-If FACE is nil, the face for CLASS is used, or the default face if
-none is specified by CLASS."
- ;; The "special" class t means do nothing. It is used to turn on
- ;; MMM Mode without applying any classes.
- (unless (eq class t)
- (apply #'mmm-ify :start start :stop stop
- (append (mmm-get-class-spec class)
- (list :face face)))
- (mmm-run-class-hook class)
- ;; Hack in case class hook sets mmm-buffer-mode-display-name etc.
- (mmm-set-mode-line)))
-
-(cl-defun mmm-apply-classes
- (classes &key (start (point-min)) (stop (point-max)) face)
- "Apply all submode classes in CLASSES, in order.
-All classes are applied regardless of any errors that may occur in
-other classes. If any errors occur, `mmm-apply-classes' exits with an
-error once all classes have been applied."
- (let (invalid-classes)
- (dolist (class classes)
- (condition-case err
- (mmm-apply-class class start stop face)
- (mmm-invalid-submode-class
- ;; Save the name of the invalid class, so we can report them
- ;; all together at the end.
- (add-to-list 'invalid-classes (cl-second err)))))
- (when invalid-classes
- (signal 'mmm-invalid-submode-class invalid-classes))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Apply All Classes
-
-(cl-defun mmm-apply-all (&key (start (point-min)) (stop (point-max)))
- "MMM-ify from START to STOP by all submode classes.
-The classes come from mode/ext, `mmm-classes', `mmm-global-classes',
-and interactive history."
- (mmm-clear-overlays start stop 'strict)
- (mmm-apply-classes (mmm-get-all-classes t) :start start :stop stop)
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- (syntax-ppss-flush-cache start)
- (syntax-propertize stop)
- (mmm-refontify-maybe start stop))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; BUFFER SCANNING
-;;{{{ Scan for Regions
-
-(cl-defun mmm-ify
- (&rest all &key classes handler
- submode match-submode
- (start (point-min)) (stop (point-max))
- front back save-matches (case-fold-search t)
- (beg-sticky (not (number-or-marker-p front)))
- (end-sticky (not (number-or-marker-p back)))
- include-front include-back
- (front-offset 0) (back-offset 0)
- (front-delim nil) (back-delim nil)
- (delimiter-mode mmm-delimiter-mode)
- front-face back-face
- front-verify back-verify
- front-form back-form
- creation-hook
- face match-face
- save-name match-name
- (front-match 0) (back-match 0)
- end-not-begin
- ;insert private
- &allow-other-keys
- )
- "Create submode regions from START to STOP according to arguments.
-If CLASSES is supplied, it must be a list of valid CLASSes. Otherwise,
-the rest of the arguments are for an actual class being applied. See
-`mmm-classes-alist' for information on what they all mean."
- ;; Make sure we get the default values in the `all' list.
- (setq all (append
- all
- (list :start start :stop stop
- :beg-sticky beg-sticky :end-sticky end-sticky
- :front-offset front-offset :back-offset back-offset
- :front-delim front-delim :back-delim back-delim
- :front-match 0 :back-match 0
- )))
- (cond
- ;; If we have a class list, apply them all.
- (classes
- (mmm-apply-classes classes :start start :stop stop :face face))
- ;; Otherwise, apply this class.
- ;; If we have a handler, call it.
- (handler
- (apply handler all))
- ;; Otherwise, we search from START to STOP for submode regions,
- ;; continuining over errors, until we don't find any more. If FRONT
- ;; and BACK are number-or-markers, this should only execute once.
- (t
- (mmm-save-all
- (goto-char start)
- (cl-loop for (beg end front-pos back-pos matched-front matched-back
- matched-submode matched-face matched-name
- invalid-resume ok-resume) =
- (apply #'mmm-match-region :start (point) all)
- while beg
- if end ; match-submode, if present, succeeded.
- do
- (condition-case nil
- (progn
- (mmm-make-region
- (or matched-submode submode) beg end
- :face (or matched-face face)
- :front front-pos :back back-pos
- :evaporation 'front
- :match-front matched-front :match-back matched-back
- :beg-sticky beg-sticky :end-sticky end-sticky
- :name matched-name
- :delimiter-mode delimiter-mode
- :front-face front-face :back-face back-face
- :creation-hook creation-hook
- )
- (goto-char ok-resume))
- ;; If our region is invalid, go back to the end of the
- ;; front match and continue on.
- (mmm-error (goto-char invalid-resume)))
- ;; If match-submode was unable to find a match, go back to
- ;; the end of the front match and continue on.
- else do (goto-char invalid-resume)
- )))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Match Regions
-
-(cl-defun mmm-match-region
- (&key start stop front back front-verify back-verify
- front-delim back-delim
- include-front include-back front-offset back-offset
- front-form back-form save-matches match-submode match-face
- front-match back-match end-not-begin
- save-name match-name
- &allow-other-keys)
- "Find the first valid region between point and STOP.
-Return \(BEG END FRONT-POS BACK-POS FRONT-FORM BACK-FORM SUBMODE FACE
-NAME INVALID-RESUME OK-RESUME) specifying the region. See
-`mmm-match-and-verify' for the valid values of FRONT and BACK
-\(markers, regexps, or functions). A nil value for END means that
-MATCH-SUBMODE failed to find a valid submode. INVALID-RESUME is the
-point at which the search should continue if the region is invalid,
-and OK-RESUME if the region is valid."
- (when (mmm-match-and-verify front start stop front-verify)
- (let ((beg (mmm-match->point include-front front-offset front-match))
- (front-pos (if front-delim
- (mmm-match->point t front-delim front-match)
- nil))
- (invalid-resume (match-end front-match))
- (front-form (mmm-get-form front-form)))
- (let ((submode (if match-submode
- (condition-case nil
- (mmm-save-all
- (funcall match-submode front-form))
- (mmm-no-matching-submode
- (cl-return-from
- mmm-match-region
- (cl-values beg nil nil nil nil nil nil nil nil
- invalid-resume nil))))
- nil))
- (name (cond ((functionp match-name)
- (mmm-save-all (funcall match-name front-form)))
- ((stringp match-name)
- (if save-name
- (mmm-format-matches match-name)
- match-name))))
- (face (cond ((functionp match-face)
- (mmm-save-all
- (funcall match-face front-form)))
- (match-face
- (cdr (assoc front-form match-face))))))
- (when (mmm-match-and-verify
- (if save-matches
- (mmm-format-matches back)
- back)
- beg stop back-verify)
- (let* ((end (mmm-match->point (not include-back)
- back-offset back-match))
- (back-pos (if back-delim
- (mmm-match->point nil back-delim back-match)
- nil))
- (back-form (mmm-get-form back-form))
- (ok-resume (if end-not-begin
- (match-end back-match)
- end)))
- (cl-values beg end front-pos back-pos front-form back-form
- submode face name
- invalid-resume ok-resume)))))))
-
-(defun mmm-match->point (beginp offset match)
- "Find a point of starting or stopping from the match data. If
-BEGINP, start at \(match-beginning MATCH), else \(match-end MATCH),
-and move OFFSET. Handles all values of OFFSET--see `mmm-classes-alist'."
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (if beginp
- (match-beginning match)
- (match-end match)))
- (dolist (spec (if (listp offset) offset (list offset)))
- (if (numberp spec)
- (forward-char (or spec 0))
- (funcall spec)))
- (point)))
-
-(defun mmm-match-and-verify (pos start stop &optional verify)
- "Find first match for POS between point and STOP satisfying VERIFY.
-Return non-nil if a match was found, and set match data. POS can be a
-number-or-marker, a regexp, or a function.
-
-If POS is a number-or-marker, it is used as-is. If it is a string, it
-is searched for as a regexp until VERIFY returns non-nil. If it is a
-function, it is called with argument STOP and must return non-nil iff
-a match is found, and set the match data. Note that VERIFY is ignored
-unless POS is a regexp."
- (cond
- ;; A marker can be used as-is, but only if it's in bounds.
- ((and (number-or-marker-p pos) (>= pos start) (<= pos stop))
- (goto-char pos)
- (looking-at "")) ; Set the match data
- ;; Strings are searched for as regexps.
- ((stringp pos)
- (cl-loop always (re-search-forward pos stop 'limit)
- until (or (not verify) (mmm-save-all (funcall verify)))))
- ;; Otherwise it must be a function.
- ((functionp pos)
- (funcall pos stop))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Get Delimiter Forms
-
-(defun mmm-get-form (form)
- "Return the delimiter form specified by FORM.
-If FORM is nil, call `mmm-default-get-form'. If FORM is a string,
-return it. If FORM is a function, call it. If FORM is a list, return
-its `car' \(usually in this case, FORM is a one-element list
-containing a function to be used as the delimiter form."
- (cond ((stringp form) form)
- ((not form) (mmm-default-get-form))
- ((functionp form) (mmm-save-all (funcall form)))
- ((listp form) (car form))))
-
-(defun mmm-default-get-form ()
- (regexp-quote (match-string 0)))
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-class)
-
-;;; mmm-class.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cmds.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cmds.el
deleted file mode 100644
index c3d7ad1..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cmds.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,444 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-cmds.el --- MMM Mode interactive commands and keymap
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2011-2013, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains the interactive commands for MMM Mode.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'font-lock)
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-class)
-
-;; APPLYING CLASSES
-;;{{{ Applying Predefined Classes
-
-(defun mmm-ify-by-class (class)
- "Add submode regions according to an existing submode class."
- (interactive
- (list (intern
- (completing-read
- "Submode Class: "
- (cl-remove-duplicates
- (mapcar (lambda (spec) (list (symbol-name (car spec))))
- (append
- (cl-remove-if (lambda (spec) (plist-get (cdr spec)
:private))
- mmm-classes-alist)
- (cl-remove-if #'caddr mmm-autoloaded-classes)))
- :test #'equal)
- nil t))))
- (unless (eq class (intern ""))
- (mmm-apply-class class)
- (mmm-add-to-history class)
- (mmm-update-font-lock-buffer)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Applying by the Region
-
-(defun mmm-ify-region (submode front back)
- "Add a submode region for SUBMODE coinciding with current region."
- (interactive "aSubmode: \nr")
- (mmm-ify :submode submode :front front :back back)
- (setq front (mmm-make-marker front t nil)
- back (mmm-make-marker back nil nil))
- (mmm-add-to-history `(:submode ,submode :front ,front :back ,back))
- (mmm-enable-font-lock submode))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Applying Simple Regexps
-
-(defun mmm-ify-by-regexp
- (submode front front-offset back back-offset save-matches)
- "Add SUBMODE regions to the buffer delimited by FRONT and BACK.
-With prefix argument, prompts for all additional keywords arguments.
-See `mmm-classes-alist'."
- (interactive "aSubmode:
-sFront Regexp:
-nOffset from Front Regexp:
-sBack Regexp:
-nOffset from Back Regexp:
-nNumber of matched substrings to save: ")
- (let ((args (mmm-save-keywords submode front back front-offset
- back-offset save-matches)))
- (apply #'mmm-ify args)
- (mmm-add-to-history args))
- (mmm-enable-font-lock submode))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; EDITING WITH REGIONS
-;;{{{ Re-parsing Areas
-
-(defun mmm-parse-buffer ()
- "Re-apply all applicable submode classes to current buffer.
-Clears all current submode regions, reapplies all past interactive
-mmm-ification, and applies `mmm-classes' and mode-extension classes."
- (interactive)
- (message "MMM-ifying buffer...")
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (message "MMM-ifying buffer...done"))
-
-(defun mmm-parse-region (start stop)
- "Re-apply all applicable submode classes between START and STOP.
-Clears all current submode regions, reapplies all past interactive
-mmm-ification, and applies `mmm-classes' and mode-extension classes."
- (interactive "r")
- (message "MMM-ifying region...")
- (mmm-apply-all :start start :stop stop)
- (message "MMM-ifying region...done"))
-
-(defun mmm-parse-block (&optional lines)
- "Re-parse LINES lines before and after point \(default 1).
-Clears all current submode regions, reapplies all past interactive
-mmm-ification, and applies `mmm-classes' and mode-extension classes.
-
-This command is intended for use when you have just typed what should
-be the delimiters of a submode region and you want to create the
-region. However, you may want to look into the various types of
-delimiter auto-insertion that MMM Mode provides. See, for example,
-`mmm-insert-region'."
- (interactive "p")
- (message "MMM-ifying block...")
- (cl-destructuring-bind (start stop) (mmm-get-block lines)
- (when (< start stop)
- (mmm-apply-all :start start :stop stop)))
- (message "MMM-ifying block...done"))
-
-(defun mmm-get-block (lines)
- (let ((inhibit-point-motion-hooks t))
- (list (save-excursion
- (forward-line (- lines))
- (beginning-of-line)
- (point))
- (save-excursion
- (forward-line lines)
- (end-of-line)
- (point)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Reparse Current Region
-
-(defun mmm-reparse-current-region ()
- "Clear and reparse the area of the current submode region.
-Use this command if a submode region's boundaries have become wrong."
- (interactive)
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at (point) 'all)))
- (when ovl
- (let ((beg (save-excursion
- (goto-char (mmm-front-start ovl))
- (forward-line -1)
- (point)))
- (end (save-excursion
- (goto-char (mmm-back-end ovl))
- (forward-line 1)
- (point))))
- (mmm-parse-region beg end)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Clear Submode Regions
-
-;; See also `mmm-clear-history' which is interactive.
-
-(defun mmm-clear-current-region ()
- "Deletes the submode region point is currently in, if any."
- (interactive)
- (delete-overlay (mmm-overlay-at (point) 'all)))
-
-(defun mmm-clear-regions (start stop)
- "Deletes all submode regions from START to STOP."
- (interactive "r")
- (mmm-clear-overlays start stop))
-
-(defun mmm-clear-all-regions ()
- "Deletes all submode regions in the current buffer."
- (interactive)
- (mmm-clear-overlays))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ End Current Region
-
-(cl-defun mmm-end-current-region (&optional arg)
- "End current submode region.
-If ARG is nil, end it at the most appropriate place, usually its
-current back boundary. If ARG is non-nil, end it at point. If the
-current region is correctly bounded, the first does nothing, but the
-second deletes that delimiter as well.
-
-If the region's BACK property is a string, it is inserted as above and
-the overlay moved if necessary. If it is a function, it is called with
-two arguments--the overlay, and \(if ARG 'middle t)--and must do the
-entire job of this function."
- (interactive "P")
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at)))
- (when ovl
- (combine-after-change-calls
- (save-match-data
- (save-excursion
- (when (mmm-match-back ovl)
- (if arg
- (replace-match "")
- (cl-return-from mmm-end-current-region)))))
- (let ((back (overlay-get ovl 'back)))
- (cond ((stringp back)
- (save-excursion
- (unless arg (goto-char (overlay-end ovl)))
- (save-excursion (insert back))
- (move-overlay ovl (overlay-start ovl) (point))))
- ((functionp back)
- (funcall back ovl (if arg 'middle t))))))
- (mmm-refontify-maybe (save-excursion (forward-line -1) (point))
- (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Narrow to Region
-
-(defun mmm-narrow-to-submode-region (&optional pos)
- "Narrow to the submode region at point."
- (interactive)
- ;; Probably don't use mmm-current-overlay here, because this is
- ;; sometimes called from inside messy functions.
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at pos)))
- (when ovl
- (narrow-to-region (overlay-start ovl) (overlay-end ovl)))))
-
-;; The inverse command is `widen', usually on `C-x n w'
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; INSERTING REGIONS
-;;{{{ Insert regions by keystroke
-
-;; This is the "default" binding in the MMM Mode keymap. Keys defined
-;; by classes should be control keys, to avoid conflicts with MMM
-;; commands.
-(defun mmm-insert-region (arg)
- "Insert a submode region based on last character in invoking keys.
-Keystrokes after `mmm-mode-prefix-key' which are not bound to an MMM
-Mode command \(see `mmm-command-modifiers') are passed on to this
-function. If they have the modifiers `mmm-insert-modifiers', then they
-are looked up, sans those modifiers, in all current submode classes to
-find an insert skeleton. For example, in Mason, `p' \(with appropriate
-prefix and modifiers) will insert a <%perl>...</%perl> region."
- (interactive "P")
- (let* ((seq (this-command-keys))
- (event (aref seq (1- (length seq))))
- (mods (event-modifiers event))
- (key (mmm-event-key event)))
- (if (cl-subsetp mmm-insert-modifiers mods)
- (mmm-insert-by-key
- (append (cl-set-difference mods mmm-insert-modifiers)
- key)
- arg))))
-
-(defun mmm-insert-by-key (key &optional arg)
- "Insert a submode region based on event KEY.
-Inspects all the classes of the current buffer to find a matching
-:insert key sequence. See `mmm-classes-alist'. ARG, if present, is
-passed on to `skeleton-proxy-new' to control wrapping.
-
-KEY must be a list \(MODIFIERS... . BASIC-KEY) where MODIFIERS are
-symbols such as shift, control, etc. and BASIC-KEY is a character code
-or a symbol such as tab, return, etc. Note that if there are no
-MODIFIERS, the dotted list becomes simply BASIC-KEY."
- (cl-multiple-value-bind (class skel str) (mmm-get-insertion-spec key)
- (when skel
- (let ((after-change-functions nil)
- (old-undo buffer-undo-list) undo)
- ;; XEmacs' skeleton doesn't manage positions by itself, so we
- ;; have to do it.
- (if mmm-xemacs (setq skeleton-positions nil))
- (skeleton-proxy-new skel str arg)
- (cl-destructuring-bind (back end beg front) skeleton-positions
- ;; TODO: Find a way to trap invalid-parent signals from
- ;; make-region and undo the skeleton insertion.
- (let ((match-submode (plist-get class :match-submode))
- (match-face (plist-get class :match-face))
- (match-name (plist-get class :match-name))
- (front-form (regexp-quote (buffer-substring front beg)))
- (back-form (regexp-quote (buffer-substring end back)))
- submode face name)
- (setq submode
- (mmm-modename->function
- (if match-submode
- (mmm-save-all (funcall match-submode front-form))
- (plist-get class :submode))))
- (setq face
- (cond ((functionp match-face)
- (mmm-save-all
- (funcall match-face front-form)))
- (match-face
- (cdr (assoc front-form match-face)))
- (t
- (plist-get class :face))))
- (setq name
- (cond ((plist-get class :skel-name)
- ;; Optimize the name to the user-supplied str
- ;; if we are so instructed.
- str)
- ;; Call it if it is a function
- ((functionp match-name)
- (mmm-save-all (funcall match-name front-form)))
- ;; Now we know it's a string, does it need to
- ;; be formatted?
- ((plist-get class :save-name)
- ;; Yes. Haven't done a match before, so
- ;; match the front regexp against the given
- ;; form to format the string
- (string-match (plist-get class :front)
- front-form)
- (mmm-format-matches match-name front-form))
- (t
- ;; No, just use it as-is
- match-name)))
- (mmm-make-region
- submode beg end
- :face face
- :name name
- :front front :back back
- :match-front front-form :match-back back-form
- :evaporation 'front
-;;; :beg-sticky (plist-get class :beg-sticky)
-;;; :end-sticky (plist-get class :end-sticky)
- :beg-sticky t :end-sticky t
- :creation-hook (plist-get class :creation-hook))
- (mmm-enable-font-lock submode)))
- ;; Now get rid of intermediate undo boundaries, so that the entire
- ;; insertion can be undone as one action. This should really be
- ;; skeleton's job, but it doesn't do it.
- (setq undo buffer-undo-list)
- (while (not (eq (cdr undo) old-undo))
- (when (eq (cadr undo) nil)
- (setcdr undo (cddr undo)))
- (setq undo (cdr undo)))))))
-
-(defun mmm-get-insertion-spec (key &optional classlist)
- "Get the insertion info for KEY from all classes in CLASSLIST.
-Return \(CLASS SKEL STR) where CLASS is the class spec a match was
-found in, SKEL is the skeleton to insert, and STR is the argument.
-CLASSLIST defaults to the return value of `mmm-get-all-classes',
-including global classes."
- (cl-loop for classname in (or classlist (mmm-get-all-classes t))
- for class = (mmm-get-class-spec classname)
- for inserts = (plist-get class :insert)
- for skel = (cddr (assoc key inserts))
- with str
- ;; If SKEL is a dotted pair, it means call another key's
- ;; insertion spec with an argument.
- unless (consp (cdr skel))
- do (setq str (cdr skel)
- skel (cddr (assoc (car skel) inserts)))
- if skel return (list class skel str)
- ;; If we have a group class, recurse.
- if (plist-get class :classes)
- if (mmm-get-insertion-spec key it)
- return it))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Help on Insertion
-
-(defun mmm-insertion-help ()
- "Display help on currently available MMM insertion commands."
- (interactive)
- (with-output-to-temp-buffer "*Help*"
- (princ "Available MMM Mode Insertion Commands:\n")
- (princ "Key Inserts\n")
- (princ "--- -------\n\n")
- (mapcar #'mmm-display-insertion-key
- (mmm-get-all-insertion-keys))))
-
-(defun mmm-display-insertion-key (spec)
- "Print an insertion binding to standard output.
-SPEC should be \(KEY NAME ...) where KEY is an insertion key and NAME
-is a symbol naming the insertion."
- (let* ((str (make-string 16 ?\ ))
- ;; This gets us a dotted list, because of the way insertion
- ;; keys are specified.
- (key (append mmm-insert-modifiers (car spec)))
- (lastkey (nthcdr (max (1- (safe-length key)) 0) key)))
- ;; Now we make it a true list
- (if (consp key)
- (setcdr lastkey (list (cdr lastkey)))
- (setq key (list key)))
- ;; Get the spacing right
- (store-substring str 0
- (key-description
- (apply #'vector (append mmm-mode-prefix-key (list key)))))
- (princ str)
- ;; Now print the binding symbol
- (princ (cadr spec))
- (princ "\n")))
-
-(defun mmm-get-all-insertion-keys (&optional classlist)
- "Return an alist of all currently available insertion keys.
-Elements look like \(KEY NAME ...) where KEY is an insertion key and
-NAME is a symbol naming the insertion."
- (cl-remove-duplicates
- (cl-loop for classname in (or classlist (mmm-get-all-classes t))
- for class = (mmm-get-class-spec classname)
- append (plist-get class :insert) into keys
- ;; If we have a group class, recurse.
- if (plist-get class :classes)
- do (setq keys (append keys (mmm-get-all-insertion-keys it)))
- finally return keys)
- :test #'equal
- :key #'(lambda (x) (cons (car x) (cadr x)))
- :from-end t))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;{{{ Auto Insertion (copied from interactive session);-COM-
-;-COM-
-;-COM-;; Don't use `mmm-ify-region' of course. And rather than having
-;-COM-;; classes define their own functions, we should have them pass a
-;-COM-;; skeleton as an attribute. Then our insert function can turn off
-;-COM-;; after-change hooks and add the submode region afterward.
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(define-skeleton mmm-see-inline
-;-COM- "" nil
-;-COM- -1 @ " " _ " " @ "%>"
-;-COM- '(apply #'mmm-ify-region 'cperl-mode (reverse skeleton-positions)))
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(define-skeleton mmm-see-other
-;-COM- "" nil
-;-COM- @ ";\n" _ "\n" @ "<%/" str ">"
-;-COM- '(apply #'mmm-ify-region 'cperl-mode (reverse skeleton-positions)))
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(make-local-hook 'after-change-functions)
-;-COM-(add-hook 'after-change-functions 'mmm-detect t)
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(defun mmm-detect (beg end length)
-;-COM- (when (mmm-looking-back-at "<% ")
-;-COM- (mmm-see-inline))
-;-COM- (when (mmm-looking-back-at "<%\\(\\w+\\)>")
-;-COM- (mmm-see-other (match-string 1))))
-;-COM-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-cmds)
-
-;;; mmm-cmds.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-compat.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-compat.el
deleted file mode 100644
index d974a0f..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-compat.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-compat.el --- MMM Hacks for compatibility with other Emacsen
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000, 2003, 2011, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file provides a number of hacks that are necessary for MMM
-;; Mode to function in different Emacsen. MMM Mode is designed for
-;; FSF Emacs, but these hacks usually enable it to work
-;; almost perfectly in XEmacs 21.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-;;{{{ Emacsen Detection
-
-(defvar mmm-xemacs (featurep 'xemacs)
- "Whether we are running XEmacs.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Regexp-Opt (XEmacs)
-
-;; As of XEmacs' xemacs-base package version 1.82,
-;; the regexp-opt API is compatible with GNU Emacs.
-(defalias 'mmm-regexp-opt 'regexp-opt)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Overlays (XEmacs)
-
-;; The main thing we use from FSF Emacs that XEmacs doesn't support
-;; are overlays. XEmacs uses extents instead, but comes with a package
-;; to emulate overlays.
-(when mmm-xemacs
- ;; This does almost everything we need.
- (require 'overlay))
-
-;; We also use a couple "special" overlay properties which have
-;; different names for XEmacs extents.
-(defvar mmm-evaporate-property
- (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'detachable 'evaporate)
- "The name of the overlay property controlling evaporation.")
-
-;; We don't use this any more, since its behavior is different in FSF
-;; and XEmacs: in the one it replaces the buffer's local map, but in
-;; the other it gets stacked on top of it. Instead we just set the
-;; buffer's local map temporarily.
-;;;(defvar mmm-keymap-property
-;;; (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'keymap 'local-map)
-;;; "The name of the overlay property controlling keymaps.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Keymaps and Events (XEmacs)
-
-;; In XEmacs, keymaps are a primitive type, while in FSF Emacs, they
-;; are a list whose car is the symbol `keymap'. Among other things,
-;; this means that they handle default bindings differently.
-(defmacro mmm-set-keymap-default (keymap binding)
- (if (featurep 'xemacs)
- `(set-keymap-default-binding ,keymap ,binding)
- `(define-key ,keymap [t] ,binding)))
-
-;; In XEmacs, events are a primitive type, while in FSF Emacs, they
-;; are represented by characters or vectors. We treat them as vectors.
-;; We can use `event-modifiers' in both Emacsen to extract the
-;; modifiers, but the function to extract the basic key is different.
-(defmacro mmm-event-key (event)
- (if (featurep 'xemacs)
- `(event-key ,event)
- `(event-basic-type ,event)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Skeleton (XEmacs)
-
-;; XEmacs' `skeleton' package doesn't provide `@' to record positions.
-(defvar skeleton-positions ())
-(defun mmm-fixup-skeleton ()
- "Add `@' to `skeleton-further-elements' if XEmacs and not there.
-This makes `@' in skeletons act approximately like it does in FSF."
- (and (featurep 'xemacs)
- (defvar skeleton-further-elements ())
- (not (assoc '@ skeleton-further-elements))
- (add-to-list 'skeleton-further-elements
- '(@ ''(push (point) skeleton-positions)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Make Temp Buffers (XEmacs)
-
-(defmacro mmm-make-temp-buffer (buffer name)
- "Return a buffer with name based on NAME including the text of BUFFER.
-This text should not be modified."
- (if (fboundp 'make-indirect-buffer)
- `(make-indirect-buffer ,buffer (generate-new-buffer-name ,name))
- `(save-excursion
- (set-buffer (generate-new-buffer ,name))
- (insert-buffer ,buffer)
- (current-buffer))))
-
-(provide 'mmm-compat)
-
-;;; mmm-compat.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cweb.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cweb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ef399db..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-cweb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-cweb.el --- MMM submode class for CWeb programs
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Alan Shutko <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode class for
-;; editing CWeb programs.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-
-(defvar mmm-cweb-section-tags
- '("@ " "@*"))
-
-(defvar mmm-cweb-section-regexp
- (concat "^" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-cweb-section-tags t)))
-
-(defvar mmm-cweb-c-part-tags
- '("@c" "@>=" "@>+=" "@p"))
-
-(defvar mmm-cweb-c-part-regexp
- (concat (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-cweb-c-part-tags t)))
-
-(defun mmm-cweb-in-limbo (pos)
- "Check to see if POS is in limbo, ie before any cweb sections."
- (save-match-data
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char pos)
- (not (re-search-backward mmm-cweb-section-regexp nil t)))))
-
-(defun mmm-cweb-verify-brief-c ()
- "Verify function for cweb-brief-c class.
-Checks whether the match is in limbo."
- (not (mmm-cweb-in-limbo (match-beginning 0))))
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'cweb
- `(
- (cweb-c-part
- :submode c-mode
- :front ,mmm-cweb-c-part-regexp
- :back ,mmm-cweb-section-regexp)
- (cweb-label
- :submode tex-mode
- :front "@<"
- :back "@>"
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :insert ((?l cweb-label nil @ "@<" @ "@>")))
- (cweb-brief-c
- :submode c-mode
- :front "[^\\|]\\(|\\)[^|]"
- :front-match 1
- :front-verify mmm-cweb-verify-brief-c
-; :front-offset -1
- :back "[^\\|]\\(|\\)"
- :back-match 1
-; :back-offset 1
- :end-not-begin t
- :insert ((?| cweb-c-in-tex nil "|" @ "|")))
- (cweb-comment
- :submode tex-mode
- :front "/[*]"
- :back "[*]/"
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face)
-))
-
-;; (add-to-list 'mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
-;; '(plain-tex-mode "\\.w\\'" cweb))
-;; (add-to-list 'mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
-;; '(latex-mode "\\.w\\'" cweb))
-;; (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.w\\'" . tex-mode))
-
-(provide 'mmm-cweb)
-
-;;; mmm-cweb.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-defaults.el
b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-defaults.el
deleted file mode 100644
index f4f3eec..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-defaults.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-defaults.el --- Friendly defaults for MMM Mode
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Dmitry Gutov <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; To enable multiple mode support in ERB, EJS and PHP files, just add the
-;; following line to your init file:
-;;
-;; (require 'mmm-defaults)
-;;
-;; Note that for PHP you still need to have php-mode (installed separately).
-;;
-;; TODO: Add more file types and classes here. Mention this file in README.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-
-(setq mmm-global-mode 'auto)
-
-;;; ERB and EJS
-
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode "\\.erb\\'" 'erb)
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode "\\.ejs\\'" 'ejs)
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode nil 'html-js)
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode nil 'html-css)
-
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.html\\.erb\\'" . html-erb-mode))
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/[^.]+\\.erb\\'" . html-erb-mode))
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.jst\\.ejs\\'" . html-erb-mode))
-
-;;; PHP
-
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode nil 'html-js)
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode nil 'html-css)
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode "\\.php\\'" 'html-php)
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.html\\.php\\'" . html-mode))
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/[^.]+\\.php\\'" . html-mode))
-
-(provide 'mmm-defaults)
-
-;;; mmm-defaults.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-erb.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-erb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d3adc5..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-erb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-erb.el --- ERB templates editing support
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2012, 2013, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Dmitry Gutov <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains definitions of ERB and EJS submode classes, and well as
-;; support functions for proper indentation.
-
-;; Usage:
-
-;; (require 'mmm-auto)
-
-;; (setq mmm-global-mode 'auto)
-
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode "\\.html\\.erb\\'" 'erb)
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode "\\.jst\\.ejs\\'" 'ejs)
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode nil 'html-js)
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode nil 'html-css)
-
-;; (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.html\\.erb\\'" . html-erb-mode))
-;; (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.jst\\.ejs\\'" . html-erb-mode))
-
-;; Optional settings:
-
-;; (setq mmm-submode-decoration-level 2
-;; mmm-parse-when-idle t)
-
-;; nXML as primary mode (supports only JS and CSS subregions):
-
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'nxml-web-mode nil 'html-js)
-;; (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'nxml-web-mode nil 'html-css)
-
-;; (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.xhtml\\'" . nxml-web-mode))
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'sgml-mode)
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-region)
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((erb :submode ruby-mode :front "<%[#=]?" :back "-?%>"
- :match-face (("<%#" . mmm-comment-submode-face)
- ("<%=" . mmm-output-submode-face)
- ("<%" . mmm-code-submode-face))
- :insert ((?% erb-code nil @ "<%" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?# erb-comment nil @ "<%#" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?= erb-expression nil @ "<%=" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @))
- :creation-hook mmm-erb-mark-as-special)
- (ejs :submode js-mode :front "<%[#=]?" :back "-?%>"
- :match-face (("<%#" . mmm-comment-submode-face)
- ("<%=" . mmm-output-submode-face)
- ("<%" . mmm-code-submode-face))
- :insert ((?% ejs-code nil @ "<%" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?# ejs-comment nil @ "<%#" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?= ejs-expression nil @ "<%=" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @))
- :creation-hook mmm-erb-mark-as-special)))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-mark-as-special ()
- "Hook function to run in ERB and EJS tag regions."
- (overlay-put mmm-current-overlay 'mmm-special-tag t))
-
-;;;###autoload
-(define-derived-mode html-erb-mode html-mode "ERB-HTML"
- (setq sgml-unclosed-tags nil) ; Simplifies indentation logic.
- (set (make-local-variable 'mmm-indent-line-function) 'mmm-erb-indent-line)
- (add-hook 'mmm-after-syntax-propertize-functions
- 'html-erb-after-syntax-propertize nil t))
-
-(defun html-erb-after-syntax-propertize (overlay mode beg end)
- (when overlay
- (with-silent-modifications
- (funcall
- (syntax-propertize-rules ("<\\|>" (0 ".")))
- beg end))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-indent-line ()
- "Indent the current line intelligently."
- (interactive)
- (let ((offset (- (current-column) (current-indentation))))
- (back-to-indentation)
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- (if (and mmm-current-overlay mmm-current-submode
- (< (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay) (point-at-bol)))
- ;; Region starts before the current line (and contains indentation).
- ;; If it starts on the current line, then either first part of the line
- ;; is in primary mode, or we're on the first line of a script or style
- ;; tag contents. In the latter case, better to also indent it according
- ;; to the primary mode (as text): `js-indent-line' ignores narrowing,
- ;; gets confused by the angle bracket on the previous line and thus
- ;; breaks our "top level" heuristic.
- (mmm-erb-indent-line-submode)
- (mmm-erb-indent-line-primary))
- (when (> offset 0) (forward-char offset))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-indent-line-submode ()
- "Indent line within a submode."
- (let (added-whitespace)
- (if (<= (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay)
- (save-excursion (back-to-indentation) (point)))
- ;; We're at a closing tag.
- (mmm-erb-indent-to-region-start)
- (save-restriction
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay))
- (when (not (looking-at "^\\|\\s-*$"))
- ;; Submode region has text on the same line as the opening tag,
- ;; pad it with whitespace to make the following lines line up.
- (setq added-whitespace (current-column))
- (insert-char ?\s added-whitespace)))
- (narrow-to-region (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay))
- (funcall (mmm-erb-orig-indent-function mmm-current-submode))
- (when added-whitespace
- ;; Remove the padding.
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay))
- (delete-char added-whitespace))))
- ;; If submode indent function moved us to bol,
- ;; we're on the top level, indent according to the primary mode.
- (when (zerop (current-indentation))
- (mmm-erb-indent-to-region-start
- (mmm-erb-indent-offset mmm-primary-mode))))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-indent-to-region-start (&optional additional-offset)
- "Indent line to match start of region, possibly adding ADDITIONAL-OFFSET."
- (let ((indent (current-indentation)))
- (indent-line-to
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (1- (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)))
- (+ (current-indentation)
- (or additional-offset 0))))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-indent-line-primary ()
- "Indent line in primary mode."
- (let* ((here (point))
- ;; Go before previous line's tag.
- (start (progn (forward-line -1)
- (back-to-indentation)
- (let ((lcon (sgml-lexical-context)))
- (when (eq (car lcon) 'tag)
- ;; Tag spreads several lines.
- (goto-char (cdr lcon))
- (back-to-indentation)))
- (point)))
- (regions (mmm-regions-in start here))
- (n 0))
- ;; Collect indent modifier depending on type of tags.
- (cl-loop for region in regions
- for type = (mmm-erb-scan-region region)
- when type do
- (if (eq type 'close)
- (when (cl-plusp n) (cl-decf n))
- (cl-incf n (if (eq type 'close) 0 1))))
- (let ((eol (progn (goto-char here) (end-of-line 1) (point))))
- ;; Look for "else" and "end" instructions to adjust modifier.
- ;; If a block start instruction comes first, abort.
- (cl-loop for region in (mmm-regions-in here eol)
- for type = (mmm-erb-scan-region region)
- until (eq type 'open)
- when (memq type '(middle close)) do (cl-decf n)))
- (goto-char here)
- (funcall (mmm-erb-orig-indent-function mmm-primary-mode))
- (let* ((indent (current-indentation))
- (indent-step (mmm-erb-indent-offset mmm-primary-mode)))
- (indent-line-to (+ indent (if n (* indent-step n) 0))))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-scan-region (region)
- (when region ; Can be nil if a line is empty, for example.
- (cl-destructuring-bind (submode beg end ovl) region
- (let ((scan-fn (plist-get '(ruby-mode mmm-erb-scan-erb
- js-mode mmm-erb-scan-ejs)
- submode)))
- (and scan-fn
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-special-tag)
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char beg)
- (skip-syntax-forward "-")
- (funcall scan-fn end)))))))
-
-(defconst mmm-erb-ruby-close-re "\\<end\\>\\|}"
- "Regexp to match the end of a Ruby block.")
-
-(defun mmm-erb-scan-erb (limit)
- (cond ((looking-at "\\(?:if\\|unless\\|for\\|while\\)\\b") 'open)
- ((looking-at "\\(?:else\\|elsif\\)\\b") 'middle)
- ((looking-at mmm-erb-ruby-close-re) 'close)
- ((and (re-search-forward (concat "\\(?: +do +\\| *{ *\\)"
- "\\(?:|[A-Za-z0-9_, ]*|\\)? *")
- limit t)
- (let ((pt (point)))
- (not (when (< pt limit)
- (goto-char limit)
- (skip-syntax-backward "-")
- (looking-back mmm-erb-ruby-close-re pt)))))
- 'open)))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-scan-ejs (limit)
- (cond ((looking-at "\\(?:if\\|for\\|while\\)\\b") 'open)
- ((looking-at "} *else\\b") 'middle)
- ((looking-at "}") 'close)
- ((re-search-forward " *{ *" limit t) 'open)))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-orig-indent-function (mode)
- (get mode 'mmm-indent-line-function))
-
-(defvar mmm-erb-offset-var-alist
- '((html-erb-mode . sgml-basic-offset)
- (nxml-web-mode . nxml-child-indent)))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-indent-offset (mode)
- (let ((name (cdr (assoc mode mmm-erb-offset-var-alist))))
- (when name (symbol-value name))))
-
-;;;###autoload
-(define-derived-mode nxml-web-mode nxml-mode "nXML-Web"
- (set (make-local-variable 'mmm-indent-line-function) 'mmm-erb-indent-line))
-
-(provide 'mmm-erb)
-
-;;; mmm-erb.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mason.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mason.el
deleted file mode 100644
index a594dde..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mason.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-mason.el --- MMM submode class for Mason components
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode class for
-;; editing Mason components. See the file README.Mason for more
-;; details.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-
-;;{{{ Perl Tags
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-perl-tags
- '("perl" "init" "cleanup" "once" "filter" "shared"
- "perl_init" "perl_cleanup" "perl_once" "perl_filter"))
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-pseudo-perl-tags
- '("args" "perl_args" "attr" "flags"))
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-non-perl-tags
- '("doc" "perl_doc" "text" "perl_text" "def" "perl_def" "method"))
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-perl-tags-regexp
- (concat "<%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-mason-perl-tags t) ">")
- "Matches tags beginning Mason sections containing Perl code.
-Saves the name of the tag matched.")
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-pseudo-perl-tags-regexp
- (concat "<%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-mason-pseudo-perl-tags t) ">")
- "Match tags beginning Mason sections that look like Perl but aren't.
-Saves the name of the tag matched.")
-
-(defvar mmm-mason-tag-names-regexp
- (regexp-opt (append mmm-mason-perl-tags mmm-mason-non-perl-tags) t)
- "Matches any Mason tag name after the \"<%\". Used to verify that a
-\"<%\" sequence starts an inline section.")
-
-(defun mmm-mason-verify-inline ()
- (not (looking-at mmm-mason-tag-names-regexp)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Add Classes
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'mason
- `((mason-text
- :submode nil
- :front "<%text>"
- :back "</%text>"
- :insert ((?t mason-<%text> nil @ "<%text>" @ "\n"
- _ "\n" @ "</%text>" @)))
- (mason-doc
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "<%doc>"
- :back "</%doc>"
- :face nil
- :insert ((?d mason-<%doc> nil @ "<%doc>" @ "\n"
- _ "\n" @ "</%doc>" @)))
- (mason-perl
- :submode perl
- :match-face (("<%perl>" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("<%init>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%cleanup>" . mmm-cleanup-submode-face)
- ("<%once>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%filter>" . mmm-special-submode-face)
- ("<%shared>" . mmm-init-submode-face))
- :front ,mmm-mason-perl-tags-regexp
- :back "</%~1>"
- :save-matches 1
- :match-name "~1"
- :save-name 1
- :insert ((?, mason-<%TAG> "Perl section: " @ "<%" str ">" @
- ";\n" _ "\n" @ "</%" str ">" @)
- (?< mason-<%TAG> ?, . nil)
- (?p mason-<%perl> ?, . "perl")
- (?i mason-<%init> ?, . "init")
- (?c mason-<%cleanup> ?, . "cleanup")
- (?o mason-<%once> ?, . "once")
- (?l mason-<%filter> ?, . "filter")
- (?s mason-<%shared> ?, . "shared")))
- (mason-pseudo-perl
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-declaration-submode-face
- :front ,mmm-mason-pseudo-perl-tags-regexp
- :back "</%~1>"
- :save-matches 1
- :insert ((?. mason-pseudo-<%TAG> "Pseudo-perl section: " @ "<%" str ">" @
- "\n" _ "\n" @ "</%" str ">" @)
- (?> mason-pseudo-<%TAG> ?, . nil)
- (?a mason-<%args> ?. . "args")
- (?f mason-<%flags> ?. . "flags")
- (?r mason-<%attr> ?. . "attr")))
- (mason-inline
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-output-submode-face
- :front "<%"
- :front-verify mmm-mason-verify-inline
- :back "%>"
- :insert ((?% mason-<%-%> nil @ "<%" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?5 mason-<%-%> ?% . nil)))
- (mason-call
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-special-submode-face
- :front "<&"
- :back "&>"
- :insert ((?& mason-<&-&> nil @ "<&" @ " " _ " " @ "&>" @)
- (?7 mason-<&-&> ?% . nil)))
- (mason-one-line-comment
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "^%#"
- :back "\n"
- :insert ((?# mason-%-comment nil (mmm-mason-start-line)
- @ "%" @ "# " _ @ '(mmm-mason-end-line) "\n" @)
- (?3 mason-%-comment ?# . nil)))
- (mason-one-line
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "^%"
- :back "\n"
- :insert ((return mason-%-line nil (mmm-mason-start-line)
- @ "%" @ " " _ @ '(mmm-mason-end-line) "\n" @)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ One-line Sections
-
-(defun mmm-mason-start-line ()
- (if (bolp)
- ""
- "\n"))
-
-(defun mmm-mason-end-line ()
- (if (eolp)
- (delete-char 1)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Set Mode Line
-
-(defun mmm-mason-set-mode-line ()
- (setq mmm-buffer-mode-display-name "Mason"))
-(add-hook 'mmm-mason-class-hook 'mmm-mason-set-mode-line)
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-mason)
-
-;;; mmm-mason.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cbb125..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-mode.el --- Allow Multiple Major Modes in a buffer
-
-;; Copyright (C) 1999-2004, 2012-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Emacs Lisp Archive Entry
-;; Package: mmm-mode
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-;; Maintainer: Dmitry Gutov <address@hidden>
-;; URL: https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode
-;; Keywords: convenience, faces, languages, tools
-;; Version: 0.5.5
-;; Package-Requires: ((cl-lib "0.2"))
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
-;; by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your
-;; option) any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-;; WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-;; General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the
-;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;;; MMM Mode is a minor mode that allows multiple major modes to
-;;; coexist in a single buffer. Refer to the documentation of the
-;;; function `mmm-mode' for more detailed information. This file
-;;; contains mode on/off functions and the mode keymap, but mostly
-;;; just loads all the subsidiary files.
-
-;;{{{ Parameter Naming
-
-;;; Since version 0.3.7, I've tried to use a uniform scheme for naming
-;;; parameters. Here's a brief summary.
-
-;;; BEG and END refer to the beginning and end of a region.
-;;; FRONT and BACK refer to the respective delimiters of a region.
-;;; FRONT- and BACK-OFFSET are the offsets from delimiter matches.
-;;; FRONT-BEG through BACK-END are the endings of the delimiters.
-;;; START and STOP bound actions, like searching, fontification, etc.
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ CL and Parameters
-
-;;; Keyword parameters can be nice because it makes it easier to see
-;;; what's getting passed as what. But I try not to use them in user
-;;; functions, because CL doesn't make good documentation strings.
-;;; Similarly, any hook or callback function can't take keywords,
-;;; since Emacs as a whole doesn't use them. And for small parameter
-;;; lists, they are overkill. So I use them only for a large number of
-;;; optional parameters, such as `mmm-make-region'.
-
-;;; An exception is the various submode class application functions,
-;;; which all take all their arguments as keywords, for consistency
-;;; and so the classes alist looks nice.
-
-;;; When using keyword arguments, defaults should *always* be supplied
-;;; in all arglists. (This pertains mostly to :start and :stop
-;;; arguments, usually defaulting to (point-min) and (point-max)
-;;; respectively.) `mmm-save-keywords' should only be used for lists
-;;; with more than four arguments, such as in `mmm-ify-by-regexp'.
-
-;;; In general, while I have no qualms about using things from CL like
-;;; `cl-mapl', `cl-loop' and `cl-destructuring-bind', I try not to use
`cl-defun'
-;;; more than I have to. For one, it sometimes makes bad documentation
-;;; strings. Furthermore, to a `defun'ned function, a nil argument is
-;;; the same as no argument, so it will use its (manual) default, but
-;;; to a `cl-defun'ned function, a nil argument *is* the argument, so
-;;; any default specified in the arglist will be ignored. Confusion of
-;;; this type should be avoided when at all possible.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-;; If we don't load font-lock now, but it is loaded later, the
-;; necessary mmm-font-lock-* properties may not be there.
-(require 'font-lock)
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-utils)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-(require 'mmm-region)
-(require 'mmm-class)
-;; This file is set up to autoload by `mmm-auto.el'.
-;; (require 'mmm-cmds)
-(require 'mmm-univ)
-
-;;{{{ Toggle Function
-
-(defun mmm-mode (&optional arg)
- "Minor mode to allow multiple major modes in one buffer.
-Without ARG, toggle MMM Mode. With ARG, turn MMM Mode on iff ARG is
-positive and off otherwise.
-
-Commands Available:
-\\<mmm-mode-map>
-\\{mmm-mode-map}
-
-BASIC CONCEPTS
-
-The idea of MMM Mode is to allow multiple major modes to coexist in
-the same buffer. There is one \"primary\" major mode that controls
-most of the buffer, and a number of \"submodes\" that each hold sway
-over certain regions. The submode regions are usually highlighted by
-a background color for ease of recognition. While the point is in a
-submode region, the following changes \(are supposed to) occur:
-
-1. The local keymap and the syntax table are that of the submode.
-2. The mode line changes to show what submode region is active.
-3. The major mode menu and mouse popup menu are that of the submode.
-4. Some local variables of the submode shadow the default mode's.
-5. Font-lock fontifies correctly for the submode.
-6. Indentation function dispatches to the appropriate submode.
-7. User-specified hooks run when the point enters or exits a submode.
-
-The user may specify a number of hooks which may run when the point
-transitions between submodes, or between the primary mode and a
-submode. When a major mode is entered, the hook mmm-x-enter-hook is
-run, where x is the name of the major mode. When a major mode is
-left, the hook mmm-y-exit-hook is run, where y is the name of the
-major mode. Users may also specify hooks with names of the form
-mmm-x-y-hook which are run when the point leaves a mode named x,
-and enters a mode named y.
-
-For further information, including installation and configuration
-instructions, see the Info file mmm.info which is included with the
-distribution of MMM Mode. Many of MMM's configuration variables are
-available through M-x customize-group RET mmm."
- (interactive "P")
- (if (if arg (> (prefix-numeric-value arg) 0) (not mmm-mode))
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (mmm-mode-off)))
-
-(add-to-list 'minor-mode-alist (list 'mmm-mode mmm-mode-string))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Mode On
-
-(defun mmm-mode-on ()
- "Turn on MMM Mode. See `mmm-mode'."
- (interactive)
- ;; This function is called from mode hooks, so we need to make sure
- ;; we're not in a temporary buffer. We don't need to worry about
- ;; recursively ending up in ourself, however, since by that time the
- ;; variable `mmm-mode' will already be set.
- (mmm-valid-buffer
- (unless mmm-mode
- (setq mmm-primary-mode major-mode)
- (when (fboundp 'c-make-styles-buffer-local)
- (c-make-styles-buffer-local t))
- (mmm-update-mode-info major-mode)
- (setq mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant
- ;; FIXME: Neither is defined in recent Emacs.
- (cl-list* (list 'font-lock-cache-state nil)
- (list 'font-lock-cache-position (make-marker))
- (copy-tree (cdr (assq major-mode
mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults)))))
- ;; Without the next line, the (make-marker) above gets replaced
- ;; with the starting value of nil, and all comes to naught.
- (mmm-set-local-variables major-mode nil)
- (mmm-add-hooks)
- (mmm-fixup-skeleton)
- (make-local-variable 'font-lock-fontify-region-function)
- (setq font-lock-fontify-region-function 'mmm-fontify-region)
- (set (make-local-variable 'syntax-begin-function) nil)
- (set (make-local-variable 'syntax-propertize-function)
- 'mmm-syntax-propertize-function)
- (set (make-local-variable 'indent-line-function) mmm-indent-line-function)
- (setq mmm-mode t)
- (condition-case err
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (mmm-error
- ;; Complain, but don't die, since we want files to go ahead
- ;; and be opened anyway, and the mode to go ahead and be
- ;; turned on. Should we delete all previously made submode
- ;; regions when we find an invalid one?
- (message "%s" (error-message-string err))))
- (run-hooks 'mmm-mode-hook)
- (mmm-run-major-hook))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Mode Off
-
-(defun mmm-mode-off ()
- "Turn off MMM Mode. See `mmm-mode'."
- (interactive)
- (when mmm-mode
- (mmm-remove-hooks)
- (mmm-clear-overlays)
- (mmm-clear-history)
- (mmm-clear-mode-ext-classes)
- (mmm-clear-local-variables)
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- (setq font-lock-fontify-region-function
- (get mmm-primary-mode 'mmm-fontify-region-function))
- (set 'syntax-begin-function
- (get mmm-primary-mode 'mmm-beginning-of-syntax-function))
- (mmm-update-font-lock-buffer)
- (mmm-refontify-maybe)
- (setq mmm-mode nil)
- ;; Restore the mode line
- (setq mmm-primary-mode-display-name nil
- mmm-buffer-mode-display-name nil)
- (mmm-set-mode-line)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Mode Keymap
-
-(defvar mmm-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)
- "Keymap for MMM Minor Mode.")
-
-(defvar mmm-mode-prefix-map (make-sparse-keymap)
- "Keymap for MMM Minor Mode after `mmm-mode-prefix-key'.")
-
-(defvar mmm-mode-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "MMM")
- "Keymap for MMM Minor Mode menu.")
-
-(defun mmm-define-key (key binding &optional keymap)
- (define-key (or keymap mmm-mode-prefix-map)
- (vector (append mmm-command-modifiers (list key)))
- binding))
-
-(when mmm-use-old-command-keys
- (mmm-use-old-command-keys))
-
-(mmm-define-key ?c 'mmm-ify-by-class)
-(mmm-define-key ?x 'mmm-ify-by-regexp)
-(mmm-define-key ?r 'mmm-ify-region)
-
-(mmm-define-key ?b 'mmm-parse-buffer)
-(mmm-define-key ?g 'mmm-parse-region)
-(mmm-define-key ?% 'mmm-parse-block)
-(mmm-define-key ?5 'mmm-parse-block)
-
-(mmm-define-key ?k 'mmm-clear-current-region)
-(mmm-define-key ?\ 'mmm-reparse-current-region)
-(mmm-define-key ?e 'mmm-end-current-region)
-
-(mmm-define-key ?z 'mmm-narrow-to-submode-region)
-
-;; This one is exact, since C-h is (usually) already used for help.
-(define-key mmm-mode-prefix-map [?h] 'mmm-insertion-help)
-
-;; Default bindings to do insertion (dynamic)
-(mmm-set-keymap-default mmm-mode-prefix-map 'mmm-insert-region)
-
-;; Set up the prefix help command, since otherwise the default binding
-;; overrides it.
-(define-key mmm-mode-prefix-map (vector help-char) prefix-help-command)
-
-;; And put it all onto the prefix key
-(define-key mmm-mode-map mmm-mode-prefix-key mmm-mode-prefix-map)
-
-;; Order matters for the menu bar.
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [off]
- '("MMM Mode Off" . mmm-mode-off))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [sep0] '(menu-item "----"))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [clhist]
- '("Clear History" . mmm-clear-history))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [end]
- '("End Current" . mmm-end-current-region))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [clear]
- '("Clear Current" . mmm-clear-current-region))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [reparse]
- '("Reparse Current" . mmm-reparse-current-region))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [sep10] '(menu-item "----"))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [ins-help]
- '("List Insertion Keys" . mmm-insertion-help))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [sep20] '(menu-item "----"))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [region]
- '(menu-item "MMM-ify Region" mmm-ify-region :enable mark-active))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [regexp]
- '("MMM-ify by Regexp" . mmm-ify-by-regexp))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [class]
- '("Apply Submode Class" . mmm-ify-by-class))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [sep30] '(menu-item "----"))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [parse-region]
- '(menu-item "Parse Region" mmm-parse-region :enable mark-active))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [parse-buffer]
- '("Parse Buffer" . mmm-parse-buffer))
-(define-key mmm-mode-menu-map [parse-block]
- '("Parse Block" . mmm-parse-block))
-
-(define-key mmm-mode-map [menu-bar mmm] (cons "MMM" mmm-mode-menu-map))
-
-(add-to-list 'minor-mode-map-alist (cons 'mmm-mode mmm-mode-map))
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-mode)
-
-;;; mmm-mode.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.spec b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.spec
deleted file mode 100644
index 15005fe..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-mode.spec
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-Summary: Emacs - Edit different parts of a file in different major modes
-Name: mmm-mode
-Version: 0.4.7
-Release: 1
-URL: http://unc.dl.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/mmm-mode
-Source0: ${URL}/%{name}-%{version}.tar.gz
-License: GPL; Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-Group: Applications/Editors
-BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%(id -u -n)
-BuildArch: noarch
-Requires: emacs
-
-%description
-MMM Mode is an add-on package for emacs that enables the user to edit
-different parts of a file in different major modes. It is well suited
-for editing embedded code and code-generating code.
-
-%prep
-%setup -q
-%configure
-
-%build
-%__make
-
-%install
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-%makeinstall
-
-%clean
-rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
-
-%files
-%defattr(-,root,root)
-%doc AUTHORS ChangeLog FAQ INSTALL NEWS README README.Mason TODO
-%{_infodir}/mmm.info*
-%{_datadir}/emacs/site-lisp/*.el*
-
-%changelog
-* Sat Mar 22 2003 <address@hidden>
-- Initial build.
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-myghty.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-myghty.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 075888a..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-myghty.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-myghty.el --- MMM submode class for Myghty components
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000, 2004, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Ben Bangert
-;; Original Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;; Based on mmm-mason.el, trivial changes by Ben Bangert
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;;; I went to the hard (sarcasm) effort of applying two global
-;;; search/replaces, and adding a few keywords for additional
-;;; blocks that Myghty introduced. Many thanks to Michael for writing
-;;; the mmm-mason without which I would never have found the time
-;;; to patch up for Myghty.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-
-;;{{{ Python Tags
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-python-tags
- '("python" "init" "cleanup" "once" "filter" "shared" "global"
- "threadlocal" "requestlocal"
- "python_init" "python_cleanup" "python_once" "python_filter"))
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-pseudo-python-tags
- '("args" "python_args" "attr" "flags"))
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-non-python-tags
- '("doc" "python_doc" "text" "python_text" "def" "python_def" "method"))
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-python-tags-regexp
- (concat "<%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-myghty-python-tags t) ">")
- "Matches tags beginning Myghty sections containing Python code.
-Saves the name of the tag matched.")
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-pseudo-python-tags-regexp
- (concat "<%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-myghty-pseudo-python-tags t) ">")
- "Match tags beginning Myghty sections that look like Python but aren't.
-Saves the name of the tag matched.")
-
-(defvar mmm-myghty-tag-names-regexp
- (regexp-opt (append mmm-myghty-python-tags mmm-myghty-non-python-tags) t)
- "Matches any Myghty tag name after the \"<%\". Used to verify that a
-\"<%\" sequence starts an inline section.")
-
-(defun mmm-myghty-verify-inline ()
- (not (looking-at mmm-myghty-tag-names-regexp)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Add Classes
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'myghty
- `((myghty-text
- :submode nil
- :front "<%text>"
- :back "</%text>"
- :insert ((?t myghty-<%text> nil @ "<%text>" @ "\n"
- _ "\n" @ "</%text>" @)))
- (myghty-doc
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "<%doc>"
- :back "</%doc>"
- :face nil
- :insert ((?d myghty-<%doc> nil @ "<%doc>" @ "\n"
- _ "\n" @ "</%doc>" @)))
- (myghty-python
- :submode python
- :match-face (("<%python>" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("<%init>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%cleanup>" . mmm-cleanup-submode-face)
- ("<%once>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%global>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%filter>" . mmm-special-submode-face)
- ("<%shared>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%threadlocal>" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("<%requestlocal>" . mmm-init-submode-face))
- :front ,mmm-myghty-python-tags-regexp
- :back "</%~1>"
- :save-matches 1
- :match-name "~1"
- :save-name 1
- :insert ((?, myghty-<%TAG> "Python section: " @ "<%" str ">" @
- ";\n" _ "\n" @ "</%" str ">" @)
- (?< myghty-<%TAG> ?, . nil)
- (?p myghty-<%python> ?, . "python")
- (?i myghty-<%init> ?, . "init")
- (?c myghty-<%cleanup> ?, . "cleanup")
- (?o myghty-<%once> ?, . "once")
- (?g myghty-<%global> ?, . "global")
- (?t myghty-<%threadlocal> ?, . "threadlocal")
- (?e myghty-<%requestlocal> ?, . "requestlocal")
- (?l myghty-<%filter> ?, . "filter")
- (?s myghty-<%shared> ?, . "shared")))
- (myghty-pseudo-python
- :submode python
- :face mmm-declaration-submode-face
- :front ,mmm-myghty-pseudo-python-tags-regexp
- :back "</%~1>"
- :save-matches 1
- :insert ((?. myghty-pseudo-<%TAG> "Pseudo-python section: " @ "<%" str ">"
@
- "\n" _ "\n" @ "</%" str ">" @)
- (?> myghty-pseudo-<%TAG> ?, . nil)
- (?a myghty-<%args> ?. . "args")
- (?f myghty-<%flags> ?. . "flags")
- (?r myghty-<%attr> ?. . "attr")))
- (myghty-inline
- :submode python
- :face mmm-output-submode-face
- :front "<%"
- :front-verify mmm-myghty-verify-inline
- :back "%>"
- :insert ((?% myghty-<%-%> nil @ "<%" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?5 myghty-<%-%> ?% . nil)))
- (myghty-call
- :submode python
- :face mmm-special-submode-face
- :front "<&"
- :back "&>"
- :insert ((?& myghty-<&-&> nil @ "<&" @ " " _ " " @ "&>" @)
- (?7 myghty-<&-&> ?% . nil)))
- (myghty-one-line-comment
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "^%#"
- :back "\n"
- :insert ((?# myghty-%-comment nil (mmm-myghty-start-line)
- @ "%" @ "# " _ @ '(mmm-myghty-end-line) "\n" @)
- (?3 myghty-%-comment ?# . nil)))
- (myghty-one-line
- :submode python
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "^%"
- :back "\n"
- :insert ((return myghty-%-line nil (mmm-myghty-start-line)
- @ "%" @ " " _ @ '(mmm-myghty-end-line) "\n" @)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ One-line Sections
-
-(defun mmm-myghty-start-line ()
- (if (bolp)
- ""
- "\n"))
-
-(defun mmm-myghty-end-line ()
- (if (eolp)
- (delete-char 1)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Set Mode Line
-
-(defun mmm-myghty-set-mode-line ()
- (setq mmm-buffer-mode-display-name "Myghty"))
-(add-hook 'mmm-myghty-class-hook 'mmm-myghty-set-mode-line)
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-myghty)
-
-;;; mmm-myghty.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-noweb.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-noweb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 2aecb06..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-noweb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-noweb.el --- MMM submode class for Noweb programs
-;;
-;; Copyright 2003, 2004 Joe Kelsey <address@hidden>
-;; Copyright 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-;;
-;; The filling, completion and chunk motion commands either taken
-;; directly from or inspired by code in:
-;; noweb-mode.el - edit noweb files with GNU Emacs
-;; Copyright 1995 by Thorsten.Ohl @ Physik.TH-Darmstadt.de
-;; with a little help from Norman Ramsey <address@hidden>
-;;
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode class for
-;; editing Noweb programs.
-;;
-;; FIXME: The more advanced features don't work: `mmm-name-at' and
-;; `mmm-syntax-region' are undefined. Need to dig around in the bug reports
-;; and/or discussions, wherever the code using them was submitted.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'mmm-region)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-(require 'mmm-mode)
-
-;;{{{ Variables
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-code-mode 'fundamental-mode
- "*Major mode for editing code chunks.
-This is set to FUNDAMENTAL-MODE by default, but you might want to change
-this in the Local Variables section of your file to something more
-appropriate, like C-MODE, FORTRAN-MODE, or even INDENTED-TEXT-MODE."
- ;; FIXME: Any of CC Mode modes aren't really appropriate:
- ;; https://github.com/purcell/mmm-mode/issues/57
- )
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-quote-mode nil
- "*Major mode for quoted code chunks within documentation chunks.
-If nil, defaults to `mmm-noweb-code-mode', which see.")
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-quote-string "quote"
- "*String used to form quoted code submode region names.
-See `mmm-noweb-quote'.")
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-quote-number 0
- "*Starting value appended to `mmm-noweb-quote-string'.
-See `mmm-noweb-quote'.")
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-narrowing nil
- "*Narrow the region to the current pair of chunks.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Support for mmm submode stuff
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-chunk (form)
- "Return the noweb code mode chosen by the user.
-If the next 100 characters of the buffer contain a string of the form
-\"-*- MODE -*-\", then return MODE as the chosen mode, otherwise
-return the value of `mmm-noweb-code-mode'."
- ;; Look for -*- mode -*- in the first two lines.
- ;; 120 chars = 40 chars for #! + 80 chars for following line...
- (if (re-search-forward "-\\*-\\s +\\(\\S-+\\)\\s +-\\*-" (+ (point) 120) t)
- (let* ((string (match-string-no-properties 1))
- (modestr (intern (if (string-match "mode\\'" string)
- string
- (concat string "-mode")))))
- (or (mmm-ensure-modename modestr)
- mmm-noweb-code-mode))
- mmm-noweb-code-mode))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-quote (form)
- "Create a unique name for a quoted code region within a documentation chunk."
- (or mmm-noweb-quote-mode
- mmm-noweb-code-mode))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-quote-name (form)
- "Create a unique name for a quoted code region within a documentation chunk."
- (setq mmm-noweb-quote-number (1+ mmm-noweb-quote-number))
- (concat mmm-noweb-quote-string "-"
- (number-to-string mmm-noweb-quote-number)))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-chunk-name (form)
- "Get the chunk name from FRONT-FORM."
- (string-match "<<\\(.*\\)>>=" form)
- (match-string-no-properties 1 form))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ mmm noweb submode group
-
-;; We assume that the global document mode is latex or whatever, the
-;; user wants. This class controls the code chunk submodes. We use
-;; match-submode to either return the value in mmm-noweb-code-mode or to
-;; look at the first line of the chunk for a submode setting. We reset
-;; case-fold-search because chunk names are case sensitive. The front
-;; string identifies the chunk name between the <<>>. Since this is
-;; done, name-match can use the same functions as save-matches for back.
-;; Our insert skeleton places a new code chunk and the skel-name lets us
-;; optimize the skelton naming to use the inserted string.
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'noweb
- '((noweb-chunk
- :match-submode mmm-noweb-chunk
- :case-fold-search nil
- :front "^<<\\(.*\\)>>="
- :match-name "~1"
- :save-name 1
- :front-offset (end-of-line 1)
- :back "address@hidden( \\|$\\|\\( %def .*$\\)\\)"
- :insert ((?c noweb-code "Code Chunk Name: "
- "\n" @ "<<" str ">>=" @ "\n" _ "\n" @ "@ " @ "\n"))
- :skel-name t
- )
- (noweb-quote
- :match-submode mmm-noweb-quote
- :face mmm-special-submode-face
- :front "\\[\\["
-; :name-match mmm-noweb-quote-name
- :back "\\]\\]"
- :insert ((?q noweb-quote nil @ "[[" @ _ @ "]]" @))
- )
- ))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Noweb regions
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-regions (start stop regexp &optional delim)
- "Return a liat of regions of the form \(NAME BEG END) that exclude
-names which match REGEXP."
- (let* ((remove-next nil)
- (regions
- (cl-maplist (lambda (pos-list)
- (if (cdr pos-list)
- (if remove-next
- (setq remove-next nil)
- (let ((name (or (mmm-name-at (car pos-list) 'beg)
- (symbol-name mmm-primary-mode))))
- (if (and regexp (string-match regexp name) )
- (progn
- (setq remove-next t)
- nil)
- (list name
- (car pos-list) (cadr pos-list)))))))
- (mmm-submode-changes-in start stop))))
- ;; The above loop leaves lots of nils in the list...
- ;; Removing them saves us from having to do the (last x 2)
- ;; trick that mmm-regions-in does.
- (setq regions (delq nil regions))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Filling, etc
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-narrow-to-doc-chunk ()
- "Narrow to the current doc chunk.
-The current chunk includes all quoted code chunks (i.e., \[\[...\]\]).
-This function is only valid when called with point in a doc chunk or
-quoted code chunk."
- (interactive)
- (let ((name (mmm-name-at (point))))
- (if (or (null name) (string-match "^quote" name))
- (let ((prev (cond
- ((= (point) (point-min)) (point))
- (t (cadar (last (mmm-noweb-regions (point-min) (point)
- "^quote"))))))
- (next (cond
- ((= (point) (point-max)) (point))
- (t (save-excursion
- (goto-char (cadr
- (cadr (mmm-noweb-regions (point)
- (point-max)
- "^quote"))))
- (forward-line -1)
- (point))))))
- (narrow-to-region prev next)))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-fill-chunk (&optional justify)
- "Fill the current chunk according to mode.
-Run `fill-region' on documentation chunks and `indent-region' on code
-chunks."
- (interactive "P")
- (save-restriction
- (let ((name (mmm-name-at (point))))
- (if (and name (not (string-match "^quote" name)))
- (if (or indent-region-function indent-line-function)
- (progn
- (mmm-space-other-regions)
- (indent-region (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay) nil))
- (error "No indentation functions defined in %s!" major-mode))
- (progn
- (mmm-word-other-regions)
- (fill-paragraph justify)))
- (mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-fill-paragraph-chunk (&optional justify)
- "Fill a paragraph in the current chunk."
- (interactive "P")
- (save-restriction
- (let ((name (mmm-name-at (point))))
- (if (and name (not (string-match "^quote" name)))
- (progn
- (mmm-space-other-regions)
- (fill-paragraph justify))
- (progn
- (mmm-word-other-regions)
- (fill-paragraph justify)))
- (mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-fill-named-chunk (&optional justify)
- "Fill the region containing the named chunk."
- (interactive "P")
- (save-restriction
- (let* ((name (or (mmm-name-at) (symbol-name mmm-primary-mode)))
- (list (cdr (assoc name (mmm-names-alist (point-min) (point-max))))))
- (if (or (string= name (symbol-name mmm-primary-mode))
- (string-match "^quote" name))
- (progn
- (mmm-word-other-regions)
- (do-auto-fill))
- (progn
- (mmm-space-other-regions)
- (indent-region (caar list) (cadar (last list)) nil)))
- (mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-auto-fill-doc-chunk ()
- "Replacement for `do-auto-fill'."
- (save-restriction
- (mmm-noweb-narrow-to-doc-chunk)
- (mmm-word-other-regions)
- (do-auto-fill)
- (mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions)))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-auto-fill-doc-mode ()
- "Install the improved auto fill function, iff necessary."
- (if auto-fill-function
- (setq auto-fill-function 'mmm-noweb-auto-fill-doc-chunk)))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-auto-fill-code-mode ()
- "Install the default auto fill function, iff necessary."
- (if auto-fill-function
- (setq auto-fill-function 'do-auto-fill)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Functions on named chunks
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-complete-chunk ()
- "Try to complete the chunk name."
- (interactive)
- (let ((end (point))
- (beg (save-excursion
- (if (re-search-backward "<<"
- (save-excursion
- (beginning-of-line)
- (point))
- t)
- (match-end 0)
- nil))))
- (if beg
- (let* ((pattern (buffer-substring beg end))
- (alist (mmm-names-alist (point-min) (point-max)))
- (completion (try-completion pattern alist)))
- (cond ((eq completion t))
- ((null completion)
- (message "Can't find completion for \"%s\"" pattern)
- (ding))
- ((not (string= pattern completion))
- (delete-region beg end)
- (insert completion)
- (if (not (looking-at ">>"))
- (insert ">>")))
- (t
- (message "Making completion list...")
- (with-output-to-temp-buffer "*Completions*"
- (display-completion-list
- (all-completions pattern alist)))
- (message "Making completion list...%s" "done"))))
- (message "Not at chunk name..."))))
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-chunk-history nil
- "History for `mmm-noweb-goto-chunk'.")
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-goto-chunk ()
- "Goto the named chunk."
- (interactive)
- (widen)
- (let* ((completion-ignore-case t)
- (alist (mmm-names-alist (point-min) (point-max)))
- (chunk (completing-read
- "Chunk: " alist nil t
- (mmm-name-at (point))
- mmm-noweb-chunk-history)))
- (goto-char (caadr (assoc chunk alist)))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-goto-next (&optional cnt)
- "Goto the continuation of the current chunk."
- (interactive "p")
- (widen)
- (let ((name (mmm-name-at (point))))
- (if name
- (let ((list (cdr (assoc name (mmm-names-alist
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay)
- (point-max))))))
- (if list
- (goto-char (caar (nthcdr (1- cnt) list))))))))
-
-(defun mmm-noweb-goto-previous (&optional cnt)
- "Goto the continuation of the current chunk."
- (interactive "p")
- (widen)
- (let ((name (mmm-name-at (point))))
- (if name
- (let ((list (reverse
- (cdr (assoc name
- (mmm-names-alist (point-min)
- (overlay-start
- mmm-current-overlay)))))))
- (if list
- (goto-char (cadar (nthcdr cnt list))))))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Key mappings
-
-(defvar mmm-noweb-map (make-sparse-keymap))
-(defvar mmm-noweb-prefix-map (make-sparse-keymap))
-(define-key mmm-noweb-map mmm-mode-prefix-key mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-
-(mmm-define-key ?d 'mmm-noweb-narrow-to-doc-chunk mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-(mmm-define-key ?n 'mmm-noweb-goto-next mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-(mmm-define-key ?p 'mmm-noweb-goto-previous mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-(mmm-define-key ?q 'mmm-noweb-fill-chunk mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-;; Cannot use C-g as goto command, so use C-s.
-(mmm-define-key ?s 'mmm-noweb-goto-chunk mmm-noweb-prefix-map)
-
-(define-key mmm-noweb-prefix-map "\t" 'mmm-noweb-complete-chunk)
-
-;; Don't want to add to either the mmm mode map (used in other mmm
-;; buffers) or the local map (used in other major mode buffers), so we
-;; make a full-buffer spanning overlay and add the map there.
-(defun mmm-noweb-bind-keys ()
- (save-restriction
- (widen)
- (let ((ovl (make-overlay (point-min) (point-max) nil nil t)))
- ;; 'keymap', not 'local-map'
- (overlay-put ovl 'keymap mmm-noweb-map))))
-
-(add-hook 'mmm-noweb-class-hook 'mmm-noweb-bind-keys)
-
-;; TODO: make this overlay go away if mmm is turned off
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; These functions below living here temporarily until a real place is
-;; found.
-
-(defun mmm-syntax-region-list (syntax regions)
- "Apply SYNTAX to a list of REGIONS of the form (BEG END).
-If SYNTAX is not nil, set the syntax-table property of each region.
-If SYNTAX is nil, remove the region syntax-table property.
-See `mmm-syntax-region'."
- (mapcar #'(lambda (reg)
- (mmm-syntax-region (car reg) (cadr reg) syntax))
- regions))
-
-(defun mmm-syntax-other-regions (syntax &optional name)
- "Apply SYNTAX cell to other regions.
-Regions are separated by name, using either `mmm-name-at' or the
-optional NAME to determine the current region name."
- (if (null name)
- (setq name (or (mmm-name-at)
- (symbol-name mmm-primary-mode))))
- (mapcar #'(lambda (reg)
- (if (not (string= (car reg) name))
- (mmm-syntax-region-list syntax (cdr reg))))
- (mmm-names-alist (point-min) (point-max))))
-
-(defun mmm-word-other-regions ()
- "Give all other regions word syntax."
- (interactive)
- (mmm-syntax-other-regions '(2 . 0))
- (setq parse-sexp-lookup-properties t))
-
-(defun mmm-space-other-regions ()
- "Give all other regions space syntax."
- (interactive)
- (mmm-syntax-other-regions '(0 . 0))
- (setq parse-sexp-lookup-properties t))
-
-(defun mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions ()
- "Remove syntax-table property from other regions."
- (interactive)
- (mmm-syntax-other-regions nil)
- (setq parse-sexp-lookup-properties nil))
-
-
-(provide 'mmm-noweb)
-
-;;; mmm-noweb.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-region.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-region.el
deleted file mode 100644
index ec07853..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-region.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,911 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-region.el --- Manipulating and behavior of MMM submode regions
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2010-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file provides the functions and variables to create, delete,
-;; and inspect submode regions, as well as functions that make them
-;; behave like the submode with respect to syntax tables, local maps,
-;; font lock, etc.
-
-;; See mmm-class.el for functions which scan the buffer and decide
-;; where to create regions.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'font-lock)
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'mmm-utils)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-
-;; INSPECTION
-;;{{{ Current Overlays
-
-;; Emacs counts an overlay starting at POS as "at" POS, but not an
-;; overlay ending at POS. XEmacs is more sensible and uses beg- and
-;; end-stickiness to determine whether an endpoint is within an
-;; extent. Here we want to act like XEmacs does.
-
-(defsubst mmm-overlay-at (&optional pos type)
- "Return the highest-priority MMM Mode overlay at POS.
-See `mmm-included-p' for the values of TYPE."
- (car (mmm-overlays-at pos type)))
-
-(defun mmm-overlays-at (&optional pos type)
- "Return a list of the MMM overlays at POS, in decreasing priority.
-See `mmm-included-p' for the values of TYPE."
- (or pos (setq pos (point)))
- (mmm-sort-overlays
- (cl-remove-if-not
- #'(lambda (ovl)
- (and (overlay-get ovl 'mmm)
- (mmm-included-p ovl pos type)))
- ;; XEmacs complains about positions outside the buffer
- (overlays-in (max (1- pos) (point-min))
- (min (1+ pos) (point-max))))))
-
-(defun mmm-included-p (ovl pos &optional type)
- "Return true if the overlay OVL contains POS.
-
-If OVL strictly contains POS, always return true. If OVL starts or
-ends at POS, return true or false based on the value of TYPE, which
-should be one of nil, `beg', `end', `none', or `all'.
-* If TYPE is nil, return true for an overlay starting at POS only if
- it is beg-sticky, and for one ending at POS only if it is end-sticky.
-* If TYPE is `beg', return true for any overlay starting at POS but
- false for any ending at POS.
-* If TYPE is `end', return true for any overlay ending at POS but
- false for any starting at POS.
-* If TYPE is `all', return true for any overlay starting or ending at POS.
-* If TYPE is `none' \(or any other value), return false for any
- overlay starting or ending at POS."
- (let ((beg (overlay-start ovl))
- (end (overlay-end ovl)))
- (cond ((and (= beg pos) (= end pos))
- ;; Do the Right Thing for zero-width overlays
- (cl-case type
- ((nil) (and (overlay-get ovl 'beg-sticky)
- (overlay-get ovl 'end-sticky)))
- ((none) nil)
- (t t)))
- ((= beg pos)
- (cl-case type
- ((nil) (overlay-get ovl 'beg-sticky))
- ((beg all) t)
- (t nil)))
- ((= end pos)
- (cl-case type
- ((nil) (overlay-get ovl 'end-sticky))
- ((end all) t)
- (t nil)))
- ((and (> end pos) (< beg pos))
- t))))
-
-;;; `mmm-overlays-in' has been retired as altogether too confusing a
-;;; name, when what is really meant is one of the following three:
-
-(defun mmm-overlays-containing (start stop)
- "Return all MMM overlays containing the region START to STOP.
-The overlays are returned in order of decreasing priority. No
-attention is paid to stickiness."
- (mmm-sort-overlays
- (cl-remove-if-not
- #'(lambda (ovl)
- (and (overlay-get ovl 'mmm)
- (<= (overlay-start ovl) start)
- (>= (overlay-end ovl) stop)))
- (overlays-in (max start (point-min))
- (min stop (point-max))))))
-
-(defun mmm-overlays-contained-in (start stop)
- "Return all MMM overlays entirely contained in START to STOP.
-The overlays are returned in order of decreasing priority. No
-attention is paid to stickiness."
- (mmm-sort-overlays
- (cl-remove-if-not
- #'(lambda (ovl)
- (and (overlay-get ovl 'mmm)
- (>= (overlay-start ovl) start)
- (<= (overlay-end ovl) stop)))
- (overlays-in (max start (point-min))
- (min stop (point-max))))))
-
-(defun mmm-overlays-overlapping (start stop)
- "Return all MMM overlays overlapping the region START to STOP.
-The overlays are returned in order of decreasing priority. No
-attention is paid to stickiness."
- (mmm-sort-overlays
- (cl-remove-if-not
- #'(lambda (ovl)
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm))
- (overlays-in (max start (point-min))
- (min stop (point-max))))))
-
-(defun mmm-sort-overlays (overlays)
- "Sort OVERLAYS in order of decreasing priority."
- (sort (cl-copy-list overlays)
- #'(lambda (x y) (> (or (overlay-get x 'priority) 0)
- (or (overlay-get y 'priority) 0)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Current Submode
-
-(defvar mmm-current-overlay nil
- "What submode region overlay we think we are currently in.
-May be out of date; call `mmm-update-current-submode' to correct it.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-current-overlay)
-
-(defvar mmm-previous-overlay nil
- "What submode region overlay we were in just before this one.
-Set by `mmm-update-current-submode'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-previous-overlay)
-
-(defvar mmm-current-submode nil
- "What submode we think we are currently in.
-May be out of date; call `mmm-update-current-submode' to correct it.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-current-submode)
-
-(defvar mmm-previous-submode nil
- "What submode we were in just before this one.
-Set by `mmm-update-current-submode'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-previous-submode)
-
-(defun mmm-update-current-submode (&optional pos)
- "Update current and previous position variables to POS, or point.
-Return non-nil if the current region changed.
-
-Also deletes overlays that ought to evaporate because their delimiters
-have disappeared."
- (mapc #'delete-overlay
- (cl-remove-if #'(lambda (ovl)
- (or (not (eq (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-evap) 'front))
- (overlay-buffer (overlay-get ovl 'front))))
- (mmm-overlays-at pos)))
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at pos)))
- (if (eq ovl mmm-current-overlay)
- nil
- (mmm-set-current-pair (if ovl (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-mode)) ovl)
- t)))
-
-(defun mmm-set-current-pair (mode ovl)
- "Set the current submode to MODE, the current overlay to OVL
-and update the saved previous values."
- (setq mmm-previous-overlay mmm-current-overlay
- mmm-previous-submode mmm-current-submode)
- (setq mmm-current-submode mode
- mmm-current-overlay ovl))
-
-(defun mmm-submode-at (&optional pos type)
- "Return the submode at POS \(or point), or NIL if none.
-See `mmm-included-p' for values of TYPE."
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at pos type)))
- (if ovl (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-mode))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Delimiter Matching and Boundaries
-
-(defun mmm-match-front (ovl)
- "Return non-nil if the front delimiter of OVL matches as it should.
-Sets the match data to the front delimiter, if it is a regexp.
-Otherwise, calls it as a function with point at the beginning of the
-front delimiter overlay \(i.e. where the front delimiter ought to
-start) and one argument being the region overlay. The function should
-return non-nil if the front delimiter matches correctly, and set the
-match data appropriately."
- (let* ((front-ovl (overlay-get ovl 'front))
- (front (if front-ovl (overlay-get front-ovl 'match))))
- (when front
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (overlay-start front-ovl))
- (if (stringp front)
- ;; It's a regexp
- (looking-at front)
- ;; It's a function
- (funcall front ovl))))))
-
-(defun mmm-match-back (ovl)
- "Return non-nil if the back delimiter of OVL matches as it should.
-Sets the match data to the back delimiter, if it is a regexp.
-Otherwise, calls it as a function with point at the beginning of the
-back delimiter overlay \(i.e. where the back delimiter ought to start)
-and one argument being the region overlay. The function should return
-non-nil if the back delimiter matches correctly, and set the match
-data appropriately."
- (let* ((back-ovl (overlay-get ovl 'back))
- (back (if back-ovl (overlay-get back-ovl 'match))))
- (when back
- (save-excursion
- (goto-char (overlay-start back-ovl))
- (if (stringp back)
- ;; It's a regexp
- (looking-at back)
- ;; It's a function
- (funcall back ovl))))))
-
-(defun mmm-front-start (ovl)
- "Return the position at which the front delimiter of OVL starts."
- (let ((front (overlay-get ovl 'front)))
- ;; Overlays which have evaporated become "overlays in no buffer"
- (if (and front (overlay-buffer front))
- (overlay-start front)
- (overlay-start ovl))))
-
-(defun mmm-back-end (ovl)
- "Return the position at which the back delimiter of OVL ends."
- (let ((back (overlay-get ovl 'back)))
- ;; Overlays which have evaporated become "overlays in no buffer"
- (if (and back (overlay-buffer back))
- (overlay-end back)
- (overlay-end ovl))))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; CREATION & DELETION
-;;{{{ Make Submode Regions
-
-(defun mmm-valid-submode-region (submode beg end)
- "Check if the region between BEG and END is valid for SUBMODE.
-This region must be entirely contained within zero or more existing
-submode regions, none of which start or end inside it, and it must be
-a valid child of the highest-priority of those regions, if any.
-Signals errors, returns `t' if no error."
- ;; First check if the placement is valid. Every existing region
- ;; that overlaps this one must contain it in its entirety.
- (let ((violators (cl-set-difference
- (mmm-overlays-overlapping beg end)
- (mmm-overlays-containing beg end))))
- (if violators
- (signal 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement
- violators)))
- ;; Now check if it is inside a valid parent
- (let ((parent-mode (mmm-submode-at beg 'beg)))
- (and parent-mode
- ;; TODO: Actually check parents here. For present purposes,
- ;; we just make sure we aren't putting a submode inside one
- ;; of the same type. Actually, what we should really be
- ;; doing is checking classes/names of regions, not just the
- ;; submodes.
- (eq submode parent-mode)
- (signal 'mmm-subregion-invalid-parent
- (list parent-mode))))
- t)
-
-(cl-defun mmm-make-region
- (submode beg end &key face
- front back (evaporation 'front)
- delimiter-mode front-face back-face
- display-name
- (match-front "") (match-back "")
- (beg-sticky t) (end-sticky t)
- name creation-hook
- )
- "Make a submode region from BEG to END of SUBMODE.
-
-BEG and END are buffer positions or markers with BEG <= END \(although
-see EVAPORATION below). SUBMODE is a major mode function or a valid
-argument to `mmm-modename->function'. FACE is a valid display face.
-
-FRONT and BACK specify the positions of the front and back delimiters
-for this region, if any. If FRONT is a buffer position or marker, the
-front delimiter runs from it to BEG. FRONT can also be a two-element
-list \(FRONT-BEG FRONT-END) specifying the exact position of the front
-delimiter. One must have FRONT-BEG < FRONT-END <= BEG.
-
-Similarly, BACK may be a buffer position or marker, in which case the
-back delimiter runs from END to BACK. BACK can also be a two-element
-list \(BACK-BEG BACK-END) specifying the exact position, in which case
-we must have END <= BACK-BEG < BACK-END.
-
-EVAPORATION specifies under what conditions this submode region should
-disappear.
-* If `nil', the region never disappears. This can cause serious
- problems when using cut-and-paste and is not recommended.
-* If the value is t, the region disappears whenever it has zero
- length. This is recommended for manually created regions used for
- temporary editing convenience.
-* If the value is `front', the region will disappear whenever the text
- in its front delimiter disappears, that is, whenever the overlay
- which marks its front delimiter has zero width.
-The default value is `front'. However, if the parameter FRONT is nil,
-then this makes no sense, so the default becomes `t'. Note that if
-EVAPORATION is `t', then an error is signalled if BEG = END.
-
-MATCH-FRONT \(resp. MATCH-BACK) is a regexp or function to match the
-correct delimiters, see `mmm-match-front' \(resp. `mmm-match-back').
-It is ignored if FRONT \(resp. BACK) is nil. At present these are not
-used much.
-
-DELIMITER-MODE specifies the major mode to use for delimiter regions.
-A `nil' value means they remain in the primary mode.
-
-FACE, FRONT-FACE, and BACK-FACE, are faces to use for the region, the
-front delimiter, and the back delimiter, respectively, under high
-decoration \(see `mmm-submode-decoration-level').
-
-BEG-STICKY and END-STICKY determine whether the front and back of the
-region, respectively, are sticky with respect to new insertion. The
-default is yes.
-
-NAME is a string giving the \"name\" of this submode region. Submode
-regions with the same name are considered part of the same code
-fragment and formatted accordingly.
-
-DISPLAY-NAME is a string to display in the mode line when point is in
-this submode region. If nil or not given, the name associated with
-SUBMODE is used. In delimiter regions, \"--\" is shown.
-
-CREATION-HOOK should be a function to run after the region is created,
-with point at the start of the new region."
- ;; Check placement of region and delimiters
- (unless (if (eq evaporation t)
- (< beg end)
- (<= beg end))
- (signal 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement (list beg end)))
- (when front
- (unless (listp front)
- (setq front (list front beg)))
- (unless (and (< (car front) (cadr front))
- (<= (cadr front) beg))
- (signal 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement front)))
- (when back
- (unless (listp back)
- (setq back (list end back)))
- (unless (and (< (car back) (cadr back))
- (<= end (car back)))
- (signal 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement back)))
- (setq submode (mmm-modename->function submode))
- ;; Check embedding in existing regions
- (mmm-valid-submode-region submode beg end)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (when submode
- (mmm-update-mode-info submode))
- (and (not front) (eq evaporation 'front) (setq evaporation t))
- (let ((region-ovl
- (mmm-make-overlay submode beg end name face beg-sticky end-sticky
- (or (eq evaporation t) nil) display-name)))
- ;; Save evaporation type for checking later
- (overlay-put region-ovl 'mmm-evap evaporation)
- ;; Calculate priority to supersede anything already there.
- ;; XXX: Actually, don't, in order not to hide the region highlighting.
- ;; Let's try omitting the priorities and see if any problems crop up.
- ;; (overlay-put region-ovl 'priority (length (mmm-overlays-at beg)))
- ;; Make overlays for the delimiters, with appropriate pointers.
- (when front
- (let ((front-ovl
- (mmm-make-overlay delimiter-mode (car front) (cadr front)
- nil front-face nil nil t "--" t)))
- (overlay-put region-ovl 'front front-ovl)
- (overlay-put front-ovl 'region region-ovl)
- (overlay-put front-ovl 'match match-front)))
- (when back
- (let ((back-ovl
- (mmm-make-overlay delimiter-mode (car back) (cadr back)
- nil back-face nil nil t "--" t)))
- (overlay-put region-ovl 'back back-ovl)
- (overlay-put back-ovl 'region region-ovl)
- (overlay-put back-ovl 'match match-back)))
- ;; Update everything and run all the hooks
- (mmm-save-all
- ;; Can be nil when a zero-width region is immediately evaporated
- (when (overlay-start region-ovl)
- (goto-char (overlay-start region-ovl)))
- (mmm-set-current-pair submode region-ovl)
- (mmm-set-local-variables submode region-ovl)
- (mmm-run-submode-hook submode)
- (when creation-hook
- (funcall creation-hook)))
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- region-ovl))
-
-(defun mmm-make-overlay (submode beg end name face beg-sticky end-sticky evap
- &optional display-name delim)
- "Internal function to make submode overlays.
-Does not handle delimiters. Use `mmm-make-region'."
- (let ((ovl (make-overlay beg end nil (not beg-sticky) end-sticky)))
- (mapc
- #'(lambda (pair) (overlay-put ovl (car pair) (cadr pair)))
- `((mmm t) ; Mark all submode overlays
- (mmm-mode ,submode)
- ,@(if delim '((delim t)) nil)
- (mmm-local-variables
- ;; Have to be careful to make new list structure here
- ,(cl-list* (list 'font-lock-cache-state nil)
- (list 'font-lock-cache-position (make-marker))
- (copy-tree
- (cdr (assq submode mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults)))))
- (name ,name)
- (display-name ,display-name)
- ;; Need to save these, because there's no way of accessing an
- ;; overlay's official "front-advance" parameter once it's created.
- (beg-sticky ,beg-sticky)
- (end-sticky ,end-sticky)
- ;; These have special meaning to Emacs
- (,mmm-evaporate-property ,evap)
- (face ,(mmm-get-face face submode delim))
- ))
- ovl))
-
-(defun mmm-get-face (face submode &optional delim)
- (cond ((= mmm-submode-decoration-level 0) nil)
- ((and (= mmm-submode-decoration-level 2) face) face)
- (delim 'mmm-delimiter-face)
- (submode 'mmm-default-submode-face)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Clear Overlays
-
-;; See also `mmm-clear-current-region'.
-
-(defun mmm-clear-overlays (&optional start stop strict)
- "Clears all MMM overlays overlapping START and STOP.
-If STRICT, only clear those entirely included in that region."
- (mapc #'delete-overlay
- (if strict
- (mmm-overlays-contained-in (or start (point-min))
- (or stop (point-max)))
- (mmm-overlays-overlapping (or start (point-min))
- (or stop (point-max)))))
- (mmm-update-submode-region))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; BASIC UPDATING
-;;{{{ Submode Info
-
-(defun mmm-update-mode-info (mode &optional force)
- "Save the global-saved and buffer-saved variables for MODE.
-Global saving is done on properties of the symbol MODE and buffer
-saving in `mmm-buffer-saved-locals'. This function must be called for
-both the dominant mode and all submodes, in each file. Region-saved
-variables are initialized from `mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults',
-which is set here as well. See `mmm-save-local-variables'. If FORCE
-is non-nil, don't quit if the info is already there."
- (let ((buffer-entry (assq mode mmm-buffer-saved-locals))
- (region-entry (assq mode mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults))
- global-vars buffer-vars region-vars
- ;; http://debbugs.gnu.org/13836
- buffer-file-truename)
- (unless (and (not force)
- (get mode 'mmm-local-variables)
- buffer-entry
- region-entry)
- (let ((temp-buffer (mmm-make-temp-buffer (current-buffer)
- mmm-temp-buffer-name))
- (filename (buffer-file-name))
- (mmm-in-temp-buffer t)
- ;; Don't try to use jit-lock, it's automatically disabled
- ;; starting with 24.4 anyway.
- font-lock-support-mode)
- (unwind-protect
- (with-current-buffer temp-buffer
- ;; Handle stupid modes that need the file name set.
- (when (memq mode mmm-set-file-name-for-modes)
- (setq buffer-file-name filename))
- (funcall mode)
- (when (featurep 'font-lock)
- (put mode 'mmm-font-lock-mode font-lock-mode)
- ;; These can't be in the local variables list, because we
- ;; replace their actual values, but we want to use their
- ;; original values elsewhere.
- (put mode 'mmm-fontify-region-function
- font-lock-fontify-region-function)
- (put mode 'mmm-beginning-of-syntax-function
- syntax-begin-function)
- (put mode 'mmm-syntax-propertize-function
- (and (boundp 'syntax-propertize-function)
- syntax-propertize-function))
- (put mode 'mmm-indent-line-function indent-line-function))
- ;; Get variables
- (setq global-vars (mmm-get-locals 'global)
- buffer-vars (mmm-get-locals 'buffer)
- region-vars (mmm-get-locals 'region))
- (put mode 'mmm-mode-name mode-name))
- (kill-buffer temp-buffer)))
- (put mode 'mmm-local-variables global-vars)
- (if buffer-entry
- (setcdr buffer-entry buffer-vars)
- (push (cons mode buffer-vars) mmm-buffer-saved-locals))
- (if region-entry
- (setcdr region-entry region-vars)
- (push (cons mode region-vars)
- mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Updating Hooks
-
-(defun mmm-update-submode-region ()
- "Update all MMM properties correctly for the current position.
-This function and those it calls do the actual work of setting the
-different keymaps, syntax tables, local variables, etc. for submodes."
- (when (mmm-update-current-submode)
- (mmm-save-changed-local-variables mmm-previous-submode
- mmm-previous-overlay)
- (let ((new-mode (or mmm-current-submode mmm-primary-mode))
- (old-mode (or mmm-previous-submode mmm-primary-mode)))
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook old-mode new-mode)
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook old-mode "exit")
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook new-mode "enter")
- (mmm-update-mode-info new-mode)
- (mmm-set-local-variables new-mode mmm-current-overlay)
- (mmm-enable-font-lock new-mode))
- (mmm-set-mode-line)
- (dolist (func (if mmm-current-overlay
- (overlay-get mmm-current-overlay 'entry-hook)
- mmm-primary-mode-entry-hook))
- (ignore-errors (funcall func)))))
-
-(defun mmm-add-hooks ()
- (if (featurep 'xemacs)
- (make-local-hook 'post-command-hook))
- (add-hook 'post-command-hook 'mmm-update-submode-region nil t)
- (when mmm-parse-when-idle
- (add-hook 'pre-command-hook 'mmm-mode-reset-timer nil t)
- (add-hook 'after-change-functions 'mmm-mode-edit nil t)))
-
-(defun mmm-remove-hooks ()
- (remove-hook 'post-command-hook 'mmm-update-submode-region t)
- (remove-hook 'pre-command-hook 'mmm-mode-reset-timer t)
- (remove-hook 'after-change-functions 'mmm-mode-edit t))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Local Variables
-
-(defun mmm-get-local-variables-list (type mode)
- "Filter `mmm-save-local-variables' to match TYPE and MODE.
-Return a list \(VAR ...). In some cases, VAR will be a cons cell
-\(GETTER . SETTER) -- see `mmm-save-local-variables'."
- (mapcan #'(lambda (element)
- (and (if (and (consp element)
- (cdr element)
- (cadr element))
- (eq (cadr element) type)
- (eq type 'global))
- (if (and (consp element)
- (cddr element)
- (not (eq (caddr element) t)))
- (if (functionp (caddr element))
- (funcall (caddr element))
- (member mode (caddr element)))
- t)
- (list (if (consp element) (car element) element))))
- mmm-save-local-variables))
-
-(defun mmm-get-locals (type)
- "Get the local variables and values for TYPE from this buffer.
-Return \((VAR VALUE) ...). In some cases, VAR will be of the form
-\(GETTER . SETTER) -- see `mmm-save-local-variables'."
- (mapcan #'(lambda (var)
- (if (consp var)
- `((,var ,(funcall (car var))))
- (and (boundp var)
- ;; This seems logical, but screws things up.
- ;;(local-variable-p var)
- `((,var ,(symbol-value var))))))
- (mmm-get-local-variables-list type major-mode)))
-
-;; FIXME: Has no callers. Used for debugging?
-(defun mmm-get-saved-local (mode ovl var)
- "Get the value of the local variable VAR saved for MODE and OVL, if any."
- (cadr (assq var (mmm-get-saved-local-variables ovl mode))))
-
-;; FIXME: It's too easy to accidentally pass nil as MODE here.
-;; We probably should call this from `mmm-set-current-pair', and not
-;; rely on its callers to default to the primary mode when appropriate.
-;; Also, incorporate the opmimization from `mmm-fontify-region-list'.
-(defun mmm-set-local-variables (mode ovl)
- "Set all the local variables saved for MODE and OVL.
-Looks up global, buffer and region saves. When MODE is nil, just
-the region ones."
- (mapcar #'(lambda (var)
- ;; (car VAR) may be (GETTER . SETTER)
- (if (consp (car var))
- (funcall (cdar var) (cadr var))
- (make-local-variable (car var))
- (set (car var) (cadr var))))
- (mmm-get-saved-local-variables mode ovl)))
-
-;; Used for debugging.
-(defun mmm-diff-local-variables (mode ovl)
- (let (res)
- (mapc (lambda (var)
- (let ((current-value (if (consp (car var))
- (funcall (caar var))
- (symbol-value (car var)))))
- (unless (equal current-value (cadr var))
- (push
- (message "var: %s, current: %s, saved: %s" (car var)
- current-value (cadr var))
- res))))
- (mmm-get-saved-local-variables mode ovl))
- res))
-
-(defun mmm-get-saved-local-variables (mode ovl)
- (append (get mode 'mmm-local-variables)
- (cdr (assq mode mmm-buffer-saved-locals))
- (if ovl
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-local-variables)
- mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant)))
-
-(defun mmm-save-changed-local-variables (mode ovl)
- "Save by-buffer and by-region variables for MODE and OVL.
-Called when we move to a new submode region, with MODE and OVL the
-region and mode for the previous position."
- (let ((buffer-vars (cdr (assq (or mode mmm-primary-mode)
- mmm-buffer-saved-locals)))
- (region-vars (if ovl
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-local-variables)
- mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant))
- (set-local-value
- #'(lambda (var)
- (setcar (cdr var)
- ;; (car VAR) may be (GETTER . SETTER)
- (if (consp (car var))
- (funcall (caar var))
- (symbol-value (car var)))))))
- (mapc set-local-value buffer-vars)
- (mapc set-local-value region-vars)))
-
-(defun mmm-clear-local-variables ()
- "Clear all buffer- and region-saved variables for current buffer."
- (setq mmm-buffer-saved-locals ()
- mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults ()
- mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant ()))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; FONT LOCK
-;;{{{ Enable Font Lock
-
-(defun mmm-enable-font-lock (mode)
- "Turn on font lock if it is not already on and MODE enables it."
- (mmm-update-mode-info mode)
- (and (not font-lock-mode)
- (get mode 'mmm-font-lock-mode)
- (font-lock-mode 1)))
-
-(defun mmm-update-font-lock-buffer ()
- "Turn on font lock if any mode in the buffer enables it."
- (if (cl-some #'(lambda (mode)
- (get mode 'mmm-font-lock-mode))
- (cons mmm-primary-mode
- (mapcar #'(lambda (ovl)
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-mode))
- (mmm-overlays-overlapping
- (point-min) (point-max)))))
- (font-lock-mode 1)
- (font-lock-mode 0)))
-
-(defun mmm-refontify-maybe (&optional start stop)
- "Re-fontify from START to STOP, or entire buffer, if enabled."
- (and font-lock-mode
- (if (or start stop)
- (font-lock-fontify-region (or start (point-min))
- (or stop (point-max)))
- (font-lock-fontify-buffer))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Get Submode Regions
-
-;;; In theory, these are general functions that have nothing to do
-;;; with font-lock, but they aren't used anywhere else, so we might as
-;;; well have them close.
-
-(defun mmm-submode-changes-in (start stop)
- "Return a list of all submode-change positions from START to STOP.
-The list is sorted in order of increasing buffer position."
- (let ((changes (sort (cl-remove-duplicates
- (mapcan (lambda (ovl)
- `(,(overlay-start ovl)
- ,(overlay-end ovl)))
- (mmm-overlays-overlapping start stop)))
- #'<)))
- (when (or (not changes) (< start (car changes)))
- (push start changes))
- (let ((last (last changes)))
- (when (> stop (car last))
- (setcdr last (list stop))))
- changes))
-
-(defun mmm-regions-in (start stop)
- "Return a list of regions of the form (MODE BEG END OVL) whose disjoint
-union covers the region from START to STOP, including delimiters."
- (when (> stop start)
- (let ((regions
- (cl-maplist (lambda (pos-list)
- (when (cdr pos-list)
- (let ((ovl (mmm-overlay-at (car pos-list) 'beg)))
- (list (if ovl
- (overlay-get ovl 'mmm-mode)
- mmm-primary-mode)
- (car pos-list) (cadr pos-list)
- ovl))))
- (mmm-submode-changes-in start stop))))
- (setcdr (last regions 2) nil)
- regions)))
-
-(defun mmm-regions-alist (start stop)
- "Return a list of lists of the form \(MODE . REGIONS) where REGIONS
-is a list of elements of the form \(BEG END OVL). The disjoint union all
-of the REGIONS covers START to STOP."
- (let ((regions (mmm-regions-in start stop))
- alist)
- (mapc (lambda (region)
- (let* ((mode (car region))
- (elem (cdr region))
- (kv (assoc mode alist)))
- (if kv
- (push elem (cdr kv))
- (push (cons mode (list elem)) alist))))
- regions)
- (mapcar (lambda (kv)
- (cons (car kv) (nreverse (cdr kv))))
- alist)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Fontify Regions
-
-(defun mmm-fontify-region (start stop &optional loudly)
- "Fontify from START to STOP keeping track of submodes correctly."
- (let ((saved-mode mmm-current-submode)
- (saved-ovl mmm-current-overlay))
- (unwind-protect
- (progn
- (when loudly
- (message "Fontifying %s with submode regions..." (buffer-name)))
- ;; Necessary to catch changes in font-lock cache state and position.
- (mmm-save-changed-local-variables
- mmm-current-submode mmm-current-overlay)
- (mapc #'(lambda (elt)
- (when (get (car elt) 'mmm-font-lock-mode)
- (mmm-fontify-region-list (car elt) (cdr elt))))
- (mmm-regions-alist start stop)))
- ;; `post-command-hook' contains `mmm-update-submode-region',
- ;; but jit-lock runs later, so we need to restore local vars now.
- (mmm-set-current-pair saved-mode saved-ovl)
- (mmm-set-local-variables (or saved-mode mmm-primary-mode) saved-ovl)))
- (when loudly (message nil)))
-
-(defun mmm-fontify-region-list (mode regions)
- "Fontify REGIONS, each like \(BEG END), in mode MODE."
- (save-excursion
- (let ((func (get mode 'mmm-fontify-region-function))
- font-lock-extend-region-functions)
- (mapc #'(lambda (reg)
- (cl-destructuring-bind (beg end ovl) reg
- (goto-char beg)
- ;; Here we do the same sort of thing that
- ;; `mmm-update-submode-region' does, but we force it
- ;; to use a specific mode, and don't save anything,
- ;; fontify, or change the mode line.
- (mmm-set-current-pair mode ovl)
- (mmm-set-local-variables (unless (eq mmm-previous-submode
mode)
- mode)
- mmm-current-overlay)
- (save-restriction
- (let ((font-lock-dont-widen t)
- syntax-ppss-last syntax-ppss-cache)
- ;; TODO: Remove this conditional when cc-mode
- ;; respects submode boundaries.
- (when (and ovl (not (memq mode mmm-c-derived-modes)))
- (narrow-to-region beg end))
- (funcall func beg end nil)))
- ;; Catch changes in font-lock cache.
- (mmm-save-changed-local-variables
- mmm-current-submode mmm-current-overlay)))
- regions))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Syntax
-
-(defvar mmm-after-syntax-propertize-functions nil
- "List of functions to call after applying `syntax-table' text
-properties to a submode region. It is passed four arguments: the
-region overlay, the submode and the bounds of the region.")
-
-(defun mmm-syntax-propertize-function (start stop)
- "Composite function that applies `syntax-table' text properties.
-It iterates over all submode regions between START and STOP and
-calls each respective submode's `syntax-propertize-function'."
- (let ((saved-mode mmm-current-submode)
- (saved-ovl mmm-current-overlay))
- (mmm-save-changed-local-variables
- mmm-current-submode mmm-current-overlay)
- (unwind-protect
- (mapc (lambda (elt)
- (let* ((mode (car elt))
- (func (get mode 'mmm-syntax-propertize-function))
- (beg (cadr elt)) (end (caddr elt))
- (ovl (cadddr elt))
- syntax-ppss-cache
- syntax-ppss-last)
- (goto-char beg)
- (mmm-set-current-pair mode ovl)
- (mmm-set-local-variables mode mmm-current-overlay)
- (save-restriction
- (when mmm-current-overlay
- (narrow-to-region (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay)))
- (cond
- (func
- (funcall func beg end))
- (font-lock-syntactic-keywords
- (let ((syntax-propertize-function nil))
- (font-lock-fontify-syntactic-keywords-region beg
end))))
- (run-hook-with-args
'mmm-after-syntax-propertize-functions
- mmm-current-overlay mode beg end))))
- (mmm-regions-in start stop))
- (mmm-set-current-pair saved-mode saved-ovl)
- (mmm-set-local-variables (or saved-mode mmm-primary-mode) saved-ovl))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Indentation
-
-(defvar mmm-indent-line-function 'mmm-indent-line
- "The function to call to indent a line.
-This will be the value of `indent-line-function' for the whole
-buffer. It's supposed to delegate to the appropriate submode's
-indentation function. See `mmm-indent-line' as the starting point.")
-
-(defun mmm-indent-line-narrowed ()
- "An indent function which works on some modes where `mmm-indent-line'
doesn't.
-Works like `mmm-indent-line', but narrows the buffer before indenting to
-appease modes which rely on constructs like (point-min) to indent."
- (interactive)
- (funcall
- (save-excursion
- (back-to-indentation)
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- (let ((indent-function (get
- (if (and mmm-current-overlay
- (> (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay)
(point)))
- mmm-current-submode
- mmm-primary-mode)
- 'mmm-indent-line-function)))
- (if mmm-current-overlay
- (save-restriction
- (narrow-to-region (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay))
- indent-function)
- indent-function)))))
-
-(defun mmm-indent-line ()
- (interactive)
- (funcall
- (save-excursion
- (back-to-indentation)
- (mmm-update-submode-region)
- (get
- (if (and mmm-current-overlay
- (> (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay) (point)))
- mmm-current-submode
- mmm-primary-mode)
- 'mmm-indent-line-function))))
-
-;;}}}
-(provide 'mmm-region)
-
-;;; mmm-region.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-rpm.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-rpm.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 71fe923..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-rpm.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-rpm.el --- MMM submode class for RPM spec files
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000 by Marcus Harnisch <address@hidden>
-
-;; Author: Marcus Harnisch <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode class for
-;; editing shell script sections within RPM (Redhat Package Manager)
-;; spec files. I recommend to use it in combination with
-;; rpm-spec-mode.el by Stig Bj�rlykke <address@hidden> and Steve
-;; Sanbeg <address@hidden> (http://www.xemacs.org/~stigb/rpm-spec-mode.el)
-
-;;; Installation:
-
-;; 1. Copy this file where Emacs can find it.
-;;
-;; 2. Add the following lines to one of your startup files (e.g. ~/.emacs):
-;;
-;; (add-to-list 'mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
-;; '(rpm-spec-mode "\\.spec\\'" rpm-sh))
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-
-(defconst mmm-rpm-sh-start-tags
- '("prep" "build" "install" "clean" "preun" "postun" "pre"
- "post" "triggerin" "triggerun" "triggerpostun")
- "List containing RPM tags that start a shell-script section in a spec file")
-
-(defvar mmm-rpm-sh-end-tags
- (append '("files" "description" "package") mmm-rpm-sh-start-tags)
- "List containing RPM tags that end a shell-script section in a spec file")
-
-(defvar mmm-rpm-sh-start-regexp
- (concat "^%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-rpm-sh-start-tags t) "\\b.*$")
- "Regexp matching RPM tags that start a shell-script section in a spec file")
-
-(defvar mmm-rpm-sh-end-regexp
- (concat "\\'\\|^%" (mmm-regexp-opt mmm-rpm-sh-end-tags t) "\\b.*$")
- "Regexp matching RPM tags that end a shell-script section in a spec file")
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'rpm
- `((rpm-sh
- :submode sh-mode
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- ;; match tags that starts sh-script region
- :front ,mmm-rpm-sh-start-regexp
- ;; match end of buffer or next tag that ends sh-script region
- :back ,mmm-rpm-sh-end-regexp
- :front-offset 1
- :back-offset 0
- :save-matches 0
- )))
-
-(provide 'mmm-rpm)
-
-;;; mmm-rpm.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-sample.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-sample.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 4500388..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-sample.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-sample.el --- Sample MMM submode classes
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2012-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file contains several sample submode classes for use with MMM
-;; Mode. For a more detailed, advanced example, see `mmm-mason.el'.
-
-;; In order to use any of classes defined here, just require `mmm-auto' and
-;; add the respective (major mode -> class <- file extension) associations
-;; with `mmm-add-mode-ext-class'.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'cl-lib)
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-
-;;{{{ <Perl> in httpd.conf
-
-;; This is the simplest example. Many applications will need no more
-;; than a simple regexp.
-;;
-;; Usage: (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'apache-generic-mode nil 'httpd-conf-perl)
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((httpd-conf-perl
- :submode perl
- :delimiter-mode nil
- :front "<Perl>"
- :back "</Perl>")))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ JavaScript in HTML
-
-;; We use two classes here, both for code in a <script> tag, one wrapped in
-;; CDATA, another not. And another class to group them together.
-;;
-;; Usage: (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-mode nil 'html-js)
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'html-js
- '((js-script-cdata
- :submode js-mode
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<script[^>]*>[ \t\n]*\\(//\\)?<!\\[CDATA\\[[ \t]*\n?"
- :back "[ \t]*\\(//\\)?]]>[ \t\n]*</script>")
- (js-script
- :submode js-mode
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<script[^>]*>[ \t]*\n?"
- :back "[ \t]*</script>"
- :insert ((?j js-tag nil @ "<script type=\"text/javascript\">\n"
- @ "" _ "" @ "\n</script>" @)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ CSS in HTML
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'html-css
- '((css-cdata
- :submode css
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<style[^>]*>[ \t\n]*\\(//\\)?<!\\[CDATA\\[[ \t]*\n?"
- :back "[ \t]*\\(//\\)?]]>[ \t\n]*</style>")
- (css
- :submode css
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<style[^>]*>[ \t]*\n?"
- :back "[ \t]*</style>"
- :insert ((?c css-tag nil @ "<style type=\"text/css\">\n"
- @ "" _ "" @ "\n</style>" @)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Here-documents
-
-;; Here we match the here-document syntax used by Perl and shell
-;; scripts. We try to be automagic about recognizing what mode the
-;; here-document should be in. To make sure that it is recognized
-;; correctly, the name of the mode, perhaps minus `-mode', in upper
-;; case, and/or with hyphens converted to underscores, should be
-;; separated from the rest of the here-document name by hyphens or
-;; underscores.
-
-(defvar mmm-here-doc-mode-alist '()
- "Alist associating here-document name regexps to submodes.
-Normally, this variable is unnecessary, as the `here-doc' submode
-class tries to automagically recognize the right submode. If you use
-here-document names that it doesn't recognize, however, then you can
-add elements to this alist. Each element is \(REGEXP . MODE) where
-REGEXP is a regular expression matched against the here-document name
-and MODE is a major mode function symbol.")
-
-(defun mmm-here-doc-get-mode (string)
- (string-match "[a-zA-Z_-]+" string)
- (setq string (match-string 0 string))
- (or (mmm-ensure-modename
- ;; First try the user override variable.
- (cl-some #'(lambda (pair)
- (if (string-match (car pair) string) (cdr pair) nil))
- mmm-here-doc-mode-alist))
- (let ((words (split-string (downcase string) "[_-]+")))
- (or (mmm-ensure-modename
- ;; Try the whole name, stopping at "mode" if present.
- (intern
- (mapconcat #'identity
- (nconc (cl-ldiff words (member "mode" words))
- (list "mode"))
- "-")))
- ;; Try each word by itself (preference list)
- (cl-some (lambda (word)
- (mmm-ensure-modename (intern word)))
- words)
- ;; Try each word with -mode tacked on
- (cl-some (lambda (word)
- (mmm-ensure-modename
- (intern (concat word "-mode"))))
- words)
- ;; Try each pair of words with -mode tacked on
- (cl-loop for (one two) on words
- if (mmm-ensure-modename
- (intern (concat one two "-mode")))
- return it)
- ;; I'm unaware of any modes whose names, minus `-mode',
- ;; are more than two words long, and if the entire mode
- ;; name (perhaps minus `-mode') doesn't occur in the
- ;; here-document name, we can give up.
- (signal 'mmm-no-matching-submode nil)))))
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((here-doc
- :front "<<[\"\'\`]?\\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\)"
- :front-offset (end-of-line 1)
- :back "^~1$"
- :save-matches 1
- :delimiter-mode nil
- :match-submode mmm-here-doc-get-mode
- :insert ((?d here-doc "Here-document Name: " @ "<<" str _ "\n"
- @ "\n" @ str "\n" @))
- )))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Embperl
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'embperl
- '((embperl-perl
- :submode perl
- :front "\\[\\([-\\+!\\*\\$]\\)"
- :back "~1\\]"
- :save-matches 1
- :match-name "embperl"
- :match-face (("[+" . mmm-output-submode-face)
- ("[-" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("[!" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("[*" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("[$" . mmm-special-submode-face))
- :insert ((?p embperl "Region Type (Character): " @ "[" str
- @ " " _ " " @ str "]" @)
- (?+ embperl+ ?p . "+")
- (?- embperl- ?p . "-")
- (?! embperl! ?p . "!")
- (?* embperl* ?p . "*")
- (?$ embperl$ ?p . "$")
- )
- )
- (embperl-comment
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "\\[#"
- :back "#\\]"
- :insert ((?# embperl-comment nil @ "[#" @ " " _ " " @ "#]" @))
- )))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ ePerl
-
-(mmm-add-group
- 'eperl
- '((eperl-expr
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-output-submode-face
- :front "<:="
- :back ":>"
- :insert ((?= eperl-expr nil @ "<:=" @ " " _ " " @ ":>" @)))
- (eperl-code
- :submode perl
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<:"
- :back "_?:>"
- :match-name "eperl"
- :insert ((?p eperl-code nil @ "<:" @ " " _ " " @ ":>" @)
- (?: eperl-code ?p . nil)
- (?_ eperl-code_ nil @ "<:" @ " " _ " " @ "_:>" @)))
- (eperl-comment
- :submode text
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front ":>//"
- :back "\n")
- ))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ File Variables
-
-;; This submode class puts file local variable values, specified with
-;; a `Local Variables:' line as in (emacs)File Variables, into Emacs
-;; Lisp Mode. It is a good candidate to put in `mmm-global-classes'.
-
-(defun mmm-file-variables-verify ()
- ;; It would be nice to cache this somehow, which could be done in a
- ;; buffer-local variable with markers for positions, but the trick
- ;; is knowing when to expire the cache.
- (let ((bounds
- (save-excursion
- (save-match-data
- (goto-char (point-max))
- (backward-page)
- (and (re-search-forward "^\\(.*\\)Local Variables:" nil t)
- (list (match-string 1)
- (progn (end-of-line) (point))
- (and (search-forward
- (format "%sEnd:" (match-string 1))
- nil t)
- (progn (beginning-of-line)
- (point)))))))))
- (and bounds (caddr bounds)
- (save-match-data
- (string-match (format "^%s" (regexp-quote (car bounds)))
- (match-string 0)))
- (> (match-beginning 0) (cadr bounds))
- (< (match-end 0) (caddr bounds)))))
-
-(defun mmm-file-variables-find-back (bound)
- (forward-sexp)
- (if (> (point) bound)
- nil
- (looking-at "")))
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((file-variables
- :front ".+:"
- :front-verify mmm-file-variables-verify
- :back mmm-file-variables-find-back
- :submode emacs-lisp-mode
- :delimiter-mode nil
- )))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ JSP Pages
-
-(mmm-add-group 'jsp
- `((jsp-comment
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-comment-submode-face
- :front "<%--"
- :back "--%>"
- :insert ((?- jsp-comment nil @ "<%--" @ " " _ " " @ "--%>" @))
- )
- (jsp-code
- :submode java
- :match-face (("<%!" . mmm-declaration-submode-face)
- ("<%=" . mmm-output-submode-face)
- ("<%" . mmm-code-submode-face))
- :front "<%[!=]?"
- :back "%>"
- :match-name "jsp"
- :insert ((?% jsp-code nil @ "<%" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?! jsp-declaration nil @ "<%!" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @)
- (?= jsp-expression nil @ "<%=" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @))
- )
- (jsp-directive
- :submode text-mode
- :face mmm-special-submode-face
- :front "<%@"
- :back "%>"
- :insert ((?@ jsp-directive nil @ "<%@" @ " " _ " " @ "%>" @))
- )))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ SGML DTD
-
-;; Thanks to Yann Dirson <address@hidden> for writing and
-;; contributing this submode class.
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((sgml-dtd
- :submode dtd-mode
- :face mmm-declaration-submode-face
- :delimiter-mode nil
- :front "<! *doctype[^>[]*\\["
- :back "]>")))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ PHP in HTML
-
-(mmm-add-group 'html-php
- '((html-php-output
- :submode php-mode
- :face mmm-output-submode-face
- :front "<\\?php *echo "
- :back "\\(\\?>\\|\\'\\)"
- :include-front t
- :front-offset 5
- :insert ((?e php-echo nil @ "<?php" @ " echo " _ " " @ "?>" @))
- )
- (html-php-code
- :submode php-mode
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "<\\?\\(php\\)?"
- :back "\\(\\?>\\|\\'\\)"
- :insert ((?p php-section nil @ "<?php" @ " " _ " " @ "?>" @)
- (?b php-block nil @ "<?php" @ "\n" _ "\n" @ "?>" @))
- )))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; NOT YET UPDATED
-;;{{{ HTML in PL/SQL;-COM-
-;-COM-
-;-COM-;; This one is the most complex example. In PL/SQL, HTML is generally
-;-COM-;; output as a (single quote delimited) string inside a call to htp.p or
-;-COM-;; its brethren. The problem is that there may be strings outside of
-;-COM-;; htp.p calls that should not be HTML, so we need to only look inside
-;-COM-;; these calls. The situation is complicated by PL/SQL's rule that two
-;-COM-;; sequential single quotes in a string mean to put a single quote
-;-COM-;; inside the string.
-;-COM-
-;-COM-;; These functions have not been thoroughly tested, and always search
-;-COM-;; the entire buffer, ignoring START and END.
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(defun mmm-html-in-plsql (start end)
-;-COM- (save-match-data
-;-COM- (let ((case-fold-search t))
-;-COM- (and (re-search-forward "htp.p\\(\\|rn\\|rint\\)1?(" nil t)
-;-COM- (mmm-html-in-plsql-in-htp
-;-COM- ;; Find the end of the procedure call
-;-COM- (save-excursion (forward-char -1) (forward-sexp) (point))
-;-COM- start end)))))
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(defun mmm-html-in-plsql-in-htp (htp-end start end)
-;-COM- (let (beg end)
-;-COM- (or (and (re-search-forward "'" htp-end 'limit)
-;-COM- (setf beg (match-end 0))
-;-COM- ;; Find an odd number of 's to end the string.
-;-COM- (do ((lgth 0 (length (match-string 0))))
-;-COM- ((oddp lgth) t)
-;-COM- (re-search-forward "'+" nil t))
-;-COM- (setf end (1- (match-end 0)))
-;-COM- (cons (cons beg end)
-;-COM- (mmm-html-in-plsql-in-htp htp-end start end)))
-;-COM- ;; No more strings in the procedure call; look for another.
-;-COM- (and (eql (point) htp-end)
-;-COM- (mmm-html-in-plsql start end)))))
-;-COM-
-;-COM-(add-to-list 'mmm-classes-alist
-;-COM- '(htp-p (:function html-mode mmm-html-in-plsql)))
-;-COM-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-sample)
-
-;;; mmm-sample.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-univ.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-univ.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a2c86b..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-univ.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-univ.el --- The "Universal" Submode Class
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file defines the "universal" submode class, the default value
-;; of `mmm-global-classes', which specifies a standard way to indicate
-;; that part of a buffer should be in a different mode--for example,
-;; in an email message.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-auto)
-(require 'mmm-vars)
-
-(defun mmm-univ-get-mode (string)
- (string-match "[a-zA-Z-]+" string)
- (setq string (match-string 0 string))
- (let ((modestr (intern (if (string-match "mode\\'" string)
- string
- (concat string "-mode")))))
- (or (mmm-ensure-modename modestr)
- (signal 'mmm-no-matching-submode nil))))
-
-(mmm-add-classes
- `((universal
- :front "{%\\([a-zA-Z-]+\\)%}"
- :back "{%/~1%}"
- :insert ((?/ universal "Submode: " @ "{%" str "%}" @ "\n" _ "\n"
- @ "{%/" str "%}" @))
- :match-submode mmm-univ-get-mode
- :save-matches 1
- )))
-
-(provide 'mmm-univ)
-
-
-;;; Local Variables:
-;;; mmm-global-classes: nil
-;;; End:
-
-;;; mmm-univ.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-utils.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-utils.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fd4394..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-utils.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-utils.el --- Coding Utilities for MMM Mode
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2011-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file provides a number of macros and other coding utilities
-;; for MMM Mode.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-;;{{{ Valid Buffer
-
-;; We used to wrap almost everything in this, but I realized that
-;; only `mmm-mode-on' really needs it. Kept it as a macro, though,
-;; for modularity and in case we need it somewhere else.
-(defmacro mmm-valid-buffer (&rest body)
- "Execute BODY if in a valid buffer for MMM Mode to be enabled. This
-means not hidden, not a minibuffer, not in batch mode, and not in of
-`mmm-never-modes'."
- `(unless (or (eq (aref (buffer-name) 0) ?\ )
- (window-minibuffer-p (selected-window))
- (memq major-mode mmm-never-modes)
- noninteractive
- mmm-in-temp-buffer)
- ,@body))
-
-;;;(def-edebug-spec mmm-valid-buffer t)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Save Everything
-
-;; Never trust callback functions to preserve anything.
-(defmacro mmm-save-all (&rest body)
- "Execute BODY forms, then restoring point, mark, current buffer,
-restrictions, and match data."
- `(save-excursion
- (save-restriction
- (save-match-data
- ,@body))))
-
-;;;(def-edebug-spec mmm-save-all t)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ String Formatting
-
-(defun mmm-format-string (string arg-pairs)
- "Format STRING by replacing arguments as specified by ARG-PAIRS.
-Each element of ARG-PAIRS is \(REGEXP . STR) where each STR is to be
-substituted for the corresponding REGEXP wherever it matches."
- (let ((case-fold-search nil))
- (save-match-data
- (dolist (pair arg-pairs)
- (while (string-match (car pair) string)
- (setq string (replace-match
- (if (fboundp 'format-mode-line)
- (format-mode-line (cdr pair))
- (cdr pair))
- t t string))))))
- string)
-
-(defun mmm-format-matches (string &optional on-string)
- "Format STRING by matches from the current match data.
-Strings like ~N are replaced by the Nth subexpression from the last
-global match. Does nothing if STRING is not a string.
-
-ON-STRING, if supplied, means to use the match data from a
-`string-match' on that string, rather than the global match data."
- (when (stringp string)
- (let ((old-data (match-data))
- subexp)
- (save-match-data
- (while (string-match "~\\([0-9]\\)" string)
- (setq subexp (string-to-number (match-string-no-properties 1 string))
- string (replace-match
- (save-match-data
- (set-match-data old-data)
- (match-string-no-properties subexp on-string))
- t t string))))))
- string)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Save Keywords
-
-(defmacro mmm-save-keyword (param)
- "If the value of PARAM as a variable is non-nil, return the list
-\(:PARAM (symbol-value PARAM)), otherwise NIL. Best used only when it
-is important that nil values disappear."
- `(if (and (boundp ',param) ,param)
- (list (intern (concat ":" (symbol-name ',param))) ,param)
- nil))
-
-(defmacro mmm-save-keywords (&rest params)
- "Return a list saving the non-nil elements of PARAMS. E.g.
-\(let \(\(a 1) \(c 2)) \(mmm-save-keywords a b c)) ==> \(:a 1 :c 2)
-Use of this macro can make code more readable when there are a lot of
-PARAMS, but less readable when there are only a few. Also best used
-only when it is important that nil values disappear."
- `(append ,@(mapcar #'(lambda (param)
- (macroexpand `(mmm-save-keyword ,param)))
- params)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Looking Back At
-
-(defun mmm-looking-back-at (regexp &optional bound)
- "Return t if text before point matches REGEXP.
-Modifies the match data. If supplied, BOUND means not to look farther
-back that that many characters before point. Otherwise, it defaults to
-\(length REGEXP), which is good enough when REGEXP is a simple
-string."
- (eq (point)
- (save-excursion
- (and (re-search-backward regexp
- (- (point) (or bound (length regexp)))
- t)
- (match-end 0)))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Markers
-
-;; Mostly for remembering interactively made regions
-(defun mmm-make-marker (pos beg-p sticky-p)
- "Make, and return, a marker at POS that is or isn't sticky.
-BEG-P represents whether the marker delimits the beginning of a
-region \(or the end of it). STICKY-P is whether it should be sticky,
-i.e. whether text inserted at the marker should be inside the region."
- (let ((mkr (set-marker (make-marker) pos)))
- (set-marker-insertion-type mkr (if beg-p (not sticky-p) sticky-p))
- mkr))
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-utils)
-
-;;; mmm-utils.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-vars.el b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-vars.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bd9ec2..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm-vars.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1126 +0,0 @@
-;;; mmm-vars.el --- Variables for MMM Mode
-
-;; Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2011-2015, 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; Author: Michael Abraham Shulman <address@hidden>
-
-;;{{{ GPL
-
-;; This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-;; any later version.
-
-;; This file is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
-;; the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-;;}}}
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;; This file provides the definitions for the variables used by MMM
-;; Mode, as well as several functions to manipulate them. It also
-;; defines the errors that MMM Mode can signal.
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'mmm-compat)
-(require 'cl-lib)
-
-;; MISCELLANEOUS
-;;{{{ Shut up the Byte Compiler
-
-;; Otherwise it complains about undefined variables.
-(eval-when-compile
- (defvar mmm-current-submode)
- (defvar mmm-save-local-variables)
- (defvar mmm-mode-string)
- (defvar mmm-submode-mode-line-format)
- (defvar mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist)
- (defvar mmm-mode-prefix-key)
- (defvar mmm-global-mode)
- (defvar mmm-primary-mode)
- (defvar mmm-classes-alist))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Error Conditions
-
-;; Most of these should be caught internally and never seen by the
-;; user, except when the user is creating submode regions manually.
-
-;; Signalled when we try to put a submode region inside one where it
-;; isn't meant to go.
-(put 'mmm-subregion-invalid-parent
- 'error-conditions
- '(mmm-subregion-invalid-parent mmm-error error))
-(put 'mmm-subregion-invalid-parent
- 'error-message
- "Invalid submode region parent")
-
-;; Signalled when we try to put a submode region overlapping others in
-;; an invalid way.
-(put 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement
- 'error-conditions
- '(mmm-subregion-invalid-placement mmm-error error))
-(put 'mmm-subregion-invalid-placement
- 'error-message
- "Submode region placement invalid")
-
-;; Signalled when we try to apply a submode class that doesn't exist.
-(put 'mmm-invalid-submode-class
- 'error-conditions
- '(mmm-invalid-submode-class mmm-error error))
-(put 'mmm-invalid-submode-class
- 'error-message
- "Invalid or undefined submode class")
-
-;; Signalled by :match-submode functions when they are unable to
-;; resolve a submode. This error should *always* be caught internally
-;; and never seen by the user.
-(put 'mmm-no-matching-submode
- 'error-conditions
- '(mmm-no-matching-submode mmm-error error))
-(put 'mmm-no-matching-submode
- 'error-message
- "Internal error: no matching submode.")
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; USER VARIABLES
-;;{{{ Customization Group
-
-(defgroup mmm nil
- "Multiple Major Modes in one buffer."
- :group 'tools)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Save Local Variables
-
-(defvar mmm-c-derived-modes
- '(c-mode c++-mode objc-mode pike-mode java-mode jde-mode javascript-mode
- php-mode))
-
-(defvar mmm-save-local-variables
- `(;; Don't use `function' (#') here!! We're already inside `quote'!
- major-mode
- comment-start
- comment-end
- (comment-line-start-skip buffer (fortran-mode))
- comment-start-skip
- (comment-column buffer)
- comment-indent-function
- comment-line-break-function
- sentence-end
- ,@(when mmm-xemacs
- '(mode-popup-menu
- (((lambda () current-menubar) . set-buffer-menubar))
- ))
- (font-lock-keywords buffer)
- font-lock-set-defaults
- font-lock-major-mode
- font-lock-keywords-only
- font-lock-keywords-case-fold-search
- font-lock-syntax-table
- font-lock-mark-block-function ; Override this?
- font-lock-syntactic-keywords
- font-lock-syntactic-face-function
- parse-sexp-ignore-comments ; Fixes indentation in PHP-mode?
- ;; Can be different in different buffers
- (c-basic-offset
- buffer (c-mode c++-mode objc-mode pike-mode java-mode jde-mode))
- ;; These are necessary for C syntax parsing
- (c-class-key nil ,mmm-c-derived-modes)
- (c-extra-toplevel-key nil ,mmm-c-derived-modes)
- (c-inexpr-class-key nil ,mmm-c-derived-modes)
- (c-conditional-key nil ,mmm-c-derived-modes)
- semantic-bovinate-toplevel-override
- semantic-toplevel-bovine-table
- ;; Indentation style control variables.
- ;; These have to be localized in Emacs: see `mmm-mode-on'.
- ,@(mapcar
- #'(lambda (var) (list var nil mmm-c-derived-modes))
- '(c++-template-syntax-table
- c-<-op-cont-regexp
- c->-op-cont-regexp
- c-after-brace-list-key
- c-after-suffixed-type-decl-key
- c-after-suffixed-type-maybe-decl-key
- c-any-class-key
- c-asm-stmt-kwds
- c-assignment-op-regexp
- c-backslash-column
- c-basic-offset
- c-before-context-fontification-functions
- c-bitfield-kwds
- c-block-comment-prefix
- c-block-decls-with-vars
- c-block-prefix-charset
- c-block-stmt-1-2-key
- c-block-stmt-1-key
- c-block-stmt-1-kwds
- c-block-stmt-2-key
- c-block-stmt-2-kwds
- c-brace-list-key
- c-case-kwds-regexp
- c-cast-parens
- c-class-key
- c-class-kwds
- c-cleanup-list
- c-colon-type-list-re
- c-comment-only-line-offset
- c-comment-prefix-regexp
- c-comment-start-regexp
- c-cpp-defined-fns
- c-current-comment-prefix
- c-decl-block-key
- c-decl-hangon-key
- c-decl-prefix-or-start-re
- c-decl-prefix-re
- c-decl-spec-kwds
- c-decl-start-kwds
- c-decl-start-re
- c-doc-comment-start-regexp
- c-expr-kwds
- c-file-offsets
- c-file-style
- c-not-primitive-type-keywords-regexp
- c-hanging-braces-alist
- c-hanging-colons-alist
- c-hanging-comment-ender-p
- c-hanging-comment-starter-p
- c-hanging-semi\&comma-criteria
- c-identifier-key
- c-identifier-last-sym-match
- c-identifier-start
- c-identifier-syntax-modifications
- c-identifier-syntax-table
- c-in-comment-lc-prefix
- c-indent-comment-alist
- c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
- c-indentation-style
- c-inexpr-block-kwds
- c-inexpr-class-kwds
- c-keywords
- c-keywords-obarray
- c-keywords-regexp
- c-known-type-key
- c-label-kwds
- c-label-kwds-regexp
- c-label-minimum-indentation
- c-lambda-kwds
- c-literal-start-regexp
- c-macro-with-semi-re
- c-nonlabel-token-key
- c-nonlabel-token-2-key
- c-nonsymbol-chars
- c-nonsymbol-token-regexp
- c-not-decl-init-keywords
- c-offsets-alist
- c-opt-<>-arglist-start
- c-opt-<>-arglist-start-in-paren
- c-opt-<>-sexp-key
- c-opt-access-key
- c-opt-asm-stmt-key
- c-opt-bitfield-key
- c-opt-block-decls-with-vars-key
- c-opt-block-stmt-key
- c-opt-cpp-prefix
- c-opt-cpp-start
- c-opt-decl-spec-key
- c-opt-friend-key
- c-opt-identifier-concat-key
- c-opt-inexpr-block-key
- c-opt-inexpr-brace-list-key
- c-opt-inexpr-class-key
- c-opt-lambda-key
- c-opt-method-key
- c-opt-postfix-decl-spec-key
- c-opt-type-component-key
- c-opt-type-concat-key
- c-opt-type-modifier-key
- c-opt-type-suffix-key
- c-other-decl-block-key
- c-other-decl-block-kwds
- c-other-decl-kwds
- c-overloadable-operators-regexp
- c-paragraph-separate
- c-paragraph-start
- c-paren-stmt-key
- c-primary-expr-regexp
- c-primitive-type-key
- c-primitive-type-kwds
- c-protection-kwds
- c-postfix-decl-spec-key
- c-recognize-<>-arglists
- c-recognize-knr-p
- c-recognize-paren-inits
- c-recognize-typeless-decls
- c-regular-keywords-regexp
- c-simple-stmt-key
- c-simple-stmt-kwds
- c-special-brace-lists
- c-specifier-key
- c-specifier-kwds
- c-stmt-delim-chars
- c-stmt-delim-chars-with-comma
- c-symbol-char-key
- c-symbol-key
- c-symbol-start
- c-syntactic-eol
- c-syntactic-ws-end
- c-syntactic-ws-start
- c-type-decl-prefix-key
- c-type-decl-suffix-key
- c-type-prefix-key
- c-typeof-key
- c-prefix-spec-kwds-re
- c-typedef-key
- c-typedef-decl-key
- comment-end
- comment-start
- comment-start-skip))
- ,@(mapcar
- (lambda (var) (list var nil '(js-mode)))
- '(js--quick-match-re
- js--quick-match-re-func))
- ;; Skeleton insertion
- skeleton-transformation
- ;; Abbrev mode
- abbrev-mode
- local-abbrev-table
- ;; And finally the syntax table and local map.
- ((syntax-table . set-syntax-table) buffer)
- ((current-local-map . use-local-map) buffer)
- paragraph-separate
- paragraph-start
- (whitespace-active-style buffer)
- (whitespace-display-table buffer)
- (whitespace-display-table-was-local buffer)
- (whitespace-font-lock buffer)
- (whitespace-font-lock-mode buffer)
- (whitespace-font-lock-keywords buffer)
- (whitespace-mode buffer)
- forward-sexp-function
- smie-rules-function
- smie-grammar
- smie-forward-token-function
- smie-backward-token-function
- )
- "Which local variables to save for major mode regions.
-Each element has the form \(VARIABLE [TYPE [MODES]]), causing VARIABLE
-to be saved for all major modes in the list MODES. If MODES is t or
-absent, the variable is saved for all major modes. MODES can also be
-a function of no arguments which returns non-nil whenever the variable
-should be saved.
-
-TYPE should be either the symbol `global', meaning to save the
-variable globally, the symbol `buffer', meaning to save it per buffer,
-or the symbol `region', meaning to save it for each submode region.
-If TYPE has any other value, such as nil, or is absent, the variable
-is saved globally. If all optional parameters are omitted, the
-element may be simply VARIABLE instead of \(VARIABLE).
-
-It is possible for VARIABLE to be not a symbol but a cons cell of the
-form \(GETTER . SETTER), thus specifying special functions to set and
-get the value of the \"variable\". This is used for objects like
-local maps, syntax tables, etc. which need to be installed in a
-special way. GETTER should be a function of no arguments, and SETTER
-a function of one. In this case, even if TYPE and MODES are omitted,
-the list cannot be flattened--it must be \((GETTER . SETTER)).
-\"Variables\" of this type cannot be seen with `mmm-get-saved-local'.
-
-A single variable may appear more than once in this list, with
-different modes and/or types. If the same mode appears more than once
-for the same variable with different types, the behavior is undefined.
-Changing the value of this variable after MMM Mode has been activated
-in some buffer may produce unpredictable results.
-
-Globally saved variables are saved in the mmm-local-variables property
-of the mode symbol. Buffer saved variables are saved in the alist
-`mmm-buffer-saved-locals'. Region saved variables are saved in the
-mmm-local-variables property of the overlay.")
-
-(defvar mmm-buffer-saved-locals ()
- "Stores saved local variables for this buffer, by mode.
-Each element looks like \(MODE \(VAR VALUE) ...).")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-buffer-saved-locals)
-
-(defvar mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults ()
- "Stores saved defaults for region-saved locals, by mode.
-Each element looks like \(MODE \(VAR VALUE) ...). Used to initialize
-new submode regions.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-region-saved-locals-defaults)
-
-(defvar mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant ()
- "Stores saved region locals for the dominant major mode.
-The dominant major mode is considered to be one region for purposes of
-saving region variables. Region-saved variables for submode regions
-are saved as overlay properties.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-region-saved-locals-for-dominant)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Submode Faces
-
-(defgroup mmm-faces nil
- "Faces and coloring for submode regions.
-In general, only background colors should be set, to avoid interfering
-with font-lock."
- :group 'mmm)
-
-(defcustom mmm-submode-decoration-level 1
- "*Amount of coloring to use in submode regions.
-Should be either 0, 1, or 2, representing None, Low, and High amounts
-of coloring respectively.
-* None (0) means to use no coloring at all.
-* Low (1) means to use `mmm-default-submode-face' for all submode
- regions \(except for \"non-submode\" regions, i.e. those that are of
- the primary mode) and `mmm-delimiter-face' for region delimiters.
-* High (2) means to use different faces for different types of submode
- regions and delimiters, such as initialization code, expressions that
- are output, declarations, and so on, as specified by the submode
- class. The default faces are still used for regions that do not
- specify a face."
- :group 'mmm-faces
- :type '(choice (const :tag "None" 0)
- (const :tag "Low" 1)
- (const :tag "High" 2)))
-
-(defface mmm-init-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background "Pink"))
- (((background dark)) (:background
"MediumOrchid"))
- (t (:background "Pink")))
- "Face used for submodes containing initialization code."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-cleanup-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"Wheat"))
- (((background dark)) (:background "peru"))
- (t (:background "Wheat")))
- "Face used for submodes containing cleanup code."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-declaration-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"Aquamarine"))
- (((background dark)) (:background
"DarkTurquoise"))
- (t (:background "Aquamarine")))
- "Face used for submodes containing declarations."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-comment-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"SkyBlue"))
- (((background dark)) (:background
"SteelBlue"))
- (t (:background "SkyBlue")))
- "Face used for submodes containing comments and documentation."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-output-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background "Plum"))
- (((background dark)) (:background
"MediumVioletRed"))
- (t (:background "Plum")))
- "Face used for submodes containing expression that are output."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-special-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"MediumSpringGreen"))
- (((background dark)) (:background
"ForestGreen"))
- (t (:background "MediumSpringGreen")))
- "Face used for special submodes not fitting any other category."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-code-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"LightGray"))
- (((background dark)) (:background "DimGray"))
- (t (:background "LightGray")))
- "Face used for submodes containing ordinary code."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-default-submode-face '((((background light)) (:background
"gray85"))
- (((background dark)) (:background "gray20"))
- (t (:background "gray85")))
- "Face used for all submodes at decoration level 1.
-Also used at decoration level 2 for submodes not specifying a type."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-(defface mmm-delimiter-face nil
- "Face used to mark submode delimiters."
- :group 'mmm-faces)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Mode Line Format
-
-(defcustom mmm-mode-string " MMM"
- "*String to display in mode line as MMM minor mode indicator."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'string)
-
-(defcustom mmm-submode-mode-line-format "~M[~m]"
- "*Format of the mode-line display when point is in a submode region.
-
-~M is replaced by the name of the primary major mode \(which may be
-replaced by a combined-mode function, see the info documentation).
-
-~m is replaced by the submode region overlay's `display-name'
-property, if it has one. Otherwise it is replaced by the mode name of
-the submode region.
-
-If `mmm-primary-mode-display-name' is non-nil, then this variable is
-used even when point is not in a submode region \(i.e. it is in a
-primary mode region), with ~m being replaced by the value of that
-variable."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'string)
-
-(defvar mmm-primary-mode-display-name nil
- "If non-nil, displayed as the primary mode name in the mode line.
-See also `mmm-buffer-mode-display-name'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-primary-mode-display-name)
-
-(defvar mmm-buffer-mode-display-name nil
- "If non-nil, displayed in the mode line instead of the primary mode
-name, which is then shown next to it as if it were a submode when in a
-primary mode region, i.e. outside all submode regions.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-buffer-mode-display-name)
-
-(defun mmm-set-mode-line ()
- "Set the mode line display correctly for the current submode,
-according to `mmm-submode-mode-line-format'."
- (let ((primary (or mmm-primary-mode-display-name
- (get mmm-primary-mode 'mmm-mode-name)))
- (submode (and mmm-current-overlay
- (or (overlay-get mmm-current-overlay 'display-name)
- (get mmm-current-submode 'mmm-mode-name)))))
- (if mmm-buffer-mode-display-name
- (setq mode-name
- (mmm-format-string mmm-submode-mode-line-format
- `(("~M" . ,mmm-buffer-mode-display-name)
- ("~m" . ,(or submode primary)))))
- (if submode
- (setq mode-name
- (mmm-format-string mmm-submode-mode-line-format
- `(("~M" . ,primary)
- ("~m" . ,submode))))
- (setq mode-name primary))))
- (force-mode-line-update))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Submode Classes
-
-(defvar mmm-classes nil
- "*List of submode classes that apply to a buffer.
-Generally set in a file local variables list. Can either be one
-symbol, or a list of symbols. Automatically buffer-local.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-classes)
-
-(defvar mmm-global-classes '(universal)
- "*List of submode classes that apply to all buffers.
-Can be overridden in a file local variables list.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Modes and Extensions
-
-(defcustom mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist nil
- "Alist of submode classes for major modes and/or file extensions.
-This variable can now be directly modified.
-
-Elements look like \(MODE EXT CLASS), where MODE is a major mode, EXT
-is a regexp to match a filename such as in `auto-mode-alist', and
-CLASS is a submode class. CLASS is activated in all buffers in mode
-MODE \(if non-nil) and whose filenames match EXT \(if non-nil). If
-both MODE and EXT are nil, CLASS is activated in all buffers. If CLASS
-is the symbol t, MMM Mode is turned on in all buffers matching MODE
-and EXT, but no classes are activated.
-
-See `mmm-global-mode'."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(repeat (list (symbol :tag "Major Mode")
- (string :tag "Filename Regexp")
- (symbol :tag "Class")))
- :require 'mmm-mode)
-
-(defun mmm-add-mode-ext-class (mode ext class)
- "Add an element to `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist', which see.
-That variable can now be directly modified, so this function is
-unnecessary. It probably won't go away, though."
- (add-to-list 'mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist (list mode ext class)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Preferred Major Modes
-
-(defcustom mmm-major-mode-preferences
- '((perl cperl-mode perl-mode)
- (python python-mode python-mode)
- (javascript javascript-mode c++-mode)
- (java jde-mode java-mode c++-mode)
- (css css-mode c++-mode))
- "User preferences about what major modes to use.
-Each element has the form \(LANGUAGE . MODES) where LANGUAGE is the
-name of a programming language such as `perl' as a symbol, and MODES
-is a list of possible major modes to use, such as `cperl-mode' or
-`perl-mode'. The first element of MODES which is `fboundp' is used
-for submodes of LANGUAGE. The last element of MODES should be a mode
-which will always be available."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(repeat (cons symbol
- (repeat
- (restricted-sexp :match-alternatives
- (fboundp))))))
-
-(defun mmm-add-to-major-mode-preferences (language mode &optional default)
- "Add major mode MODE as acceptable for LANGUAGE.
-This sets the value of `mmm-major-mode-preferences'. If DEFAULT
-is non-nil, MODE is added at the front of the list of modes for
-LANGUAGE. Otherwise, it is added at the end. This may be used by
-packages to ensure that some mode is present, but not override
-any user-specified mode."
- (let ((pair (assq language mmm-major-mode-preferences)))
- (if pair
- ;; Existing mode preferences
- (if default
- (setcdr pair (cons mode (cdr pair)))
- (setcdr pair (append (cdr pair) (list mode))))
- ;; No existing mode preference
- (add-to-list 'mmm-major-mode-preferences (list language mode)))))
-
-(defun mmm-ensure-modename (symbol)
- "Return SYMBOL if it is a valid submode name, else nil.
-Valid submode names are either `fboundp' or present as the `car' of an
-element in `mmm-major-mode-preferences'."
- (if (or (fboundp symbol)
- (assq symbol mmm-major-mode-preferences))
- symbol
- nil))
-
-(defun mmm-modename->function (mode)
- "Convert MODE to a mode function, nil if impossible.
-Valid submode names are either `fboundp' or present as the `car' of an
-element in `mmm-major-mode-preferences'. In the latter case, the
-first `fboundp' element of the `cdr' is returned, or nil if none."
- (if (fboundp mode)
- mode
- (car (cl-remove-if-not
- #'fboundp
- (cdr (assq mode mmm-major-mode-preferences))))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Delimiter Regions
-
-(defcustom mmm-delimiter-mode 'fundamental-mode
- "Major mode used by default for delimiter regions.
-Classes are encouraged to override this by providing a delimiter-mode
-parameter-- see `mmm-classes-alist'."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'function)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Key Bindings
-
-(defcustom mmm-mode-prefix-key [(control ?c) ?%]
- "Prefix key for the MMM Minor Mode Keymap."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'vector)
-
-(defcustom mmm-command-modifiers '(control)
- "List of key modifiers for MMM command keys.
-The MMM commands in the MMM Mode map, after `mmm-mode-prefix-key',
-are bound to default keys with these modifiers added. This variable
-must be set before MMM Mode is loaded to have an effect.
-
-It is suggested that the value of this variable be either nil or
-\(control), as the default keys are either plain keys or have only a
-meta modifier. The shift modifier is not particularly portable between
-Emacsen. The values of this variable and `mmm-insert-modifiers' should
-be disjoint."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(repeat (symbol :tag "Modifier")))
-
-(defcustom mmm-insert-modifiers '()
- "List of key modifiers for MMM submode insertion keys.
-When a key pressed after `mmm-mode-prefix-key' has no MMM Mode command
-binding, and its modifiers include these, then its basic type, plus any
-modifiers in addition to these, is looked up in classes' :insert
-specifications.
-
-It is suggested that the value of this variable be either nil or
-\(control), allowing submode classes to specify the presence or
-absence of the meta modifier. The shift modifier is not particularly
-portable between Emacsen. The values of `mmm-command-modifiers' and
-this variable should be disjoint."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(repeat (symbol :tag "Modifier")))
-
-(defcustom mmm-use-old-command-keys nil
- "Non-nil means to Use the old command keys for MMM Mode.
-MMM Mode commands then have no modifier while insertion commands have
-a control modifier, i.e. `mmm-command-modifiers' is set to nil and
-`mmm-insert-modifiers' is set to \(control). If nil, the values of
-these variables are as the default, or whatever the user has set them
-to. This variable must be set before MMM Mode is loaded."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'boolean)
-
-(defun mmm-use-old-command-keys ()
- "Use the old command keys \(no control modifer) in MMM Mode."
- (setq mmm-command-modifiers '()
- mmm-insert-modifiers '(control)))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ MMM Hooks
-
-(defcustom mmm-mode-hook ()
- "Hook run when MMM Mode is enabled in a buffer.
-
-A hook named mmm-<major-mode>-hook is also run, if it exists. For
-example, `mmm-html-mode-hook' is run whenever MMM Mode is entered with
-HTML mode the dominant mode.
-
-A hook named mmm-<submode>-submode-hook is run when a submode region
-of a given mode is created. For example, `mmm-cperl-mode-submode-hook'
-is run whenever a CPerl mode submode region is created, in any buffer.
-When this hooks are run, point is guaranteed to be at the start of
-the newly created submode region.
-
-Finally, a hook named mmm-<class>-class-hook is run whenever a buffer
-is first mmm-ified with a given submode class. For example,
-`mmm-mason-class-hook' is run whenever the `mason' class is first
-applied in a buffer."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'hook)
-
-(defun mmm-run-constructed-hook (body &optional suffix)
- "Run the hook named `mmm-<BODY>-<SUFFIX>-hook', if it exists.
-If SUFFIX is nil or unsupplied, run `mmm-<BODY>-hook' instead."
- (let ((hook (intern-soft (if suffix
- (format "mmm-%s-%s-hook" body suffix)
- (format "mmm-%s-hook" body)))))
- (if hook (run-hooks hook))))
-
-(defun mmm-run-major-hook ()
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook mmm-primary-mode))
-
-(defun mmm-run-submode-hook (submode)
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook submode "submode"))
-
-(defvar mmm-class-hooks-run ()
- "List of submode classes for which hooks have already been run in
-the current buffer.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-class-hooks-run)
-
-(defun mmm-run-class-hook (class)
- (unless (member class mmm-class-hooks-run)
- (mmm-run-constructed-hook class "class")
- (add-to-list 'mmm-class-hooks-run class)))
-
-(defvar mmm-primary-mode-entry-hook nil
- "Hook run when point moves into a region of the primary mode.
-Each submode region can have an `entry-hook' property which is run
-when they are entered, but since primary mode regions have no overlay
-to store properties, this is a buffer-local variable.
-
-N.B. This variable is not a standard Emacs hook. Unlike Emacs'
-\"local hooks\" it has *no* global value, only a local one. Its value
-should always be a list of functions \(possibly empty) and never a
-single function. It may be used with `add-hook', however.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-primary-mode-entry-hook)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Major Mode Hook
-
-(defcustom mmm-major-mode-hook ()
- "Hook run whenever a new major mode is finished starting up.
-MMM Mode implements this with a hack \(see comments in the source) so
-that `mmm-global-mode' will function correctly, but makes this hook
-available so that others can take advantage of the hack as well.
-
-Note that file local variables have *not* been processed by the time
-this hook is run. If a function needs to inspect them, it should also
-be added to `find-file-hooks'. However, `find-file-hooks' is not run
-when creating a non-file-based buffer, or when changing major modes in
-an existing buffer."
- :group 'mmm
- :type 'hook)
-
-(defun mmm-run-major-mode-hook ()
- (dolist (func mmm-major-mode-hook)
- (ignore-errors (funcall func))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ MMM Global Mode
-
-;;; There's a point to be made that this variable should default to
-;;; `maybe' (i.e. not nil and not t), because that's what practically
-;;; everyone wants. I subscribe, however, to the view that simply
-;;; *loading* a lisp extension should not change the (user-visible)
-;;; behavior of Emacs, until it is configured or turned on in some
-;;; way, which dictates that the default for this must be nil.
-(defcustom mmm-global-mode nil
- "*Specify in which buffers to turn on MMM Mode automatically.
-
-- If nil, MMM Mode is never enabled automatically.
-- If t, MMM Mode is enabled automatically in all buffers.
-- If any other symbol, MMM mode is enabled only in those buffers that
- have submode classes associated with them. See `mmm-classes' and
- `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist' for more information."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(choice (const :tag "Always" t)
- (const :tag "Never" nil)
- (other :tag "Maybe" maybe))
- :require 'mmm-mode)
-
-;; These are not traditional editing modes, so mmm makes no sense, and
-;; can mess things up seriously if it doesn't know not to try.
-(defcustom mmm-never-modes
- '(
- help-mode
- Info-mode
- dired-mode
- comint-mode
- telnet-mode
- shell-mode
- eshell-mode
- forms-mode
- )
- "List of modes in which MMM Mode is never activated."
- :group 'mmm
- :type '(repeat (symbol :tag "Mode")))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Buffer File Name
-
-(defvar mmm-set-file-name-for-modes '(mew-draft-mode)
- "List of modes for which the temporary buffers MMM creates have a
-file name. In these modes, this file name is the same as that of the
-parent buffer. In general, this has been found to cause more problems
-than it solves, but some modes require it.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Idle Parsing
-
-(defcustom mmm-parse-when-idle nil
- "Non-nil to automatically reparse the buffer when it has some
- modifications and Emacs has been idle for `mmm-idle-timer-delay'."
- :type 'boolean
- :group 'mmm)
-
-(defcustom mmm-idle-timer-delay 0.2
- "Delay in secs before re-parsing after user makes changes."
- :type 'number
- :group 'mmm)
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-idle-timer-delay)
-
-(defvar mmm-mode-parse-timer nil "Private variable.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-mode-parse-timer)
-(defvar mmm-mode-buffer-dirty nil "Private variable.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-mode-buffer-dirty)
-
-(defun mmm-mode-edit (beg end len)
- (setq mmm-mode-buffer-dirty t)
- (mmm-mode-reset-timer))
-
-(defun mmm-mode-reset-timer ()
- (when mmm-mode-parse-timer
- (cancel-timer mmm-mode-parse-timer))
- (setq mmm-mode-parse-timer
- (run-with-idle-timer mmm-idle-timer-delay nil
- #'mmm-mode-idle-reparse (current-buffer))))
-
-(defun mmm-mode-idle-reparse (buffer)
- (when (buffer-live-p buffer)
- (with-current-buffer buffer
- (when mmm-mode-buffer-dirty
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (setq mmm-mode-buffer-dirty nil)
- (setq mmm-mode-parse-timer nil)))))
-
-;;}}}
-
-;; NON-USER VARIABLES
-;;{{{ Mode Variable
-
-(defvar mmm-mode nil
- "Non-nil means MMM Mode is turned on in this buffer.
-Do not set this variable directly; use the function `mmm-mode'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-mode)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Primary Mode
-
-(defvar mmm-primary-mode nil
- "The primary major mode in the current buffer.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-primary-mode)
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Classes Alist
-
-;; Notes:
-;; 1. :parent could be an all-class argument. Same with :keymap.
-;; 2. :match-submode really does have to be distinct from :submode,
-;; because 'functionp' isn't enough to distinguish which is meant.
-(defvar mmm-classes-alist nil
- "Alist containing all defined mmm submode classes.
-A submode class is a named recipe for parsing a document into submode
-regions, and sometimes for inserting new ones while editing.
-
-Each element of this alist looks like \(CLASS . ARGS) where CLASS is a
-symbol naming the submode class and ARGS is a list of keyword
-arguments, called a \"class specifier\". There are a large number of
-accepted keyword arguments in the class specifier.
-
-The argument CLASSES, if supplied, must be a list of other submode
-class names, or class specifiers, representing other classes to call
-recursively. The FACE arguments of these classes are overridden by
-the FACE argument of this class. If the argument CLASSES is supplied,
-all other arguments to this class are ignored. That is, \"grouping\"
-classes can do nothing but group other classes.
-
-The argument HANDLER, if supplied, also overrides any other processing.
-It must be a function, and all the arguments are passed to it as
-keywords, and it must do everything. See `mmm-ify' for what sorts of
-things it must do. This back-door interface should be cleaned up.
-
-The optional argument FACE gives the display face of the submode
-regions under high decoration (see `mmm-submode-decoration-level').
-It must be a valid face. The standard faces used for submode regions
-are `mmm-*-submode-face' where * is one of `init', `cleanup',
-`declaration', `comment', `output', `special', or `code'. A more
-flexible alternative is the argument MATCH-FACE. MATCH-FACE can be a
-function, which is called with one argument, the form of the front
-delimiter \(found from FRONT-FORM, below), and should return the face
-to use. It can also be an alist, with each element of the form
-\(DELIM . FACE).
-
-If neither CLASSES nor HANDLER are supplied, either SUBMODE or
-MATCH-SUBMODE must be. SUBMODE specifies the submode to use for the
-submode regions, a symbol such as `cperl-mode' or `emacs-lisp-mode',
-while MATCH-SUBMODE must be a function to be called immediately after
-a match is found for FRONT, which is passed one argument, the form of
-the front delimiter \(found from FRONT-FORM, below), and return a
-symbol such as SUBMODE would be set to. If MATCH-SUBMODE detects an
-invalid match--for example a specified mode which is not `fboundp'--it
-should \(signal 'mmm-no-matching-submode nil).
-
-FRONT and BACK are the means to find the submode regions, and can be
-either buffer positions \(number-or-markers), regular expressions, or
-functions. If they are absolute buffer positions, only one submode
-region is created, from FRONT to BACK. This is generally not used in
-named classes. \(Unnamed classes are created by interactive commands
-in `mmm-interactive-history').
-
-If FRONT is a regexp, then that regexp is searched for, and the end of
-its FRONT-MATCH'th match \(or the beginning thereof, if INCLUDE-FRONT
-is non-nil), plus FRONT-OFFSET, becomes the beginning of the submode
-region. If FRONT is a function, that function is called instead, and
-must act somewhat like a search, in that it should start at point,
-take one argument as a search bound, and set the match data. A
-similar pattern is followed for BACK \(the search starts at the
-beginning of the submode region), save that the beginning of its
-BACK-MATCH'th match \(or the end, if INCLUDE-BACK is non-nil) becomes
-the end of the submode region, plus BACK-OFFSET.
-
-If SAVE-MATCHES is non-nil, then BACK, if it is a regexp, is formatted
-by replacing strings of the form \"~N\" by the corresponding value of
-\(match-string n) after matching FRONT.
-
-FRONT-MATCH and BACK-MATCH default to zero. They specify which
-sub-match of the FRONT and BACK regexps to treat as the delimiter.
-This number will be passed to any calls to `match-beginning' and
-company.
-
-FRONT- and BACK-OFFSET default to 0. In addition to numbers, they can
-also be functions to call which should move point to the correct
-position for the beginning or end of the submode region. Common
-choices include `beginning-of-line' and `end-of-line', and new
-functions can of course be written. They can also be lists which will
-be applied in sequence, such as \(end-of-line 1) meaning move to end
-of line and then forward one character.
-
-FRONT-VERIFY and BACK-VERIFY, if supplied, must be functions that
-inspect the match data to see if a match found by FRONT or BACK
-respectively is valid.
-
-FRONT-DELIM \(resp. BACK-DELIM), if supplied, can take values like
-those of FRONT-OFFSET \(resp. BACK-OFFSET), specifying the offset from
-the start \(resp. end) of the match for FRONT \(resp. BACK) to use as
-the starting \(resp. ending) point for the front \(resp. back)
-delimiter. If nil, it means not to make a region for the respective
-delimiter at all.
-
-DELIMITER-MODE, if supplied, specifies what submode to use for the
-delimiter regions, if any. If `nil', the primary mode is used. If
-not supplied, `mmm-delimiter-mode' is used.
-
-FRONT-FACE and BACK-FACE specify faces to use for displaying the
-delimiter regions, under high decoration.
-
-FRONT-FORM and BACK-FORM, if given, must supply a regexp used to match
-the *actual* delimiter. If they are strings, they are used as-is. If
-they are functions, they are called and must inspect the match data.
-If they are lists, their `car' is taken as the delimiter. The default
-for both is \(regexp-quote \(match-string 0)).
-
-The last case--them being a list--is usually used to set the delimiter
-to a function. Such a function must take 1-2 arguments, the first
-being the overlay in question, and the second meaning to insert the
-delimiter and adjust the overlay rather than just matching the
-delimiter. See `mmm-match-front', `mmm-match-back', and
-`mmm-end-current-region'.
-
-CASE-FOLD-SEARCH, if specified, controls whether the search is
-case-insensitive. See `case-fold-search'. It defaults to `t'.
-
-CREATION-HOOK, if specified, should be a function which is run
-whenever a submode region is created, with point at the beginning of
-the new region. One use for it is to set region-saved local variables
-\(see `mmm-save-local-variables').
-
-INSERT specifies the keypress insertion spec for such submode regions.
-INSERT's value should be list of elements of the form \(KEY NAME .
-SPEC). Each KEY should be either a character, a function key symbol,
-or a dotted list \(MOD . KEY) where MOD is a symbol for a modifier
-key. The use of any other modifier than meta is discouraged, as
-`mmm-insert-modifiers' is sometimes set to \(control), and other
-modifiers are not very portable. Each NAME should be a symbol
-representing the insertion for that key. Each SPEC can be either a
-skeleton, suitable for passing to `skeleton-insert' to create a
-submode region, or a dotted pair \(OTHER-KEY . ARG) meaning to use the
-skeleton defined for OTHER-KEY but pass it the argument ARG as the
-`str' variable, possible replacing a prompt string. Skeletons for
-insertion should have the symbol `_' where point \(or wrapped text)
-should go, and the symbol `@' in four different places: at the
-beginning of the front delimiter, the beginning of the submode region,
-the end of the submode region, and the end of the back delimiter.
-
-If END-NOT-BEGIN is non-nil, it specifies that a BACK delimiter cannot
-begin a new submode region.
-
-MATCH-NAME, if supplied, specifies how to determine the \"name\" for
-each submode region. It must be a string or a function. If it is a
-function, it is passed the value of FRONT-FORM and must return the
-name to use. If it is a string, it is used as-is unless SAVE-NAME has
-a non-nil value, in which case, the string is interpreted the same as
-BACK when SAVE-MATCHES is non-nil. If MATCH-NAME is not specified,
-the regions are unnamed. Regions with the same name are considered
-part of the same chunk of code, and formatted as such, while unnamed
-regions are not grouped with any others.
-
-As a special optimization for insertion, if SKEL-NAME is non-nil, the
-insertion code will use the user-prompted string value as the region
-name, instead of going through the normal matching procedure.
-
-PRIVATE, if supplied and non-nil, means that this class is a private
-or internal class, usually one invoked by another class via :classes,
-and is not for the user to see.")
-
-;;;###autoload
-(defun mmm-add-classes (classes)
- "Add the submode classes CLASSES to `mmm-classes-alist'."
- (dolist (class classes)
- (add-to-list 'mmm-classes-alist class)))
-
-(defun mmm-add-group (group classes)
- "Add CLASSES and a \"grouping class\" named GROUP which calls them all.
-The CLASSES are all made private, i.e. non-user-visible."
- (mmm-add-classes (mapcar #'(lambda (class)
- (append class
- '(:private t)))
- classes))
- (add-to-list 'mmm-classes-alist
- (list group :classes (mapcar #'cl-first classes))))
-
-(defun mmm-add-to-group (group classes)
- "Add CLASSES to the \"grouping class\" named GROUP.
-The CLASSES are all made private, i.e. non-user-visible."
- (mmm-add-classes (mapcar #'(lambda (class)
- (append class
- '(:private t)))
- classes))
- (mmm-set-class-parameter group :classes
- (append (mmm-get-class-parameter group :classes)
- (mapcar #'cl-first classes))))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Version Number
-
-(defconst mmm-version "0.5.5"
- "Current version of MMM Mode.")
-
-(defun mmm-version ()
- (interactive)
- (message "MMM Mode version %s by Michael Abraham Shulman" mmm-version))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Temp Buffer Name
-
-(defvar mmm-temp-buffer-name "mmm-temp-buffer"
- "Name for temporary buffers created by MMM Mode.
-Using non-special name, so that font-lock-mode will be enabled
-automatically when appropriate, and will set all related vars.")
-
-(defvar mmm-in-temp-buffer nil
- "Bound to t when working in the temp buffer.")
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Interactive History
-
-(defvar mmm-interactive-history nil
- "History of interactive mmm-ification in the current buffer.
-Elements are either submode class symbols or class specifications. See
-`mmm-classes-alist' for more information.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-interactive-history)
-
-(defun mmm-add-to-history (class)
- (add-to-list 'mmm-interactive-history class))
-
-(defun mmm-clear-history ()
- "Clears history of interactive mmm-ification in current buffer."
- (interactive)
- (setq mmm-interactive-history nil))
-
-;;}}}
-;;{{{ Mode/Ext Manipulation
-
-(defvar mmm-mode-ext-classes ()
- "List of classes associated with current buffer by mode and filename.
-Set automatically from `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist'.")
-(make-variable-buffer-local 'mmm-mode-ext-classes)
-
-(defun mmm-get-mode-ext-classes ()
- "Return classes for current buffer from major mode and filename.
-Uses `mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist' to find submode classes."
- (or mmm-mode-ext-classes
- (setq mmm-mode-ext-classes
- (mapcar #'cl-third
- (cl-remove-if-not #'mmm-mode-ext-applies
- mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist)))))
-
-(defun mmm-clear-mode-ext-classes ()
- "Clear classes added by major mode and filename."
- (setq mmm-mode-ext-classes nil))
-
-(defun mmm-mode-ext-applies (element)
- (cl-destructuring-bind (mode ext class) element
- (and (if mode
- (eq mode
- ;; If MMM is on in this buffer, use the primary mode,
- ;; otherwise use the normal indicator.
- (or mmm-primary-mode major-mode))
- t)
- (if ext
- (and (buffer-file-name)
- (save-match-data
- (string-match ext (buffer-file-name))))
- t))))
-
-(defun mmm-get-all-classes (global)
- "Return a list of all classes applicable to the current buffer.
-These come from mode/ext associations, `mmm-classes', and interactive
-history, as well as `mmm-global-classes' if GLOBAL is non-nil."
- (append mmm-interactive-history
- (if (listp mmm-classes) mmm-classes (list mmm-classes))
- (if global mmm-global-classes ())
- (mmm-get-mode-ext-classes)))
-
-;;}}}
-
-(provide 'mmm-vars)
-
-;;; mmm-vars.el ends here
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm.texinfo b/packages/mmm-mode/mmm.texinfo
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bd1d24..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/mmm.texinfo
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2108 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo
address@hidden %**start of header
address@hidden mmm.info
address@hidden MMM Mode Manual
address@hidden %**end of header
address@hidden vr fn
address@hidden MASON_VERSION 0.896
-
address@hidden GNU Emacs Lisp
address@hidden
-* MMM-Mode: (mmm). Multiple Major Modes for Emacs
address@hidden direntry
-
address@hidden
-
-Copyright 2000 Michael Abraham Shulman.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
address@hidden
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
address@hidden ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
address@hidden ifinfo
-
address@hidden
address@hidden MMM Mode Manual
address@hidden Multiple Major Modes for Emacs
address@hidden Michael Abraham Shulman
address@hidden
address@hidden 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Michael Abraham Shulman.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
address@hidden titlepage
-
address@hidden
address@hidden Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
address@hidden MMM Mode
-
-MMM Mode is a minor mode for Emacs which allows Multiple Major Modes to
-coexist in a single buffer.
-
address@hidden ifinfo
-
address@hidden
-* Overview:: An overview and introduction to MMM Mode.
-* Basics:: The basics of how to use it.
-* Customizing:: Customizing how it works to your needs.
-* Supplied Classes:: The supplied submode classes.
-* Writing Classes:: Writing your own submode classes.
-* Indices:: Just that.
-
address@hidden
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Overview of MMM Mode
-
-* Basic Concepts:: A simple explanation of how it works.
-* Installation:: How to install MMM Mode.
-* Quick Start:: Getting started using MMM Mode quickly.
-
-MMM Mode Basics
-
-* MMM Minor Mode:: The Emacs minor mode that manages it all.
-* Submode Classes:: What they are and how to use them.
-* Selecting Classes:: How MMM Mode knows what classes to use.
-* Insertion:: Inserting new submode regions automatically.
-* Re-parsing:: Re-scanning for submode regions.
-* Interactive:: Adding submode regions manually.
-* Global Mode:: Turning MMM Mode on automatically.
-
-The MMM Minor Mode
-
-* Enabling MMM Mode:: Turning MMM Mode on and off.
-* MMM Mode Keys:: Default key bindings in MMM Mode.
-
-How MMM Mode selects submode classes
-
-* File Classes:: Classes for a single file.
-* Mode-Ext Classes:: Classes for a given mode or extension.
-* Global Classes:: Classes for all MMM Mode buffers.
-
-MMM Global Mode
-
-* Major Mode Hook:: Using MMM's Major Mode Hook
-
-Customizing MMM Mode
-
-* Region Coloring:: Changing or removing background colors.
-* Preferred Modes:: Choosing which major modes to use.
-* Mode Line:: What is displayed in the mode line.
-* Key Bindings:: Customizing the MMM Mode key bindings.
-* Local Variables:: What local variables are saved for submodes.
-* Changing Classes:: Changing the supplied submode classes.
-* Hooks:: How to make MMM Mode run your code.
-
-Supplied Submode Classes
-
-* Mason:: Mason server-side Perl in HTML.
-* File Variables:: Elisp code in File Variables.
-* Here-documents:: Code in shell and Perl here-documents.
-* Javascript:: Javascript embedded in HTML.
-* Embedded CSS:: CSS Styles embedded in HTML.
-* Embperl:: Another syntax for Perl in HTML.
-* ePerl:: A general Perl-embedding syntax.
-* JSP:: Java code embedded in HTML.
-* RPM:: Shell scripts in RPM Spec Files.
-* Noweb:: Noweb literate programs.
-
-Writing Submode Classes
-
-* Basic Classes:: Writing a simple submode class.
-* Paired Delimiters:: Matching paired delimiters.
-* Region Placement:: Placing the region more accurately.
-* Submode Groups:: Grouping several classes together.
-* Calculated Submodes:: Deciding the submode at run-time.
-* Calculated Faces:: Deciding the display face at run-time.
-* Insertion Commands:: Inserting regions automatically.
-* Region Names:: Naming regions for syntax grouping.
-* Other Hooks:: Running code at arbitrary points.
-* Delimiters:: Controlling delimiter overlays.
-* Misc Keywords:: Other miscellaneous options.
-
-Indices
-
-* Concept Index:: Index of MMM Mode Concepts.
-* Function Index:: Index of functions and variables.
-* Keystroke Index:: Index of key bindings in MMM Mode.
-
address@hidden detailmenu
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Overview, Basics, Top, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Overview of MMM Mode
address@hidden overview of mmm-mode
address@hidden mmm-mode, overview of
-
-MMM Mode is a minor mode for Emacs which allows Multiple Major Modes to
-coexist in a single buffer. The name is an abbreviation of `Multiple
-Major Modes'@footnote{The name is derived from @file{mmm.el} for XEmacs
-by Gongquan Chen <chen@@posc.org>, from which MMM Mode was adapted.}. A
-major mode is a customization of Emacs for editing a certain type of
-text, such as code for a specific programming language. @xref{Major
-Modes, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}, for details.
-
-MMM Mode is a general extension to Emacs which is useful whenever one
-file contains text in two or more programming languages, or that
-should be in two or more different modes. For example:
-
address@hidden @bullet
address@hidden
-CGI scripts written in any language, from Perl to PL/SQL, may want to
-output verbatim HTML, and the writer of such scripts may want to use
-Emacs' html-mode or sgml-mode to edit this HTML code, while remaining
-in the appropriate programming language mode for the rest of the
-file. @xref{Here-documents}, for example.
-
address@hidden
-There are now many ``content delivery systems'' which turn the CGI
-script idea around and simply add extra commands to an HTML file,
-often in some programming language, which are interpreted on the
-server. @xref{Mason}, @xref{Embperl}, @xref{ePerl}, @xref{JSP}.
-
address@hidden
-HTML itself can also contain embedded languages such as Javascript and
-CSS styles, for which Emacs has different major modes.
address@hidden, and @xref{Embedded CSS}, for example.
-
address@hidden
-The idea of ``literate programming'' requires the same file to contain
-documentation (written as text, html, latex, etc.) and code (in an
-appropriate programming language). @xref{Noweb}, for example.
-
address@hidden
-Emacs allows files of any type to contain `local variables', which can
-include Emacs Lisp code to be evaluated. @xref{File Variables, , ,
-emacs, The Emacs Manual}. It may be easier to edit this code in Emacs
-Lisp mode than in whatever mode is used for the rest of the file.
address@hidden Variables}.
-
address@hidden
-There are many more possible uses for MMM Mode. RPM spec files can
-contain shell scripts (@pxref{RPM}). Email or newsgroup messages may
-contain sample code. And so on. We encourage you to experiment.
address@hidden itemize
-
address@hidden
-* Basic Concepts:: A simple explanation of how it works.
-* Installation:: How to install MMM Mode.
-* Quick Start:: Getting started using MMM Mode quickly.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Basic Concepts, Installation, Overview, Overview
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Basic Concepts
address@hidden dominant major mode
address@hidden major mode, dominant
address@hidden default major mode
address@hidden major mode, default
address@hidden submode regions
address@hidden regions, submode
address@hidden overlays, submode
address@hidden submode overlays
address@hidden mmm-ification
-
-The way MMM Mode works is as follows. Each buffer has a @dfn{dominant}
-or @dfn{default} major mode, which is chosen as major modes normally
-are: the user can set it interactively, or it can be chosen
-automatically with `auto-mode-alist' (@pxref{Choosing Modes, , , emacs,
-The Emacs Manual}). Within the file, MMM Mode creates @dfn{submode
-regions} within which other major modes are in effect. While the point
-is in a submode region, the following changes occur:
-
address@hidden
address@hidden
-The local keymap is that of the submode. This means the key bindings for
-the submode are available, while those of the dominant mode are not.
address@hidden
-The mode line (@pxref{Mode Line, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) changes
-to show which submode region is active. This can be configured; see
address@hidden Line}.
address@hidden
-The major mode menu, both on the menu bar and the mouse popup, are that
-of the submode.
address@hidden
-Some local variables of the submode shadow those of the default mode
-(@pxref{Local Variables}). For the user, this serves to help make Emacs
-behave as if the submode were the major mode.
address@hidden
-The syntax table and indentation are those of the submode.
address@hidden
-Font-lock (@pxref{Font Lock, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) fontifies
-correctly for the submode.
address@hidden
-The submode regions are highlighted by a background color; see
address@hidden Coloring}.
-
address@hidden enumerate
-
-The submode regions are represented internally by Emacs Lisp objects
-known as @dfn{overlays}. Some of the above are implemented by overlay
-properties, and others are updated by an MMM Mode function in
-`post-command-hook'. You don't need to know this to use MMM Mode, but it
-may make any error messages you come across more understandable.
address@hidden, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
-more information on overlays.
-
-Because overlays are not saved with a file, every time a file is opened,
-they must be created. Creating submode regions is occasionally referred
-to as @dfn{mmm-ification}. (I've never had occasion to pronounce this,
-but if I did I would probably say `mummification'. Like what they did in
-ancient Egypt.) You can mmm-ify a buffer interactively, but most often
-MMM Mode will find and create submode regions automatically based on a
-buffer's file extension, dominant mode, or local variables.
-
-
address@hidden Installation, Quick Start, Basic Concepts, Overview
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Installing MMM Mode
-
-MMM Mode has a standard installation process. See the file INSTALL for
-generic information on this process. To summarize, unpack the archive,
address@hidden to the created MMM Mode directory, type @samp{./configure},
-then @samp{make}, then @samp{make install}. If all goes correctly, this
-will compile the MMM Mode elisp files, install them in your local
-site-lisp directory, and install the MMM Mode info file @file{mmm.info}
-in your local info directory.
-
-Now you need to configure your Emacs initialization file (usually
address@hidden/.emacs}) to use MMM Mode. First, Emacs has to know where to
-find MMM Mode. In other words, the MMM Mode directory has to be in
address@hidden This can be done in the parent directory's
address@hidden file, or in the init file with a line such as:
-
address@hidden
-(add-to-list 'load-path "/path/to/site-lisp/mmm/")
address@hidden lisp
-
-Once @code{load-path} is configured, MMM Mode must be loaded. You can
-load all of MMM Mode with the line
-
address@hidden
-(require 'mmm-mode)
address@hidden lisp
-
address@hidden
-but if you use MMM Mode only rarely, it may not be desirable to load all
-of it at the beginning of every editing session. You can load just
-enough of MMM Mode so it will turn itself on when necessary and load the
-rest of itself, by using instead the line
-
address@hidden
-(require 'mmm-auto)
address@hidden lisp
-
address@hidden
-in your initialization file.
-
-One more thing you may want to do right now is to set the variable
address@hidden If this variable is @code{nil} (the default),
-MMM Mode will never turn itself on. If it is @code{t}, MMM Mode will
-turn itself on in every buffer. Probably the most useful value for it,
-however, is the symbol @code{maybe} (actually, anything that is not
address@hidden and not @code{t}), which causes MMM Mode to turn itself on in
-precisely those buffers where it would be useful. You can do this with
-a line such as:
-
address@hidden
-(setq mmm-global-mode 'maybe)
address@hidden lisp
-
address@hidden
-in your initialization file. @xref{Global Mode}, for more detailed
-information.
-
-
address@hidden Quick Start, , Installation, Overview
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Getting Started Quickly
-
-Perhaps the simplest way to create submode regions is to do it
-interactively by specifying a region. First you must turn MMM Mode
-on---say, with @kbd{M-x mmm-mode}---then place point and mark around the
-area you want to make into a submode region, type @kbd{C-c % C-r}, and
-enter the desired major mode. @xref{Interactive}, for more details.
-
-A better way to add submode regions is by using submode classes, which
-store a lot of useful information for MMM Mode about how to add and
-manipulate the regions created. @xref{Submode Classes}, for more
-details. There are several sample submode classes that come with MMM
-Mode, which are documented later in this manual. Look through these and
-determine if one of them fits your needs. If so, I suggest reading the
-comments on that mode. Then come back here to find out to use it.
-
-To apply a submode class to a buffer interactively, turn MMM Mode on as
-above, then type @kbd{C-c % C-c} and enter the name of the class.
-Submode regions should be added automatically, if there are any regions
-in the buffer appropriate to the submode class.
-
-If you want a given file to always use a given submode class, you can
-express this in a file variable: add a line containing the string
address@hidden mmm-classes: @var{class} -*-} at the top of the file.
address@hidden Variables, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}, for more information
-and other methods. Now whenever MMM Mode is turned on in that file, it
-will be mmm-ified according to @var{class}. If @code{mmm-global-mode} is
-non-nil, then MMM Mode will turn itself on whenever a file with a
address@hidden local variable is opened. @xref{Global Mode}, for more
-information.
-
-If you want a submode class to apply to @emph{all} files in a certain
-major mode or with a certain extension, add a line such as this to your
-initialization file:
-
address@hidden
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class @var{mode} @var{extension} @var{class})
address@hidden lisp
-
address@hidden
-After this call, any file opened whose name matches the regular
-expression @var{extension} @emph{and} whose default mode is @var{mode}
-will be automatically mmm-ified according to @var{class} (assuming
address@hidden is non-nil). If one of @var{extension} or
address@hidden is @code{nil}, a file need only satisfy the other one to be
-mmm-ified.
-
-You can now read the rest of this manual to learn more about how MMM
-Mode works and how to configure it to your preferences. If none of the
-supplied submode classes fit your needs, then you can try to write your
-own. @xref{Writing Classes}, for more information.
-
address@hidden Basics, Customizing, Overview, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden MMM Mode Basics
-
-This chapter explains the most important parts of how to use MMM Mode.
-
address@hidden
-* MMM Minor Mode:: The Emacs minor mode that manages it all.
-* Submode Classes:: What they are and how to use them.
-* Selecting Classes:: How MMM Mode knows what classes to use.
-* Insertion:: Inserting new submode regions automatically.
-* Re-parsing:: Re-scanning for submode regions.
-* Interactive:: Adding submode regions manually.
-* Global Mode:: Turning MMM Mode on automatically.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden MMM Minor Mode, Submode Classes, Basics, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden The MMM Minor Mode
address@hidden mode, mmm minor
address@hidden minor mode, mmm
address@hidden mmm minor mode
-
-An Emacs minor mode is an optional feature which can be turned on or off
-in a given buffer, independently of the major mode. @xref{Minor Modes, ,
-, emacs, The Emacs Manual}. MMM Mode is implemented as a minor mode
-which manages the submode regions. This minor mode must be turned on in
-a buffer for submode regions to be effective. When activated, the MMM
-Minor mode is denoted by @samp{MMM} in the mode line (@pxref{Mode
-Line}).
-
address@hidden
-* Enabling MMM Mode:: Turning MMM Mode on and off.
-* MMM Mode Keys:: Default key bindings in MMM Mode.
address@hidden menu
-
-
address@hidden Enabling MMM Mode, MMM Mode Keys, MMM Minor Mode, MMM Minor Mode
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Enabling MMM Mode
address@hidden mmm mode, turning on
address@hidden mmm mode, turning off
address@hidden turning on mmm mode
address@hidden turning off mmm mode
address@hidden mmm mode, enabling
address@hidden mmm mode, disabling
address@hidden enabling mmm mode
address@hidden disabling mmm mode
-
-If @code{mmm-global-mode} is address@hidden (@pxref{Global Mode}),
-then the MMM minor mode will be turned on automatically whenever a file
-with associated submode classes is opened (@pxref{Selecting Classes}).
-It is also turned on by interactive mmm-ification (@pxref{Interactive}),
-although the interactive commands do not have key bindings when it is
-not on and must be invoked via @kbd{M-x}. You can also turn it on (or
-off) manually with @kbd{M-x mmm-mode}, in which case it applies all
-submode classes associated with the buffer. Turning MMM Mode off
-automatically removes all submode regions from the buffer.
-
address@hidden Command mmm-mode @var{arg}
-Toggle the state of MMM Mode in the current buffer. If @var{arg} is
-supplied, turn MMM Mode on if and only if @var{arg} is positive.
address@hidden deffn
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-on
-Turn MMM Mode on unconditionally in the current buffer.
address@hidden defun
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-off
-Turn MMM Mode off unconditionally in the current buffer.
address@hidden defun
-
address@hidden mmm-mode
-This variable represents whether MMM Mode is on in the current buffer.
-Do not set this variable directly; use one of the above functions.
address@hidden defvar
-
-
address@hidden MMM Mode Keys, , Enabling MMM Mode, MMM Minor Mode
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Key Bindings in MMM Mode
address@hidden mmm mode key bindings
address@hidden key bindings in mmm mode
address@hidden mmm-insertion-help
address@hidden C-c % h
-
-When MMM Mode is on, it defines a number of key bindings. By default,
-these are bound after the prefix sequence @kbd{C-c %}. Minor mode
-keymaps are supposed to use @kbd{C-c @var{punctuation}} sequences, and I
-find this one to be a good mnemonic because @samp{%} is used by Mason to
-denote special tags. This prefix key can be customized; @ref{Key
-Bindings}.
-
-There are two types of key bindings in MMM Mode: @dfn{commands} and
address@hidden Command bindings run MMM Mode interactive functions to
-do things like re-parse the buffer or end the current submode region,
-and are defined statically as normal Emacs key-bindings. Insertion
-bindings insert submode region skeletons with delimiters into the
-buffer, and are defined dynamically, according to which submode classes
-(@pxref{Submode Classes}) are in effect, via a keymap default binding.
-
-To distinguish between the two, MMM Mode uses distinct modifier keys for
-each. By default, command bindings use the control key (e.g. @kbd{C-c %
-C-b} re-parses the buffer), and insertion bindings do not (e.g. @kbd{C-c
-% p}, when the Mason class is in effect, inserts a
address@hidden<%perl>...</%perl>} region). This makes the command bindings
-different from in previous versions, however, so the variable
address@hidden is provided. If this variable is set to `t'
-before MMM Mode is loaded, the bindings will be reversed: insertion
-bindings will use the control key and command bindings will not.
-
-Normally, Emacs gives help on a prefix command if you type @kbd{C-h}
-after that command (e.g. @kbd{C-x C-h} displays all key bindings
-starting with @kbd{C-x}). Because of how insertion bindings are
-implemented dynamically with a default binding, they do not show up when
-you hit @kbd{C-c % C-h}. For this reason, MMM Mode defines the command
address@hidden % h} which displays a list of all currently valid insertion key
-sequences. If you use the defaults for command and insertion bindings,
-the @kbd{C-h} and @kbd{h} should be mnemonic.
-
-In the rest of this manual, I will assume you are using the defaults for
-the mode prefix (@kbd{C-c %}) and the command and insertion modifiers.
-You can customize them, however; @ref{Key Bindings}.
-
-
address@hidden Submode Classes, Selecting Classes, MMM Minor Mode, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Understanding Submode Classes
address@hidden submode classes
address@hidden classes, submode
-
-A submode class represents a ``type'' of submode region. It specifies
-how to find the regions, what their delimiters look like, what submode
-they should be, how to insert them, and how they behave in other ways.
-It is represented by a symbol, such as @code{mason} or
address@hidden
-
-For example, in the Mason set of classes, there is one class
-representing all @samp{<%...%>} inline Perl regions, and one
-representing regions such as @samp{<%perl>...</%perl>},
address@hidden<%init>...</%init>}, and so on. These are different to Mason, but
-to Emacs they are all just Perl sections, so they are covered by the
-same submode class.
-
-But it would be tedious if whenever we wanted to use the Mason classes,
-we had to specify both of these. (Actually, this is a simplification:
-there are some half a dozen Mason submode classes.) So submode classes
-can also ``group'' others together, and we can refer to the @code{mason}
-class and mean all of them.
-
-The way a submode class is used is to @dfn{apply} it to a buffer. This
-scans the buffer for regions which should be submode regions according
-to that class, and also remembers the class for later, so that new
-submode regions can be inserted and scanned for later.
-
-
address@hidden Selecting Classes, Insertion, Submode Classes, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden How MMM Mode selects submode classes
-
-Submode classes that apply to a buffer come from three sources:
-mode/extension-associated classes, file-local classes, and interactive
-MMM-ification (@pxref{Interactive}). Whenever MMM Mode is turned on in a
-buffer (@pxref{MMM Minor Mode}, and @ref{Global Mode}), it inspects the
-value of two variables to determine which classes to automatically apply
-to the buffer. This covers the first two sources; the latter is covered
-in a later chapter.
-
address@hidden
-* File Classes:: Classes for a single file.
-* Mode-Ext Classes:: Classes for a given mode or extension.
-* Global Classes:: Classes for all MMM Mode buffers.
address@hidden menu
-
-
address@hidden File Classes, Mode-Ext Classes, Selecting Classes, Selecting
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden File-Local Submode Classes
-
address@hidden mmm-classes
-This variable is always buffer-local when set. Its value should be
-either a single symbol or a list of symbols. Each symbol represents a
-submode class that is applied to the buffer.
address@hidden defvar
-
address@hidden is usually set in a file local variables list.
address@hidden Variables, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}. The easiest way to
-do this is for the first line of the file to contain the string
address@hidden mmm-classes: @var{classes} -*-}, where @var{classes} is the
-desired value of @code{mmm-classes} for the file in question. It can
-also be done with a local variables list at the end of the file.
-
-
address@hidden Mode-Ext Classes, Global Classes, File Classes, Selecting Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Submode Classes Associated with Modes and Extensions
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
-This global variable associates certain submode classes with major modes
-and/or file extensions. Its value is a list of elements of the form
address@hidden(@var{mode} @var{ext} @var{class})}. Any buffer whose major mode
-is @var{mode} (a symbol) @emph{and} whose file name matches @var{ext} (a
-regular expression) will automatically have the submode class
address@hidden applied to it.
-
-If @var{mode} is @code{nil}, then only @var{ext} is considered to
-determine if a buffer fits the criteria, and vice versa. Thus if both
address@hidden and @var{ext} are nil, then @var{class} is applied to
address@hidden buffers in which MMM Mode is on. Note that @var{ext} can be
-any regular expression, although its name indicates that it most often
-refers to the file extension.
-
-If @var{class} is the symbol @code{t}, then no submode class is actually
-applied for this association. However, if @code{mmm-global-mode} is
address@hidden and address@hidden, MMM Mode will be turned on in matching
-buffers even if there are no actual submode classes being applied.
address@hidden Mode}.
address@hidden defopt
-
address@hidden mmm-add-mode-ext-class @var{mode} @var{ext} @var{class}
-This function adds an element to @code{mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist},
-associating the submode class @var{class} with the major mode @var{mode}
-and extension @var{ext}.
-
-Older versions of MMM Mode required this function to be used to control
-the value of @code{mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist}, rather than setting it
-directly. In this version it is provided purely for convenience and
-backward compatibility.
address@hidden defun
-
-
address@hidden Global Classes, , Mode-Ext Classes, Selecting Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Globally Applied Classes and the Universal Class
-
-In addition to file-local and mode-ext-associated submode classes, MMM
-Mode also allows you to specify that certain submode classes apply to
address@hidden buffers in which MMM Mode is enabled.
-
address@hidden mmm-global-classes
-This variable's value should be a list of submode classes that apply to
-all buffers with MMM Mode on. It can be overriden in a file local
-variables list, such as to disable global class for a specific file.
-Its default value is @code{(universal)}.
address@hidden defopt
-
-The default global class is the ``universal class'', which is defined in
-the file @file{mmm-univ.el} (loaded automatically), and allows the
-author of text to specify that a certain section of it be in a specific
-major mode. Thus, for example, when writing an email message that
-includes sample code, the author can allow readers of the message (who
-use emacs and MMM) to view the code in the appropriate major mode. The
-syntax used is @address@hidden@address@hidden ... @{%/@address@hidden, where
address@hidden should be the name of the major mode, with or without the
-customary @samp{-mode} suffix: for example, both @samp{cperl} and
address@hidden are acceptable.
-
-The universal class also defines an insertion key, @samp{/}, which
-prompts for the submode to use. @xref{Insertion}. The universal class
-is most useful when @code{mmm-global-mode} is set to @code{t};
address@hidden Mode}.
-
-
address@hidden Insertion, Re-parsing, Selecting Classes, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Inserting new submode regions
-
-So much for noticing submode regions already present when you open a
-file. When editing a file with MMM Mode on, you will often want to add a
-new submode region. MMM Mode provides several facilities to help you.
-The simplest is to just hit a few keys and have the region and its
-delimiters inserted for you.
-
-Each submode class can define an association of keystrokes with
-``skeletons'' to insert a submode region. If there are several submode
-classes enabled in a buffer, it is conceivable that the keys they use
-for insertion might conflict, but unlikely as most buffers will not use
-more than one or two submode classes groups.
-
-As an example of how insertion works, consider the Mason classes. In a
-buffer with MMM Mode enabled and Mason associated, the key sequence
address@hidden % p} inserts the following perl section (the semicolon is to
-prevent CPerl Mode from getting address@hidden):
-
address@hidden
-<%perl>-<-;
--!-
-->-</%perl>
address@hidden example
-
-In this schematic representation, the string @samp{-!-} represents the
-position of point (the cursor), @samp{-<-} represents the beginning of
-the submode region, and @samp{->-} its end.
-
-All insertion keys come after the MMM Mode prefix keys (by default
address@hidden %}; @pxref{Key Bindings}) and are by default single characters
-such as @kbd{p}, @kbd{%}, and @kbd{i}. To avoid confusion, all the MMM
-Mode commands are bound by default to control characters (after the same
-prefix keys), such as @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-%} and @kbd{C-r}. This is a
-change from earlier versions of MMM Mode, and can be customized; see
address@hidden Bindings}.
-
-To find out what insertion keys are available, consult the documentation
-for the submode class you are using. If it is one of the classes
-supplied with MMM Mode, you can find it in this Info file.
-
-Because insertion keys are implemented with a ``default binding'' for
-flexibility, they do not show up in the output of @kbd{C-h m} and cannot
-be found with @kbd{C-h k}. For this reason, MMM Mode supplies the
-command @kbd{C-c % h} (@code{mmm-insertion-help} to view the available
-insertion keys.
-
-
address@hidden Re-parsing, Interactive, Insertion, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Re-Parsing Submode Regions
address@hidden re-parsing submode regions
address@hidden parsing submode regions
address@hidden submode regions, re-parsing
address@hidden regions, submode, re-parsing
address@hidden submode regions, clearing
address@hidden clearing submode regions
address@hidden regions, submode, clearing
address@hidden C-c % C-b
address@hidden C-c % C-g
address@hidden C-c % C-%
address@hidden C-c % C-5
address@hidden C-c % C-k
-
-Describe @code{mmm-parse-buffer}, @code{mmm-parse-region},
address@hidden, and @code{mmm-clear-current-region}.
-
address@hidden Interactive, Global Mode, Re-parsing, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Interactive MMM-ification Functions
address@hidden interactive mmm-ification
address@hidden mmm-ification, interactive
address@hidden mmm-ification by region
address@hidden mmm-ification by regexp
address@hidden mmm-ification by class
address@hidden region, mmm-ification by
address@hidden regexp, mmm-ification by
address@hidden class, mmm-ification by
address@hidden C-c % C-r
address@hidden C-c % C-c
address@hidden C-c % C-x
address@hidden mmm-ification, interactive history
address@hidden history of interactive mmm-ification
address@hidden interactive mmm-ification, history of
-
-There are several commands you can use to create submode regions
-interactively, rather than by applying a submode class to a buffer.
-These commands (in particular, @code{mmm-ify-region}), can be useful
-when editing a file or email message containing a snippet of code in
-some other language. Also see @ref{Global Classes}, for an alternate
-approach to the same problem.
-
address@hidden @kbd
address@hidden C-c % C-r
-Creates a submode region between point and mark. Prompts for the submode
-to use, which must be a valid Emacs major mode name, such as
address@hidden or @code{cperl-mode}. Adds markers to the
-interactive history. (@code{mmm-ify-region})
-
address@hidden C-c % C-c
-Applies an already-defined submode class to the buffer, which it prompts
-for. Adds this class to the interactive history.
-(@code{mmm-ify-by-class})
-
address@hidden C-c % C-x
-Scans the buffer for submode regions (prompts for the submode) using
-front and back regular expressions that it also prompts for. Briefly, it
-starts at the beginning of the buffer and searches for the front regexp.
-If it finds a match, it searches for the back regexp. If it finds a
-match for that as well, it makes a submode region between the two
-matches and continues searching until no more matches are found. Adds
-the regexps to the interactive history. (@code{mmm-ify-by-regexp})
-
address@hidden table
-
-These commands are also useful when designing a new submode class
-(@pxref{Submode Classes}). Working with the regexps interactively can
-make it easier to debug and tune the class before starting to use it on
-automatic. All these commands also add to value of the following
-variable.
-
address@hidden mmm-interactive-history
-Stores a history of all interactive mmm-ification that has been
-performed in the current buffer. This way, for example, the re-parsing
-functions (@pxref{Re-parsing}) will respect interactively added regions,
-and the insertion keys for classes that were added interactively are
-available.
address@hidden defvar
-
-If for any reason you want to ``wipe the slate clean'', this command
-should help you. By default, it has no key binding, so you must invoke
-it with @kbd{M-x mmm-clear-history @key{RET}}.
-
address@hidden Command mmm-clear-history
-Clears all history of interactive mmm-ification in the current buffer.
-This command does not affect existing submode regions; to remove them,
-you may want to re-parse the buffer with @kbd{C-c % C-b}
-(@code{mmm-parse-buffer}).
address@hidden deffn
-
-
address@hidden Global Mode, , Interactive, Basics
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden MMM Global Mode
address@hidden mode, mmm global
address@hidden global mmm mode
address@hidden mmm global mode
address@hidden mmm-never-modes
-
-When a file has associated submode classes (@pxref{Selecting Classes}),
-you may want MMM Mode to turn itself on and parse that file for submode
-regions automatically whenever it is opened in an Emacs buffer. The
-value of the following variable controls when MMM Mode turns itself on
-automatically.
-
address@hidden mmm-global-mode
-Do not be misled by the fact that this variable's name ends in
address@hidden: it is not a simple on/off switch. There are three possible
-(meanings of) values for it: @code{t}, @code{nil}, and anything else.
-
-When this variable is @code{nil}, MMM Mode is never enabled
-automatically. If it is enabled manually, such as by typing @kbd{M-x
-mmm-mode}, any submode classes associated with the buffer will still be
-used, however.
-
-When this variable is @code{t}, MMM Mode is enabled automatically in
address@hidden buffers, including those not visiting files, except those
-whose major mode is an element of @code{mmm-never-modes}. The default
-value of this variable contains modes such as @code{help-mode} and
address@hidden in which most users would never want MMM Mode, and
-in which MMM might cause problems.
-
-When this variable is neither @code{nil} nor @code{t}, MMM Mode is
-enabled automatically in all buffers that would have associated submode
-classes; i.e. only if there would be something for it to do. The value
-of @code{mmm-never-modes} is still respected, however. Note that this
-can include buffers not visiting files, if that buffer's major mode is
-present in @code{mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist} with a @code{nil} value for
address@hidden (@pxref{Mode-Ext Classes}). Submode class values of @code{t}
-in @code{mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist} cause MMM Mode to be enabled in
-matching buffers, but supply no submode classes to be applied.
address@hidden defopt
-
address@hidden
-* Major Mode Hook:: Using MMM's Major Mode Hook
address@hidden menu
-
-
address@hidden Major Mode Hook, , Global Mode, Global Mode
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden The Major Mode Hook
address@hidden hook, major mode
address@hidden major mode hook
address@hidden mmm-major-mode-hook
-
-This section is intended for users who understand Emacs Lisp and want to
-know how MMM Global Mode is implemented, and perhaps use the same
-technique. In fact, MMM Mode exports a hook variable that you can use
-easily, without understanding any of the details---see below.
-
-In order to enable itself in @emph{all} buffers, however, MMM Mode has
-to hook itself into all major modes. Global Font Lock Mode from the
-standard Emacs distribution (@pxref{Font Lock, , , emacs, The Emacs
-Manual}) has a similar problem, and solves it by adding a function to
address@hidden, which is run by
address@hidden, which is run in turn by all major mode
-functions at the @emph{beginning}. This function stores a list of which
-buffers need fontification. It then adds a different function to
address@hidden, which checks if the current buffer needs
-fontification, and if so performs it. MMM Global Mode uses the same
-technique.
-
-In the interests of generality, and for your use, the function that MMM
-Mode runs in @code{post-command-hook} (@code{mmm-run-major-mode-hook})
-is not specific to MMM Mode, but rather runs the hook variable
address@hidden, which by default contains a function
-(@code{mmm-mode-on-maybe}) which possibly turns MMM Mode on, depending
-on the value of @code{mmm-global-mode}. Thus, to run another function
-in all major modes, all you need to do is add it to this hook. For
-example, the following line in an initialization file will turn on Auto
-Fill Mode (@pxref{Auto Fill, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) in all
-buffers:
-
address@hidden
-(add-hook 'mmm-major-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
address@hidden lisp
-
address@hidden Customizing, Supplied Classes, Basics, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Customizing MMM Mode
-
-This chapter explains how to customize the appearance and functioning of
-MMM Mode however you want.
-
address@hidden
-* Region Coloring:: Changing or removing background colors.
-* Preferred Modes:: Choosing which major modes to use.
-* Mode Line:: What is displayed in the mode line.
-* Key Bindings:: Customizing the MMM Mode key bindings.
-* Local Variables:: What local variables are saved for submodes.
-* Changing Classes:: Changing the supplied submode classes.
-* Hooks:: How to make MMM Mode run your code.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Region Coloring, Preferred Modes, Customizing, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Customizing Region Coloring
address@hidden faces, submode
address@hidden submode faces
address@hidden customizing submode faces
address@hidden default submode face
-
-By default, MMM Mode highlights all submode regions with a background
-color. There are three levels of this decoration, controlled by the
-following variable:
-
address@hidden mmm-submode-decoration-level
-This variable controls the level of coloring of submode regions. It
-should be one of the integers 0, 1, or 2, representing (respectively)
-none, low, and high coloring.
address@hidden defopt
-
-No coloring means exactly that. Submode regions have the same
-background as the rest of the text. This produces the minimal
-interference with font-lock coloration. In particular, if you want to
-use background colors for font-lock, this may be a good idea, because
-the submode highlight, if present, overrides any font-lock background
-coloring.
-
-Low coloring uses the same background color for all submode regions.
-This color is specified with the face @code{mmm-default-submode-face}
-(@pxref{Faces, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) which can be customized,
-either through the Emacs ``customize'' interface or using direct Lisp
-commands such as @code{set-face-background}. Of course, other aspects
-of the face can also be set, such as the foreground color, bold,
-underline, etc. These are more likely to conflict with font-lock,
-however, so only a background color is recommended.
-
-High coloring uses multiple background colors, depending on the function
-of the submode region. The recognized functions and their meanings are
-as follows:
-
address@hidden @samp
address@hidden init
-Code that is executed at the beginning of (something), as initialization
-of some sort.
-
address@hidden cleanup
-Code that is executed at the end of (something), as some sort of clean
-up facility.
-
address@hidden declaration
-Code that provides declarations of some sort, perhaps global or local
-arguments, variables, or methods.
-
address@hidden comment
-Text that is not executed as code, but instead serves to document the
-code around it. Submode regions of this function often use a mode such
-as Text Mode rather than a programming language mode.
-
address@hidden output
-An expression that is evaluated and its value interpolated into the
-output produced.
-
address@hidden code
-Executed code not falling under any other category.
-
address@hidden special
-Submode regions not falling under any other category, such as component
-calls.
-
address@hidden table
-
-The different background colors are provided by the faces
address@hidden@var{function}-submode-face}, which can be customized in the
-same way as @code{mmm-default-submode-face}.
-
-
address@hidden Preferred Modes, Mode Line, Region Coloring, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Preferred Major Modes
-
-Certain of the supplied submode classes know only the language that
-certain sections are written in, but not what major mode you prefer to
-use to edit such code. For example, many people prefer CPerl mode over
-Perl mode; you may have a special mode for Javascript or just use C++
-mode. This variable allows you to tell submodes such as Mason
-(@pxref{Mason}) and Embedded Javascript (@pxref{Javascript}) what major
-mode to use for the submodes:
-
address@hidden mmm-major-mode-preferences
-The elements of this list are cons cells of the form
address@hidden(@var{language} . @var{mode})}. @var{language} should be a symbol
-such as @code{perl}, @code{html-js}, or @code{java}, while @var{mode}
-should be the name of a major mode such as @code{perl-mode},
address@hidden, @code{javascript-mode}, or @code{c++-mode}.
-
-You probably won't have to set this variable at all; MMM tries to make
-intelligent guesses about what modes you prefer. For example, if a
-function called @code{javascript-mode} exists, it is chosen, otherwise
address@hidden is used. Similarly for @code{jde-mode} and
address@hidden
address@hidden defopt
-
-If you do need to change the defaults, you may find the following
-function convenient.
-
address@hidden mmm-set-major-mode-preferences @var{language} @var{mode}
&optional @var{default}
-Set the preferred major mode for LANGUAGE to MODE. If there is already
-a mode specified for LANGUAGE, and DEFAULT is nil or unsupplied, then it
-is changed. If DEFAULT is non-nil, then any existing mode is unchanged.
-This is used by packages to ensure that some mode is present, but not
-override any user-specified mode. If you are not writing a submode
-class, you should ignore the third argument.
address@hidden defun
-
-Thus, for example, to use @code{my-java-mode} for Java code, you would
-use the following line:
-
address@hidden
-(mmm-set-major-mode-preferences 'java 'my-java-mode)
address@hidden lisp
-
-
address@hidden Mode Line, Key Bindings, Preferred Modes, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Customizing the Mode Line Display
-
-By default, when in a submode region, MMM Mode changes the section of
-the mode line (@pxref{Mode Line, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) that
-normally displays the major mode name---for example, @samp{HTML}---to
-instead show both the dominant major mode and the currently active
-submode---for example, @samp{HTML[CPerl]}. You can change this format,
-however.
-
address@hidden mmm-submode-mode-line-format
-The value of this variable should be a string containing one or both of
-the escape sequences @samp{~M} and @samp{~m}. The string displayed in
-the major mode section of the mode line when in a submode is obtained by
-replacing all occurrences of @samp{~M} with the dominant major mode name
-and @samp{~m} with the currently active submode name. For example, to
-display only the currently active submode, set this variable to
address@hidden The default value is @samp{~M[~m]}.
address@hidden defopt
-
-The MMM minor mode also normally displays the string @samp{MMM} in the
-minor mode section of the mode line to indicate when it is active. You
-can customize or disable this as well.
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-string
-This string is displayed in the minor mode section of the mode line when
-the MMM minor mode is active. If nonempty, it should begin with a space
-to separate the MMM indicator from that of other minor modes. To
-eliminate the indicator entirely, set this variable to the empty string.
address@hidden defopt
-
-
address@hidden Key Bindings, Local Variables, Mode Line, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Customizing the MMM Mode Key Bindings
-
-The default MMM Mode key bindings are explained in @ref{MMM Mode Keys},
-and in @ref{Insertion}. There are a couple of ways to customize these
-bindings.
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-prefix-key
-The value of this variable (default is @kbd{C-c %}) should be a key
-sequence to use as the prefix for the MMM Mode keymap. Minor modes
-typically use @kbd{C-c} followed by a punctuation character, but you can
-change it to any user-available key sequence. To have an effect, this
-variable should be set before MMM Mode is loaded.
address@hidden defopt
-
address@hidden mmm-use-old-command-keys
-When this variable is @code{nil}, MMM Mode commands use the control
-modifier and insertion keys no modifier. Any other value switches the
-two, so that @code{mmm-parse-buffer}, for example, is bound to @kbd{C-c
-% b}, while perl-section insertion in the Mason class is bound to
address@hidden % C-p}. This variable should be set before MMM Mode is loaded
-to have an effect.
address@hidden defopt
-
-When MMM is loaded, it uses the value of @code{mmm-use-old-command-keys}
-to set the values of the variables @code{mmm-command-modifiers} and
address@hidden, so if you prefer you can set these
-variables instead. They should each be a list of key modifiers, such as
address@hidden(control)} or @code{()}. The Meta modifier is used in some of the
-command and insertion keys, so it should not be used, and the Shift
-modifier is not particularly portable between Emacsen---if it works for
-you, feel free to use it. Other modifiers, such as Hyper and Super, are
-not universally available, but are valid when present.
-
-
address@hidden Local Variables, Changing Classes, Key Bindings, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Changing Saved Local Variables
-
-A lot of the functionality of MMM Mode---that which makes the major mode
-appear to change---is implemented by saving and restoring the values of
-local variables, or pseudo-variables. You can customize what variables
-are saved, and how, with the following variable.
-
address@hidden mmm-save-local-variables
-At its simplest, this is a list each of whose elements is a buffer-local
-variable whose value is saved and restored for each major mode. Each
-elements can also, however, be a list whose first element is the
-variable symbol and whose subsequent elements specify how and where the
-variable is to be saved. The second element of the list, if present,
-should be one of the symbols @code{global}, @code{buffer}, or
address@hidden If not present, the default value is @code{global}. The
-third element, if present, should be a list of major mode symbols in
-which to save the variable. In the list form, the variable symbol
-itself can be replaced with a cons cell of two functions, one to get the
-value and one to set the value. This is called a ``pseudo-variable''.
address@hidden defvar
-
-Globally saved variables are the same in all (MMM-controlled) buffers
-and submode regions of each major mode listed in the third argument, or
-all major modes if it is @code{t} or not present. Buffer-saved
-variables are the same in all submode regions of a given major mode in
-each buffer, and region-saved variables can be different for each
-submode region.
-
-Pseudo-variables are used, for example, to save and restore the syntax
-table (@pxref{Syntax, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) and mode keymaps
-(@pxref{Keymaps, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}).
-
-
address@hidden Changing Classes, Hooks, Local Variables, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Changing the Supplied Submode Classes
-
-If you need to use MMM with a syntax for which a submode class is not
-supplied, and you have some facility with Emacs Lisp, you can write your
-own; see @ref{Writing Classes}. However, sometimes you will only want
-to make a slight change to one of the supplied submode classes. You can
-do this, after that class is loaded, with the following functions.
-
address@hidden mmm-set-class-parameter @var{class} @var{param} @var{value}
-Set the value of the keyword parameter @var{param} of the submode class
address@hidden to @var{value}. @xref{Writing Classes}, for an explanation
-of the meaning of each keyword parameter. This creates a new parameter
-if one is not already present in the class.
address@hidden defun
-
address@hidden mmm-get-class-parameter @var{class} @var{param}
-Get the value of the keyword parameter @var{param} for the submode class
address@hidden Returns @code{nil} if there is no such parameter.
address@hidden defun
-
-
-
address@hidden Hooks, , Changing Classes, Customizing
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Hooks Provided by MMM Mode
-
-MMM Mode defines several hook variables (@pxref{Hooks, , , emacs, The
-Emacs Manual}) which are run at different times. The most often used is
address@hidden which is described in @ref{Major Mode Hook},
-but there are a couple others.
-
address@hidden mmm-mode-hook
-This normal hook is run whenever MMM Mode is enabled in a buffer.
address@hidden defvar
-
address@hidden address@hidden
-This is actually a whole set of hook variables, a different one for
-every major mode. Whenever MMM Mode is enabled in a buffer, the
-corresponding hook variable for the dominant major mode is run.
address@hidden defvar
-
address@hidden address@hidden
-Again, this is a set of one hook variable per major mode. These hooks
-are run whenever a submode region of the corresponding major mode is
-created in any buffer, with point at the start of the new submode
-region.
address@hidden defvar
-
address@hidden address@hidden
-This is a set of one hook variable per submode class. These hooks are
-run when a submode class is first applied to a given buffer.
address@hidden defvar
-
-Submode classes also have a @code{:creation-hook} parameter which should
-be a function to run whenever a submode region is created with that
-class, with point at the beginning of the submode region. This can be
-set for supplied submode classes with @code{mmm-set-class-parameter};
address@hidden Classes}.
-
-
address@hidden Supplied Classes, Writing Classes, Customizing, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Supplied Submode Classes
-
-This chapter describes the submode classes that are supplied with MMM
-Mode.
-
address@hidden
-* Mason:: Mason server-side Perl in HTML.
-* File Variables:: Elisp code in File Variables.
-* Here-documents:: Code in shell and Perl here-documents.
-* Javascript:: Javascript embedded in HTML.
-* Embedded CSS:: CSS Styles embedded in HTML.
-* Embperl:: Another syntax for Perl in HTML.
-* ePerl:: A general Perl-embedding syntax.
-* JSP:: Java code embedded in HTML.
-* RPM:: Shell scripts in RPM Spec Files.
-* Noweb:: Noweb literate programs.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Mason, File Variables, Supplied Classes, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Mason: Perl in HTML
-
-Mason is a syntax to embed Perl code in HTML and other documents. See
address@hidden://www.masonhq.com} for more information. The submode class
-for Mason components is called `mason' and is loaded on demand from
-`mmm-mason.el'. The current Mason class is intended to correctly
-recognize all syntax valid in Mason @value{MASON_VERSION}. There are
-insertion keys for most of the available syntax; use
address@hidden (@kbd{C-c % h} by default) with Mason on to
-get a list.
-
-If you want to have mason submodes automatically in all Mason files, you
-can use automatic mode and filename associations; the details depend on
-what you call your Mason components and what major mode you use.
address@hidden Classes}. If you use an extension for your Mason files
-that emacs does not automatically place in your preferred HTML Mode, you
-will probably want to associate that extension with your HTML Mode as
-well; @ref{Choosing Modes, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}. This also goes
-for ``special'' Mason files such as autohandlers and dhandlers.
-
-The Perl mode used is controlled by the user: @xref{Preferred Modes}.
-The default is to use CPerl mode, if present. Unfortunately, there are
-also certain problems with CPerl mode in submode regions. (Not to say
-that the original perl-mode would do any better---it hasn't been much
-tried.) First of all, the first line of a Perl section is usually
-indented as if it were a continuation line. A fix for this is to start
-with a semicolon on the first line. The insertion key commands do this
-whenever the Mason syntax allows it.
-
address@hidden
-<%perl>;
-print $var;
-</%perl>
address@hidden example
-
-In addition, some users have reported that the CPerl indentation
-sometimes does not work. This problem has not yet been tracked down,
-however, and more data about when it happens would be helpful.
-
-Some people have reported problems using PSGML with Mason. Adding the
-following line to a @file{.emacs} file should suffice to turn PSGML off
-and cause emacs to use a simpler HTML mode:
-
address@hidden
-(autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "HTML Mode" t)
address@hidden lisp
-
-Earlier versions of PSGML may require instead the following fix:
-
address@hidden
-(delete '("\\.html$" . sgml-html-mode) auto-mode-alist)
-(delete '("\\.shtml$" . sgml-html-mode) auto-mode-alist)
address@hidden lisp
-
-Other users report using PSGML with Mason and MMM Mode without
-difficulty. If you don't have problems and want to use PSGML, you may
-need to replace @code{html-mode} in the suggested code with
address@hidden (Depending on your version of PSGML, this may
-not be necessary.) Similarly, if you are using XEmacs and want to use
-the alternate HTML mode @code{hm--html-mode}, replace @code{html-mode}
-with that symbol.
-
-One problem that crops up when using PSGML with Mason is that even
-ignoring the special tags and Perl code (which, as I've said, haven't
-caused me any problems), Mason components often are not a complete SGML
-document. For instance, my autohandlers often say
-
address@hidden
-<body>
- <% $m->call_next %>
-</body>
address@hidden example
-
-in which case the actual components contain no doctype declaration,
address@hidden<html>}, @code{<head>}, or @code{<body>}, confusing PSGML. One
-solution I've found is to use the variable @code{sgml-parent-document}
-in such incomplete components; try, for example, these lines at the end
-of a component.
-
address@hidden
-%# Local Variables:
-%# sgml-parent-document: ("autohandler" "body" nil ("body"))
-%# sgml-doctype: "/top/level/autohandler"
-%# End:
address@hidden example
-
-This tells PSGML that the current file is a sub-document of the file
address@hidden and is included inside a @code{<body>} tag, thus
-alleviating its confusion.
-
-
address@hidden File Variables, Here-documents, Mason, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Elisp in a Local Variables List
-
-Emacs allows the author of a file to specify major and minor modes to be
-used while editing that file, as well as specifying values for other
-local Elisp variables, with a File Variables list. @xref{File
-Variables, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}. Since file variables values
-are Elisp objects (and with the @code{eval} special ``variable'', they
-are forms to be evaluated), one might want to edit them in
address@hidden The submode class @code{file-variables} allows
-this, and is suitable for turning on in a given file with
address@hidden, or in all files with @code{mmm-global-classes}.
-
-
address@hidden Here-documents, Javascript, File Variables, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Here-documents
-
-One of the long-time standard syntaxes for outputting large amounts of
-code (or text, or HTML, or whatever) from a script (notably shell
-scripts and Perl scripts) is the here-document syntax:
-
address@hidden
-print <<END_HTML;
-<html>
- <head>
- <title>Test Page</title>
- </head>
- <body>
-END_HTML
address@hidden example
-
-The @code{here-doc} submode class recognizes this syntax, and can even
-guess the correct submode to use in many cases. For instance, it would
-put the above example in @code{html-mode}, noticing the string
address@hidden in the name of the here-document. If you use less than
-evocative here-document names, or if the submode is recognized
-incorrectly for any other reason, you can tell it explicitly what
-submode to use.
-
address@hidden mmm-here-doc-mode-alist
-The value of this variable should be an alist, each element a cons pair
-associating a regular expression to a submode symbol. Whenever a
-here-document name matches one of these regexps, the corresponding
-submode is applied. For example, if this variable contains the element
address@hidden("CODE" . cc-mode)}, then any here-document whose name contains
-the string @samp{CODE} will be put in @code{cc-mode}. The value of this
-variable overrides any guessing that the @code{here-doc} submode class
-would do otherwise.
address@hidden defopt
-
-
address@hidden Javascript, Embedded CSS, Here-documents, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Javascript in HTML
-
-The submode class @code{html-js} allows for embedding Javascript code in
-HTML documents. It recognizes both this syntax:
-
address@hidden
-<script language="Javascript">
-function foo(...) @{
- ...
address@hidden
-</script>
address@hidden example
-
-and this syntax:
-
address@hidden
-<input type="button" onClick="validate();">
address@hidden example
-
-The mode used for Javascript regions is controlled by the user;
address@hidden Modes}.
-
-
address@hidden Embedded CSS, Embperl, Javascript, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden CSS embedded in HTML
-
-CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) can also be embedded in HTML. The
address@hidden submode class recognizes this syntax:
-
address@hidden
-<style>
-h1 @{
- ...
address@hidden
-</style>
address@hidden example
-
-It uses @code{css-mode} if present, @code{c++-mode} otherwise. This can
-be customized: @xref{Preferred Modes}.
-
-
address@hidden Embperl, ePerl, Embedded CSS, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Embperl: More Perl in HTML
-
-Embperl is another syntax for embedding Perl in HTML. See
address@hidden://perl.apache.org/embperl} for more information. The
address@hidden submode class recognizes most if not all of the Embperl
-embedding syntax. Its Perl mode is also controllable by the user;
address@hidden Modes}.
-
-
address@hidden ePerl, JSP, Embperl, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden ePerl: General Perl Embedding
-
-Yet another syntax for embedding Perl is called ePerl. See
address@hidden://www.engelschall.com/sw/eperl/} for more information. The
address@hidden submode class handles this syntax, using the Perl mode
-specified by the user; @xref{Preferred Modes}.
-
-
address@hidden JSP, RPM, ePerl, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden JSP: Java Embedded in HTML
-
-JSP (Java Server Pages) is a syntax for embedding Java code in HTML.
-The submode class @code{jsp} handles this syntax, using a Java mode
-specified by the user; @xref{Preferred Modes}. The default is
address@hidden if present, otherwise @code{java-mode}.
-
-
address@hidden RPM, Noweb, JSP, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden RPM Spec Files
-
address@hidden contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode class
-for editing shell script sections within RPM (Redhat Package Manager)
-spec files. It is recommended for use in combination with
address@hidden by Stig Bj�rlykke <stigb@@tihlde.hist.no> and
-Steve Sanbeg <sanbeg@@dset.com>
-(@uref{http://www.xemacs.org/~stigb/rpm-spec-mode.el}).
-
-Suggested setup code:
-
address@hidden
-(add-to-list 'mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- '(rpm-spec-mode "\\.spec\\'" rpm-sh))
address@hidden lisp
-
-Thanks to Marcus Harnisch <Marcus.Harnisch@@gmx.net> for contributing
-this submode class.
-
address@hidden Noweb, , RPM, Supplied Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Noweb literate programming
-
address@hidden contains the definition of an MMM Mode submode
-class for editing Noweb documents. Most Noweb documents use \LaTeX
-for the documentation chunks. Code chunks in Noweb are
-document-specific, and the mode may be set with a local variable
-setting in the document. The variable @var{mmm-noweb-code-mode}
-controls the global code chunk mode. Since Noweb files may have many
-languages in their code chunks, this mode also allows setting the mode
-by specifying a mode in the first line or two of a code chunk, using
-the normal Emacs first-line mode setting syntax. Note that this
-first-line mode setting only matches a single word for the mode name,
-and does not support the variable name setting of the generalized
-first file line syntax.
-
address@hidden
-% -*- mode: latex; mmm-noweb-code-mode: c++; -*-
-% First chunk delimiter!
-@
-\noweboptions{smallcode}
-
-\title{Sample Noweb File}
-\author{Joe Kelsey\\
-\nwanchorto{mailto:address@hidden address@hidden
-\maketitle
-
-@
-\section{Introduction}
-Normal noweb documentation for the required [[*]] chunk.
-<<*>>=
-// C++ mode here!
-// We might list the program here, or simply included chunks.
-<<myfile.cc>>
-@ %def myfile.cc
-
-@
-\section{[[myfile.cc]]}
-This is [[myfile.cc]]. MMM noweb-mode understands code quotes in
-documentation.
-<<myfile.cc>>=
-// This section is indented separately from previous.
-@
-
-@
-\section{A Perl Chunk}
-We need a Perl chunk.
-<<myfile.pl>>=
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# -*- perl -*-
-# Each differently named chunk is flowed separately.
-@
-
-\section{Finish [[myfile.cc]]}
-When we resume a previously defined chunk, they are indented together.
-<<myfile.cc>>=
-// Pick up where we left off...
-@
-
address@hidden verbatim
-
-The quoted code chunks inside documentation chunks are given the mode
-found in the variable @var{mmm-noweb-quote-mode}, if set, or the value
-in @var{mmm-noweb-code-mode} otherwise. Also, each quoted chunk is
-set to have a unique name to prevent them from being indented as a
-unit.
-
-Suggested setup code:
address@hidden
-(mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'latex-mode "\\.nw\\'" 'noweb)
-(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.nw\\'" . latex-mode))
address@hidden lisp
-
-In mmm-noweb buffers, each differently-named code chunk has a
-different @code{:name}, allowing all chunks with the same name to get
-indented together.
-
-This mode also supplies special paragraph filling operations for use
-in documentation areas of the buffer. From a primary-mode
-(@code{latex-mode, , emacs}) region, pressing @kbd{C-c % C-q} will mark all
-submode regions with word syntax (@code{mmm-word-other-regions}), fill
-the current paragraph (@code{(fill-paragraph justify)}), and remove the
-syntax markings (@code{mmm-undo-syntax-other-regions}).
-
-Thanks to Joe Kelsey <joe@@zircon.seattle.wa.us> for contributing this
-class.
-
-
address@hidden Writing Classes, Indices, Supplied Classes, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Writing Submode Classes
-
-Sometimes (perhaps often) you may want to use MMM with a syntax for
-which it is suited, but for which no submode is supplied. In such cases
-you may have to write your own submode class. This chapter briefly
-describes how to write a submode class, from the basic to the advanced,
-with examples.
-
address@hidden
-* Basic Classes:: Writing a simple submode class.
-* Paired Delimiters:: Matching paired delimiters.
-* Region Placement:: Placing the region more accurately.
-* Submode Groups:: Grouping several classes together.
-* Calculated Submodes:: Deciding the submode at run-time.
-* Calculated Faces:: Deciding the display face at run-time.
-* Insertion Commands:: Inserting regions automatically.
-* Region Names:: Naming regions for syntax grouping.
-* Other Hooks:: Running code at arbitrary points.
-* Delimiters:: Controlling delimiter overlays.
-* Misc Keywords:: Other miscellaneous options.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Basic Classes, Paired Delimiters, Writing Classes, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Writing Basic Submode Classes
address@hidden simple submode classes
address@hidden submode classes, simple
-
-Writing a submode class can become rather complex, if the syntax to
-match is complicated and you want to take advantage of some of MMM
-Mode's extra features. But a simple submode class is not particularly
-difficult to write. This section describes the basics of writing
-submode classes.
-
-Submode classes are stored in the variable @code{mmm-classes-alist}.
-Each element of this list represents a single submode class. For
-convenience, the function @code{mmm-add-classes} takes a list of submode
-classes and adds them all to this alist. Each class is represented by a
-list containing the class name---a symbol such as @code{mason} or
address@hidden by pairs of keywords and arguments called a
address@hidden specifier}. For example, consider the specifier for the
-submode class @code{embedded-css}:
-
address@hidden
-(mmm-add-classes
- '((embedded-css
- :submode css
- :face mmm-declaration-submode-face
- :front "<style[^>]*>"
- :back "</style>")))
address@hidden lisp
-
-The name of the submode is @code{embedded-css}, the first element of the
-list. The rest of the list consists of pairs of keywords (symbols
-beginning with a colon) such as @code{:submode} and @code{:front}, and
-arguments, such as @code{css} and @code{"<style[^>]*>"}. It is the
-keywords and arguments that specify how the submode works. The order of
-keywords is not important; all that matters is the arguments that follow
-them.
-
-The three most important keywords are @code{:submode}, @code{:front},
-and @code{:back}. The argument following @code{:submode} names the
-major mode to use in submode regions. It can be either a symbol naming
-a major mode, such as @code{text-mode} or @code{c++-mode}, or a symbol
-to look up in @code{mmm-major-mode-preferences} (@pxref{Preferred
-Modes}) such as @code{css}, as in this case.
-
-The arguments following @code{:front} and @code{:back} are regular
-expressions (@pxref{Regexps, , , emacs, The Emacs Manual}) that should
-match the delimiter strings which begin and end the submode regions. In
-our example, CSS regions begin with a @samp{<style>} tag, possibly with
-parameters, and end with a @samp{</style>} tag.
-
-The argument following @code{:face} specifies the face (background
-color) to use when @code{mmm-submode-decoration-level} is 2 (high
-coloring). @xref{Region Coloring}, for a list of canonical available
-faces.
-
-There are many more possible keywords arguments. In the following
-sections, we will examine each of them and their uses in writing submode
-classes.
-
-
address@hidden Paired Delimiters, Region Placement, Basic Classes, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Matching Paired Delimiters
-
-A simple pair of regular expressions does not always suffice to exactly
-specify the beginning and end of submode regions correctly. For this
-reason, there are several other possible keyword/argument pairs which
-influence the matching process.
-
-Many submode regions are marked by paired delimiters. For example, the
-tags used by Mason (@pxref{Mason}) include @samp{<%init>...</%init>} and
address@hidden<%args>...</%args>}. It would be possible to write a separate
-submode class for each type of region, but there is an easier way: the
-keyword argument @code{:save-matches}. If supplied and non-nil, it
-causes the regular expression @code{:back}, before being searched for,
-to be formatted by replacing all strings of the form @address@hidden
-(where @var{N} is an integer) with the corresponding numbered
-subexpression of the match for @code{:front}. As an example, here is an
-excerpt from the @code{here-doc} submode class. @xref{Here-documents},
-for more information about this submode.
-
address@hidden
-:front "<<\\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\)"
-:back "^~1$"
-:save-matches 1
address@hidden lisp
-
-The regular expression for @code{:front} matches @samp{<<} followed by a
-string of one or more alphanumeric characters, underscores, and dashes.
-The latter string, which happens to be the name of the here-document, is
-saved as the first subexpression, since it is surrounded by
address@hidden(...\)}. Then, because the value of @code{:save-matches} is
-present and non-nil, the string @samp{~1} is replaced in the value of
address@hidden:back} by the name of the here-document, thus creating a regular
-expression to match the correct ending delimiter.
-
-
address@hidden Region Placement, Submode Groups, Paired Delimiters, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Placing Submode Regions Precisely
-
-Normally, a submode region begins immediately after the end of the
-string matching the @code{:front} regular expression and ends
-immediately before the beginning of the string matching the @code{:back}
-regular expression. This can be changed with the keywords
address@hidden:include-front} and @code{:include-back}. If their arguments are
address@hidden, or they do not appear, the default behavior is unchanged.
-But if the argument of @code{:include-front} (respectively,
address@hidden:include-back}) is non-nil, the submode region will begin
-(respectively, end) immediately before (respectively, after) the string
-matching the @code{:front} (respectively, @code{:back}) regular
-expression. In other words, these keywords specify whether or not the
-delimiter strings are @emph{included} in the submode region.
-
-When @code{:front} and @code{:back} are regexps, the delimiter is
-normally considered to be the entire matched region. This can be
-changed using the @code{:front-match} and @code{:back-match}
-keywords. The values of the keywords is a number specifying the
-submatch. This defaults to zero (specifying the whole regexp).
-
-Two more keywords which affect the placement of the region
address@hidden:front-offset} and @code{:back-offset}, which both take integers
-as arguments. The argument of @code{:front-offset} (respectively,
address@hidden:back-offset}) gives the distance in characters from the beginning
-(respectively, ending) location specified so far, to the actual point
-where the submode region begins (respectively, ends). For example, if
address@hidden:include-front} is nil or unsupplied and @code{:front-offset} is
-2, the submode region will begin two characters after the end of the
-match for @code{:front}, and if @code{:include-back} is non-nil and
address@hidden:back-offset} is -1, the region will end one character before the
-end of the match for @code{:back}.
-
-In addition to integers, the arguments of @code{:front-offset} and
address@hidden:back-offset} can be functions which are invoked to move the point
-from the position specified by the matches and inclusions to the correct
-beginning or end of the submode region, or lists whose elements are
-either functions or numbers and whose effects are applied in sequence.
-To help disentangle these options, here is another excerpt from the
address@hidden submode class:
-
address@hidden
-:front "<<\\([a-zA-Z0-9_-]+\\)"
-:front-offset (end-of-line 1)
-:back "^~1$"
-:save-matches 1
address@hidden lisp
-
-Here the value of @code{:front-offset} is the list @code{(end-of-line
-1)}, meaning that from the end of the match for @code{:front}, go to the
-end of the line, and then one more character forward (thus to the
-beginning of the next line), and begin the submode region there. This
-coincides with the normal behavior of here-documents: they begin on the
-following line and go until the ending flag.
-
-If the @code{:back} should not be able to start a new submode region,
-set the @code{:end-not-begin} keyword to non-nil.
-
address@hidden Submode Groups, Calculated Submodes, Region Placement, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Defining Groups of Submodes
-
-Sometimes more than one submode class is required to accurately reflect
-the behavior of a single type of syntax. For example, Mason has three
-very different types of Perl regions: blocks bounded by matched tags
-such as @samp{<%perl>...</%perl>}, inline output expressions bounded by
address@hidden<%...%>}, and single lines of code which simply begin with a
address@hidden character. In cases like these, it is possible to specify an
-``umbrella'' class, to turn all these classes on or off together.
-
address@hidden mmm-add-group @var{group} @var{classes}
-The submode classes @var{classes}, which should be a list of lists,
-similar to what might be passed to @code{mmm-add-classes}, are added
-just as by that function. Furthermore, another class named
address@hidden is added, which encompasses all the classes in
address@hidden
address@hidden defun
-
-Technically, an group class is specified with a @code{:classes} keyword
-argument, and the subsidiary classes are given a non-nil @code{:private}
-keyword argument to make them invisible. But in general, all you should
-ever need to know is how to invoke the function above.
-
address@hidden mmm-add-to-group @var{group} @var{classes}
-Adds a list of classes to an already existing group. This can be
-used, for instance, to add a new quoting definition to @var{html-js}
-using this example to add the quote characters ``%=%'':
-
address@hidden
-(mmm-add-to-group 'html-js '((js-html
- :submode javascript
- :face mmm-code-submode-face
- :front "%=%"
- :back "%=%"
- :end-not-begin t)))
address@hidden lisp
address@hidden defun
-
-
address@hidden Calculated Submodes, Calculated Faces, Submode Groups, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Calculating the Correct Submode
-
-In most cases, the author of a submode class will know in advance what
-major mode to use, such as @code{text-mode} or @code{c++-mode}. If
-there are multiple possible modes that the user might desire, then
address@hidden should be used (@pxref{Preferred
-Modes}). The function @code{mmm-set-major-mode-preferences} can be
-used, with a third argument, to ensure than the mode is present.
-
-In some cases, however, the author has no way of knowing in advance even
-what language the submode region will be in. The @code{here-doc} class
-is one of these. In such cases, instead of the @code{:submode} keyword,
-the @code{:match-submode} keyword must be used. Its argument should be
-a function, probably written by the author of the submode class, which
-calculates what major mode each region should use.
-
-It is invoked immediately after a match is found for @code{:front}, and
-is passed one argument: a string representing the front delimiter.
-Normally this string is simply whatever was matched by @code{:front},
-but this can be changed with the keyword @code{:front-form}
-(@pxref{Delimiters}). The function should then return a symbol
-that would be a valid argument to @code{:submode}: either the name of a
-mode, or that of a language to look up a preferred mode. If it detects
-an invalid match---for example, the user has specified a mode which is
-not available---it should @code{(signal 'mmm-no-matching-submode nil)}.
-
-Since here-documents can contain code in any language, the
address@hidden submode class uses @code{:match-submode} rather than
address@hidden:submode}. The function it uses is @code{mmm-here-doc-get-mode},
-defined in @file{mmm-sample.el}, which inspects the name of the
-here-document for flags indicating the proper mode. For example, this
-code should probably be in @code{perl-mode} (or @code{cperl-mode}):
-
address@hidden
-print <<PERL;
-s/foo/bar/g;
-PERL
address@hidden example
-
-This function is also a good example of proper elisp hygiene: when
-writing accessory functions for a submode class, they should usually be
-prefixed with @samp{mmm-} followed by the name of the submode class, to
-avoid namespace conflicts.
-
-
address@hidden Calculated Faces, Insertion Commands, Calculated Submodes,
Writing Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Calculating the Correct Highlight Face
-
-As explained in @ref{Basic Classes}, the keyword @code{:face} should be
-used to specify which of the standard submode faces (@pxref{Region
-Coloring}) a submode region should be highlighted with under high
-decoration. However, sometimes the function of a region can depend on
-the form of the delimiters as well. In this case, a more flexible
-alternative to @code{:face} is @code{:match-face}. Its value can be a
-function, which is called with one argument---the form of the front
-delimiter, as with @code{:match-submode}---and should return the face to
-use. A more common value for @code{:match-face} is an association list,
-a list of pairs @code{(@var{delim} . @var{face})}, each specifying that
-if the delimiter is @var{delim}, the corresponding region should be
-highlighted with @var{face}. For example, here is an excerpt from the
address@hidden submode class:
-
address@hidden
-:submode perl
-:front "\\[\\([-\\+!\\*\\$]\\)"
-:back "~1\\]"
-:save-matches 1
-:match-face (("[+" . mmm-output-submode-face)
- ("[-" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("[!" . mmm-init-submode-face)
- ("[*" . mmm-code-submode-face)
- ("[$" . mmm-special-submode-face))
address@hidden lisp
-
-Thus, regions beginning with @samp{[+} are highlighted as output
-expressions, which they are, while @samp{[-} and @samp{[*} regions are
-highlighted as simple executed code, and so on. Note that
address@hidden must be set to 2 (high decoration)
-for different faces to be displayed.
-
-
address@hidden Insertion Commands, Region Names, Calculated Faces, Writing
Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Specifying Insertion Commands
-
-As described in @ref{Insertion}, submode classes can specify key
-sequences which automatically insert submode regions, with delimiters
-already in place. This is done by the keyword argument @code{:insert}.
-Its value should be a list, each element of which specifies a single
-insertion key sequence. As an example, consider the following insertion
-key sequence specifier, from the @code{embperl} submode class:
-
address@hidden
-(?p embperl "Region Type (Character): "
- @@ "[" str @@ " " _ " " @@ str "]" @@)
address@hidden lisp
-
-As you can see, the specifier is a list. The first element of the list
-is the character @samp{p}. (The question mark tells Emacs that this is
-a character object, not a one-character symbol.) In general, the first
-element can be any key, including both characters such as @samp{?p} and
-function keys such as @samp{return}. It can also be a dotted pair in
-which the first element is a modifier symbol such as @code{meta}, and
-the second is a character or function key. The use of any other
-modifier than meta is discouraged, as `mmm-insert-modifiers' is
-sometimes set to \(control), and other modifiers are not very portable.
-The second element is a symbol identifying this key sequence. The third
-element is a prompt string which is used to ask the user for input when
-this key sequence is invoked. If it is nil, the user is not prompted.
-
-The rest of the list specifies the actual text to be inserted, where the
-submode region and delimiters should be, and where the point should end
-up. (Actually, this string is simply passed to @code{skeleton-insert};
-see the documentation string of that function for more details on the
-permissible elements of such a skeleton.) Strings and variable names
-are inserted and interpolated. The value entered by the user when
-prompted, if any, is available in the variable @code{str}. The final
-location of the point (or the text around which the region is to be
-wrapped) is marked with a single underscore @samp{_}. Finally, the
-@@-signs mark the delimiters and submode regions. There should be four
-@@-signs: one at the beginning of the front delimiter, one at the
-beginning of the submode region, one at the end of the submode region,
-and one at the end of the back delimiter.
-
-The above key sequence, bound by default to @kbd{C-c % p}, always
-prompts the user for the type of region to insert. It can also be
-convenient to have separate key sequences for each type of region to be
-inserted, such as @kbd{C-c % +} for @samp{[+...+]} regions, @kbd{C-c %
--} for @samp{[-...-]} regions, and so on. So that the whole skeleton
-doesn't have to be written out half a dozen times, there is a shortcut
-syntax, as follows:
-
address@hidden
-(?+ embperl+ ?p . "+")
address@hidden lisp
-
-If the key sequence specification is a dotted list with four elements,
-as this example is, it means to use the skeleton defined for the key
-sequence given as the third element (@code{?p}), but to pass it the
-fourth (dotted) element (@code{"+"}) as the `str' variable; the user is
-not prompted.
-
-
address@hidden Region Names, Other Hooks, Insertion Commands, Writing Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Giving Names to Submode Regions for Grouping
-
-Submode regions can be given ``names'' which are used for grouping.
-Names are always strings and are compared as strings. Regions with
-the same name are considered part of the same chunk of code. This is
-used by the syntax and fontification functions. Unnamed regions are
-not grouped with any others.
-
-By default, regions are nameless, but with the @code{:match-name}
-keyword argument a name can be supplied. This argument must be a
-string or a function. If it is a function, it is passed a string
-representing the front delimiter found, and must return the name to
-use. If it is a string, it is used as-is for the name, unless
address@hidden:save-name} has a non-nil value, in which case expressions such
-as @samp{~1} are substituted with the corresponding matched
-subexpression from @code{:front}. This is the same as how
address@hidden:back} is interpreted when @code{:save-matches} is non-nil.
-
-As a special optimization for region insertion (@pxref{Insertion
-Commands}), the argument @code{:skel-name} can be set to a non-nil
-value, in which case the insertion code will use the user-prompted
-string value as the region name, instead of going through the normal
-matching procedure.
-
-
address@hidden Other Hooks, Delimiters, Region Names, Writing Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Other Hooks into the Scanning Process
-
-Sometimes, even the flexibility allowed by all the keyword arguments
-discussed so far is insufficient to correctly match submode regions.
-There are several other keyword arguments which accept custom functions
-to be invoked at various points in the MMM-ification process.
-
-First of all, the arguments of @code{:front} and @code{:back}, in
-addition to regular expressions, can be themselves functions. Such
-functions should ``act like'' a regular expression search: they should
-start searching at point, take one argument as a limit for the search,
-and return its result by setting the match data (presumably by calling
-some regexp matching function).
-
-This is rarely necessary, however, because often all that is needed is a
-simple regexp search, followed by some sort of verification. The
-keyword arguments @code{:front-verify} and @code{:back-verify}, if
-supplied, may be functions which are invoked after a match is found for
address@hidden:front} or @code{:back}, respectively, and should inspect the
-match data (such as with @code{match-string}) and return non-nil if a
-submode region should be begun at this match, nil if this match should
-be ignored and the search continue after it.
-
-The keyword argument @code{:creation-hook}, if supplied, should be a
-function that is invoked whenever a submode region of this class is
-created, with point at the beginning of the new region. This can be
-used, for example, to set local variables appropriately.
-
-Finally, the entire MMM-ification process has a ``back door'' which
-allows class authors to take control of the entire thing. If the
-keyword argument @code{:handler} is supplied, it overrides any other
-processing and is called, and passed all other class keyword arguments,
-instead of @code{mmm-ify} to create submode regions. If you need to
-write a handler function, I suggest looking at the source for
address@hidden to get an idea of what must be done.
-
-
address@hidden Delimiters, Misc Keywords, Other Hooks, Writing Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Controlling the Delimiter Regions and Forms
-
-MMM also makes overlays for the delimiter regions, to keep track of
-their position and form. Normally, the front delimiter overlay starts
-at the beginning of the match for @code{:front} and ends at the
-beginning of the submode region overlay, while the back delimiter
-overlay starts at the end of the submode region overlay and ends at
-the end of the match for @code{:back}. You can supply offsets from
-these positions using the keyword arguments @code{:front-delim} and
address@hidden:back-delim}, which take values of the same sort as
address@hidden:front-offset} and @code{:back-offset}.
-
-In addition, the delimiter regions can be in a major mode of their
-own. There are usually only two meaningful modes to use: the primary
-mode or a non-mode like fundamental-mode. These correspond to the
-following two situations:
-
address@hidden
address@hidden
-If the delimiter syntax which specifies the submode regions is
-something @emph{added to} the syntax of the primary mode by a
-pre-interpreter, then the delimiter regions should be in a non-mode.
-This is the case, for example, with all server-side HTML script
-extensions, such as @xref{Mason}, @xref{Embperl}, and @xref{ePerl}.
-It is also the case for literate programming such as @xref{Noweb}.
-This is the default behavior. The non-mode used is controlled by the
-variable @code{mmm-delimiter-mode}, which defaults to
-fundamental-mode.
-
address@hidden
-If, on the other hand, the delimiter syntax and inclusion of different
-modes is an @emph{intrinsic part} of the primary mode, then the
-delimiter regions should remain in the primary mode. This is the
-case, for example, with @xref{Embedded CSS}, and @xref{Javascript},
-since the @code{<style>} and @code{<script>} tags are perfectly valid
-HTML. In this case, you should give the keyword parameter
address@hidden:delimiter-mode} with a value of @code{nil}, meaning to use the
-primary mode.
address@hidden itemize
-
-The keyword parameter @code{:delimiter-mode} can be given any major
-mode as an argument, but the above two situations should cover the
-vast majority of cases.
-
-The delimiter regions can also be highlighted, if you wish. The
-keyword parameters @code{:front-face} and @code{:back-face} may be
-faces specifying how to highlight these regions under high
-decoration. Under low decoration, the value of the variable
address@hidden is used (by default, nothing), and of course
-under no decoration there is no coloring.
-
-Finally, for each submode region overlay, MMM Mode stores the ``form''
-of the front and back delimiters, which are regular expressions that
-match the delimiters. At present these are not used for much, but in
-the future they may be used to help with automatic updating of regions
-as you type. Normally, the form stored is the result of evaluating
-the expression @code{(regexp-quote (match-string 0))} after each match
-is found.
-
-You can customize this with the keyword argument @code{:front-form}
-(respectively, @code{:back-form}). If it is a string, it is used
-verbatim for the front (respectively, back) form. If it is a function,
-that function is called and should inspect the match data and return the
-regular expression to use as the form.
-
-In addition, the form itself can be set to a function, by giving a
-one-element list containing only that function as the argument to
address@hidden:front-form} or @code{:back-form}. Such a function should take
-1-2 arguments. The first argument is the overlay to match the delimiter
-for. If the second is non-nil, it means to insert the delimiter and
-adjust the overlay; if nil it means to match the delimiter and return
-the result in the match data.
-
-
address@hidden Misc Keywords, , Delimiters, Writing Classes
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Miscellaneous Other Keyword Arguments
-
-You can specify whether delimiter searches should be case-sensitive with
-the keyword argument @code{:case-fold-search}. It defaults to @code{t},
-meaning that case should be ignored. See the documentation for the
-variable @code{case-fold-search}.
-
address@hidden Indices, , Writing Classes, Top
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Indices
-
address@hidden
-* Concept Index:: Index of MMM Mode Concepts.
-* Function Index:: Index of functions and variables.
-* Keystroke Index:: Index of key bindings in MMM Mode.
address@hidden menu
-
address@hidden Concept Index, Function Index, Indices, Indices
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Concept Index
-
address@hidden cp
-
-
address@hidden Function Index, Keystroke Index, Concept Index, Indices
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Function and Variable Index
-
address@hidden fn
-
-
address@hidden Keystroke Index, , Function Index, Indices
address@hidden node-name, next, previous, up
address@hidden Keystroke Index
-
address@hidden ky
-
-
address@hidden
-
address@hidden Local Variables:
address@hidden mode: texinfo
address@hidden mode: font-lock
address@hidden mode: outline-minor
address@hidden End:
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/tests/highlighting.el
b/packages/mmm-mode/tests/highlighting.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ce2269..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/tests/highlighting.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-;; Copyright (C) 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-;; (at your option) any later version.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'ert-x)
-
-(defvar foo-mode-keywords
- `((,(concat "\\b"
- (regexp-opt '("foo" "bar") t)
- "\\b")
- . font-lock-keyword-face)))
-
-(define-derived-mode foo1-mode fundamental-mode ""
- (setq font-lock-defaults '(foo-mode-keywords t t)))
-
-(ert-deftest mmm-font-lock-without-font-lock-syntax-table ()
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- mmm-parse-when-idle)
- (insert "foo // foo_bar")
- (fundamental-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (mmm-ify-by-regexp 'foo1-mode "// " 0 "\\'" 0 nil)
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
- (beginning-of-buffer)
- (should-not (get-text-property (point) 'face))
- (search-forward "fo" nil nil 2)
- (should (eq (get-text-property (point) 'face) font-lock-keyword-face))
- (search-forward "ba")
- (should (eq (get-text-property (point) 'face) font-lock-keyword-face)))))
-
-(define-derived-mode foo2-mode fundamental-mode ""
- (setq font-lock-defaults '(foo-mode-keywords t t ((?_ . "w")))))
-
-(ert-deftest mmm-font-lock-with-font-lock-syntax-table ()
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- mmm-parse-when-idle)
- (insert "foo // foo_bar")
- (fundamental-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (mmm-ify-by-regexp 'foo2-mode "// " 0 "\\'" 0 nil)
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
- (should-not (next-single-property-change (point-min) 'face)))))
-
-(define-derived-mode foo3-mode fundamental-mode ""
- (setq font-lock-defaults '(foo-mode-keywords nil t ((?_ . "w")))))
-
-(ert-deftest mmm-syntax-propertize-function-preserves-current-syntax-table ()
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- mmm-parse-when-idle)
- (insert "foo_and_bar\n\nfoo")
- (foo3-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (syntax-ppss-flush-cache (point-min))
- ;; It locally changes `syntax-table' to `font-lock-syntax-table'
- ;; and calls `syntax-ppss' inside that before fontifying.
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
- (let ((pt (next-single-property-change (point-min) 'face)))
- (should pt)
- (goto-char pt)
- (should (looking-at "foo\\'"))))))
-
-(ert-deftest mmm-fontify-region-list-ignores-outside-for-syntactic-ff-tion ()
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- mmm-parse-when-idle)
- (insert "unpaired '!\n")
- (insert "js>>\n")
- (insert "var woo = js;\n")
- (foo1-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (syntax-ppss-flush-cache (point-min))
- (mmm-ify-by-regexp 'js-mode "js>>\n" 0 "\\'" 0 nil)
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
- (search-backward "var")
- (should (eq 'font-lock-keyword-face
- (get-text-property (point) 'face))))))
-
-(ert-deftest mmm-fontify-region-list-carries-string-after-subregion ()
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let (mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist
- mmm-parse-when-idle)
- (insert "<p class=\"foo <% 1 + 2 %> bar tee\"</p>")
- (html-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on)
- (syntax-ppss-flush-cache (point-min))
- (mmm-ify-by-regexp 'js-mode "<%" 0 "%>" 0 nil)
- (font-lock-fontify-region (point-min) (point-max))
- (search-backward "1")
- (should (null (get-text-property (point) 'face)))
- (search-forward "bar")
- (should (eq 'font-lock-string-face
- (get-text-property (point) 'face))))))
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/tests/html-erb.el
b/packages/mmm-mode/tests/html-erb.el
deleted file mode 100644
index fe34c86..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/tests/html-erb.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-;; Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-;; This file is part of GNU Emacs.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-;; the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-;; (at your option) any later version.
-
-;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-;; GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-;; along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-;;; Commentary:
-
-;;; Code:
-
-(require 'ert)
-(require 'ert-x)
-(require 'mmm-erb)
-
-(defvar mmm-erb-text
- "<%= foo do %>
- <div class=\"clear\"/>
- <% end %>")
-
-(defconst mmm-erb-edge-emacs (string-lessp "24.3.50" emacs-version))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-current-overlay-string ()
- (buffer-substring-no-properties
- (overlay-start mmm-current-overlay)
- (overlay-end mmm-current-overlay)))
-
-(defmacro mmm-erb-deftest (name &rest body)
- (let ((expected-result (and (eq (car body) :expected-result)
- (nth 1 body))))
- (when expected-result
- (setq body (nthcdr 2 body)))
- `(ert-deftest ,(intern (format "mmm-erb-%s" name)) ()
- :expected-result ,(or expected-result :passed)
- (ert-with-test-buffer nil
- (let ((buffer-file-name "foo.html.erb")
- (mmm-global-mode 'maybe)
- mmm-parse-when-idle
- mmm-mode-ext-classes-alist)
- (mmm-add-mode-ext-class 'html-erb-mode "\\.html\\.erb\\'" 'erb)
- (html-erb-mode)
- (mmm-mode-on-maybe)
- (should mmm-mode)
- ,@body)))))
-
-(put 'mmm-erb-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
-
-(mmm-erb-deftest parses-buffer
- (insert mmm-erb-text)
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (should (not mmm-current-overlay))
- (search-backward "foo")
- (should (mmm-update-current-submode))
- (should (string= " foo do " (mmm-erb-current-overlay-string)))
- (search-forward "end")
- (should (mmm-update-current-submode))
- (should (string= " end " (mmm-erb-current-overlay-string))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-assert-string-syntax ()
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (search-forward "\"")
- (should (nth 3 (syntax-ppss)))
- (search-forward "\"")
- (should (not (nth 3 (syntax-ppss)))))
-
-(defun mmm-erb-assert-non-string-syntax ()
- (goto-char (point-min))
- (search-forward "\"")
- (should (not (nth 3 (syntax-ppss))))
- (search-forward "\"")
- (should (not (nth 3 (syntax-ppss)))))
-
-(mmm-erb-deftest attribute-values-are-strings
- (insert mmm-erb-text)
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (mmm-erb-assert-string-syntax))
-
-(mmm-erb-deftest quotes-outside-tags-dont-make-strings
- :expected-result (if mmm-erb-edge-emacs :passed :failed)
- (insert "<% foo do %><p>\"foo bar\"</p><% end %>")
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (mmm-erb-assert-non-string-syntax))
-
-(mmm-erb-deftest gt-inside-subregion-doesnt-change-nesting
- (insert "<% if 2 > 1 %><div class=\"foo\"/><% end %>")
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (mmm-erb-assert-string-syntax))
-
-(mmm-erb-deftest lt-inside-subregion-doesnt-change-nesting
- :expected-result (if mmm-erb-edge-emacs :passed :failed)
- (insert "<% if 2 < 1 %><p>\"foo bar\"</p><% end %>")
- (mmm-apply-all)
- (mmm-erb-assert-non-string-syntax))
diff --git a/packages/mmm-mode/texinfo.tex b/packages/mmm-mode/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index aa52853..0000000
--- a/packages/mmm-mode/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5484 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-05}%
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98
-% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-%
-% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-% what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding!
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex
-% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
-% (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
-% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex
-% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger address@hidden for a list).
-% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to address@hidden
-% Please include a precise test case in each bug report,
-% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple
-% manuals, however, you can get away with:
-% tex foo.texi
-% texindex foo.??
-% tex foo.texi
-% tex foo.texi
-% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file.
-% The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
- \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine.
-
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% We never want plain's outer \+ definition in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined \gdef\putwordShortContents{Short
Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of
Contents}\fi
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-\hyphenation{white-space}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen \bindingoffset
-\newdimen \normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
- \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-}%
-\else
-\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands3 \tracingstats2
- \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1
- \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1
- \tracingscantokens1 \tracingassigns1 \tracingifs1
- \tracinggroups1 \tracingnesting2
- \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen
-}%
-\fi
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
- %
- \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
- \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
- %
- % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
- % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
- %
- {%
- % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
- % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
- % before the \shipout runs.
- %
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- \shipout\vbox{%
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
- \unvbox\headlinebox
- \pagebody{#1}%
- \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
- % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
- % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
- % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
- \vskip 2\baselineskip
- \unvbox\footlinebox
- \fi
- %
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \turnoffactive
- \advancepageno
- \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, address@hidden (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
- \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox address@hidden \vss}}\fi
address@hidden \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
address@hidden \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg#1{%
- \let\next = #1%
- \begingroup
- \obeylines
- \futurelet\temp\parseargx
-}
-
-% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
-% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done.
-\def\parseargx{%
- % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
- \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
- \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
- \else
- \expandafter\parseargline
- \fi
-}
-
-% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
-{\obeyspaces %
- \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
-
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
- \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
- %
- % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
- % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
- \argremovec #1\c\relax %
- \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
- %
- % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
- \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
- }%
-}
-
-% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
-% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-
-% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
-% @end itemize @c foo
-% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-% result to \toks0.
-%
-% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever
-% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
-% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
-%
-\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
- \begingroup
- \ignoreactivespaces
- \edef\temp{#1}%
- \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
-%
-\begingroup
- \obeyspaces
- \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
-\endgroup
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
-
-% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
-
-\def\beginxxx #1{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
-{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
-\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
-\def\endxxx #1{%
- \removeactivespaces{#1}%
- \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
- % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{Undefined command address@hidden \endthing'}%
- \else
- \unmatchedenderror\endthing
- \fi
- \else
- % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
- \csname E\endthing\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
- \errhelp = \EMsimple
- \errmessage{This address@hidden #1' doesn't have a matching address@hidden'}%
-}
-
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
-%
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in
-% \nonfillstart and \quotations).
-\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt
-\def\singlespace{%
- % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below
- % environments. --karl, 6may93
- %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
- %\kern \baselineskip}%
- \setleading \singlespaceskip
-}
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
address@hidden
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index.
- \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12
- @address@hidden
- @address@hidden
address@hidden
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
- \def\temp{#1}%
- \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
- \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
- \else address@hidden can be used only with i or j}%
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using address@hidden directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = address@hidden
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-\def\group{\begingroup
- \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
- \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
- address@hidden invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
- \fi
- %
- % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
- % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
- % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of
- % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
- % above. But it's pretty close.
- \def\Egroup{%
- \egroup % End the \vtop.
- \endgroup % End the \group.
- }%
- %
- \vtop\bgroup
- % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
- % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
- % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
- % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the
- % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
- % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
- \everypar = {\strut}%
- %
- % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
- % normal interline spacing.
- \offinterlineskip
- %
- % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
- % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
- % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
- % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an
- % empty paragraph.
- \ifx\par\lisppar
- \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
- %
- % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
- \obeylines
- \fi
- %
- % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
- % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
- % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
- % the address@hidden' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
- % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
- % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
- \comment
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing address@hidden can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
-
-\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\def\needx #1{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\def\needx#1{%
- % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
- % paragraph.
- \par
- %
- % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page
- % break, since the best break might be right here.
- \allowbreak
- \nointerlineskip
- \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}%
- %
- % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
- % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
- % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
- % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
- % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
- %
- % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
- % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
- % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
- % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
- % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
- % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
- % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
- \penalty9999
- %
- % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
- \kern -#1\mil
- %
- % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% @br forces paragraph break
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 1.5em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
- \leavevmode
- \hbox to 2em{%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
- .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
- \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
- }%
- \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
-\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
- \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
- \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
-
-% @include file insert text of that file as input.
-% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\def\include{\begingroup
- \catcode`\\=12
- \catcode`~=12
- \catcode`^=12
- \catcode`_=12
- \catcode`|=12
- \catcode`<=12
- \catcode`>=12
- \catcode`+=12
- \parsearg\includezzz}
-% Restore active chars for included file.
-\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
- % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
- \def\thisfile{#1}%
- \input\thisfile
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line outputs that line, centered
-
-\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz}
-\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-\advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-\centerline{#1}}}
-
-% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
-\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
address@hidden \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only.
-\let\paragraphindent=\comment
-
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-\let\chapter=\relax
-\let\unnumbered=\relax
-\let\top=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\section=\relax
-\let\subsec=\relax
-\let\subsubsec=\relax
-\let\subsection=\relax
-\let\subsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendix=\relax
-\let\appendixsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-\let\contents=\relax
-\let\smallbook=\relax
-\let\titlepage=\relax
-}
-
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
- \let\defcodeindex = \relax
- \let\defcv = \relax
- \let\deffn = \relax
- \let\deffnx = \relax
- \let\defindex = \relax
- \let\defivar = \relax
- \let\defmac = \relax
- \let\defmethod = \relax
- \let\defop = \relax
- \let\defopt = \relax
- \let\defspec = \relax
- \let\deftp = \relax
- \let\deftypefn = \relax
- \let\deftypefun = \relax
- \let\deftypevar = \relax
- \let\deftypevr = \relax
- \let\defun = \relax
- \let\defvar = \relax
- \let\defvr = \relax
- \let\ref = \relax
- \let\xref = \relax
- \let\printindex = \relax
- \let\pxref = \relax
- \let\settitle = \relax
- \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
- \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
- \let\everyheading = \relax
- \let\evenheading = \relax
- \let\oddheading = \relax
- \let\everyfooting = \relax
- \let\evenfooting = \relax
- \let\oddfooting = \relax
- \let\headings = \relax
- \let\include = \relax
- \let\lowersections = \relax
- \let\down = \relax
- \let\raisesections = \relax
- \let\up = \relax
- \let\set = \relax
- \let\clear = \relax
- \let\item = \relax
-}
-
-% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore.
-%
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-
-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
-%
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
-
-% Ignore text until a line address@hidden #1'.
-%
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define a command to swallow text until we reach address@hidden #1'.
- % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
- % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match.
- address@hidden #1{\enddoignore}%
- %
- % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
- \catcode32 = 10
- %
- % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
- \catcode`\{ = 9
- \catcode`\} = 9
- %
- % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
- \catcode`\@ = 12
- %
- % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
- % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
- % @c @end ifinfo
- % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
- % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
- \catcode`\c = 14
- %
- % And now expand that command.
- \doignoretext
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
-%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
- \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
- % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
- % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
- \immediate\write16{}
- \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
- \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
- \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
- \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
- \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)}
- \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
- \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
- \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.}
- \immediate\write16{}
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
-}
-
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an address@hidden #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
- \obstexwarn
- % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
- % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the
- % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize
- % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
- % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font.
- %
- \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
- % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
- \ignoresections
- %
- % Define address@hidden #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
- % @end command again.
- \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
- %
- % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no
- % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
- % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
- % undefine them.
- %
- % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
- % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
- \ignoremorecommands
- %
- % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
- % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use
- % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites
- % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still
- % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
- % stuff compared to the main input.
- %
- \nullfont
- \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont
- \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont
- \let\tensf = \nullfont
- % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in
- % smallexample)
- \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont
- \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont
- \let\indsf = \nullfont
- %
- % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
- \tracinglostchars = 0
- %
- % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
- \frenchspacing
- %
- % Don't report underfull hboxes.
- \hbadness = 10000
- %
- % Do minimal line-breaking.
- \pretolerance = 10000
- %
- % Do not execute instructions in @tex
- \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
- % Do not execute macro definitions.
- % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
- \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
-}
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
-%
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
- \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
- \def\temp{#2}%
- \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
- \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
- \fi
- \endgroup
-}
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider address@hidden foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-%
-{
- \catcode`\_ = \active
- %
- % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
- % we're called from @code, as @address@hidden So \let any
- % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
- \gdef\value{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12
- \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
- \valuexxx}
-}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones
-% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result
-% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value
-% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail
-% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a
-% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- {[No value for ``#1'']}%
- \else
- \csname SET#1\endcsname
- \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx}
-\def\ifsetxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifsetfail
- \else
- \expandafter\ifsetsucceed
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx}
-\def\ifclearxxx #1{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifclearsucceed
- \else
- \expandafter\ifclearfail
- \fi
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text
-% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make address@hidden iftex'
-% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
-%
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-
-% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it
-% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no
-% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must
-% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't
-% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since
-% the @ifset might be nested.)
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{%
- \edef\temp{%
- % Remember the current value of \E#1.
- \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}%
- %
- % At the address@hidden #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value.
- \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}%
- }%
- \temp
-}
-
-% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the
-% control sequences after we've constructed them.
-%
-\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math means output in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control
-% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then,
-% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they
-% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a
-% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode.
-%
-% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it
-% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $
-\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \iflinks
- \readauxfile
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
- \closein1
- \temp
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-% Font-change commands.
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
-
-% Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt).
-% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic,
-% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
-% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
-% aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\let\indtt=\ninett
-\let\indttsl=\ninettsl
-\let\indsf=\indrm
-\let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\font\indi=cmmi9
-\font\indsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-
-%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger
than
-%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
-
-%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we
-% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would
-% also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy
- \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf
-}
-
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \resetmathfonts}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
-\def\indexfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
- \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
- \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}}
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartslanted
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
- \null
-}
-\let\ttfont=\t
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{%
- \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
- \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
- \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
- \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
- \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
- {%
- % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
- \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
- %
- % Switch to typewriter.
- \tt
- %
- % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
- \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
- %
- % Turn off hyphenation.
- \nohyphenation
- %
- \rawbackslash
- \frenchspacing
- #1%
- }%
- \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
-{
- \catcode`\-=\active
- \catcode`\_=\active
- %
- \global\def\code{\begingroup
- \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
- \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
- \codex
- }
- %
- % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
- % just treat them as a normal -.
- \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
-\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
- \def\arg{#1}%
- \ifx\arg\worddistinct
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
- \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
- \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is kbdinputdistinct. (Too much of a hassle to call the macro,
-% the catcodes are wrong for parsearg to work.)
-\gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument
-% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish}
-\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})%
- \else
- \code{#1}%
- \fi
-}
-
-% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref.
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\let\email=\uref
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
-
-% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
-\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm
\centerline{#1}%
- \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
- \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
- \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}%
- %
- % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
- \vglue\titlepagetopglue
- %
- % Now you can print the title using @title.
- \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
- \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
- % print a rule at the page bottom also.
- \finishedtitlepagefalse
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
- % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
- %
- % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
- \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
- \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
- %
- % @author should come last, but may come many times.
- \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
- \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
- {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
- %
- % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
- % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
- \let\oldpage = \page
- \def\page{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- \oldpage
- \let\page = \oldpage
- \hbox{}}%
-% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
- \iffinishedtitlepage\else
- \finishtitlepage
- \fi
- % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
- % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
- % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
- % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
- \oldpage
- \endgroup
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \HEADINGSon
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
- \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
- \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
- \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make Tex use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
- \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what @headings on does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
address@hidden %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
- \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
- %
- % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
- % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
- \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
-}
-
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-%
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
-
-% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off turns them off.
-% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
-\def\today{\number\day\space
-\ifcase\month\or
-January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-\space\number\year}
-
-% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output.
-%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or
-%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or
-%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
-%\space\number\day, \number\year}
-
-% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings
-% It generates no output of its own
-
-\def\thistitle{No Title}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
- \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
- \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
- \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
- \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
- \itemindex{#1}%
- \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
- %
- % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
- % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
- % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
- % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
- % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
- \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
- %
- % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
- % but leave it ragged-right.
- \begingroup
- \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
- \advance\hsize by\tableindent
- \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
- \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
- \endgroup
- %
- % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
- % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
- \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
- %
- % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately
- % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
- % \baselineskip glue.
- \nobreak
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
- \else
- % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
- % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
- \noindent
- % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
- % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
- % eventually be printed.
- \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
- \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
- \unhbox0
- \nobreak\kern\dimen0
- \endgroup
- \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
- \fi
-}
-
address@hidden while not in a table}}
address@hidden while not in a table}}
address@hidden while not in a table}}
address@hidden while not in a table}}
address@hidden while not in a table}}
address@hidden while not in a table}}
-
-% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
-}
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
-
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
- \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
-
-\def\itemizey #1#2{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\itemmax=\itemindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \itemindent %
-\exdentamount=\itemindent
-\parindent = 0pt %
-\parskip = \smallskipamount %
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\def\itemcontents{#1}%
-\let\item=\itemizeitem}
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% These are `.?!:;,'
-\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000
- \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 }
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
- \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
- %
- % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
- \def\thearg{#1}%
- \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
- %
- % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
- % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
- % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
- % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
- % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
- \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
- \ifx\rest\empty
- % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
- % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
- % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
- % not equal to itself.
- % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
- %
- % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
- % continuing to look for a <number>.
- %
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
- \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
- \else
- % It's a letter.
- \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
- \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
- \else
- \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
- \numericenumerate
- \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
- \itemno = \thearg
- \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}%
- \fi
- \char\lccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
- \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
- \startenumeration{%
- % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
- \ifnum\itemno=0
- \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
- alphabet}
- \fi
- \char\uccode\itemno
- }%
-}
-
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
- \advance\itemno by -1
- \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-% @item ...
-%
-% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-% columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item ...
-% using the widest term desired in each column.
-%
-% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
-% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
-% will parse correctly, i.e.,
-%
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
-% template}
-% Not:
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
-% {Column 3 template}
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @address@hidden@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-% @item
-% first col stuff
-% @tab
-% second col stuff
-% @tab
-% third col
-% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-% They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-% @address@hidden@tab This will be in third column.
-% @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-% to baseline.
-% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
-% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
-% just throw it away). #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
-% percent of \hsize for this column.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
- \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
- \def\firstarg{#1}%
- \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
- \let\go = \relax
- \else
- \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
- \global\setpercenttrue
- \else
- \ifsetpercent
- \let\go\pickupwholefraction
- \else
- \global\advance\colcount by 1
- \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip }% Add a normal word space as a separator;
- % typically that is always in the input, anyway.
- \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
- % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
- % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
- \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
- \else
- \let\go = \setuptable
- \fi%
- \fi
- \go
-}
-
-% multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
- % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
- % maintained, even if it is never used.
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
- \vskip\parskip
- \let\item\crcr
- \tolerance=9500
- \hbadness=9500
- \setmultitablespacing
- \parskip=\multitableparskip
- \parindent=\multitableparindent
- \overfullrule=0pt
- \global\colcount=0
- \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\cr\egroup\egroup}%
- %
- % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
- \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
- %
- % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
- % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
- % The table preamble
- % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
- \everycr{\noalign{%
- %
- % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
- % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem
- % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
- \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
- %
- % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
- % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
- % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
- % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
- \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
- \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
- %
- % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
- % the first one.
- %
- % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
- % to the width of each template entry.
- %
- % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
- % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
- % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
- % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
- %
- % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
- \rightskip=0pt
- \ifnum\colcount=1
- % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
- \advance\hsize by\leftskip
- \else
- \ifsetpercent \else
- % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
- % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
- \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
- \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
- \fi
- % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
- % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
- % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
- % For example:
- % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
- % @item @code{#}
- % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
- % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
- % characters.
- \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\else
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
- %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
address@hidden
address@hidden@@n}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
- \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
-
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
-}
-
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-
-% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
-
\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
-% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-
\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
- \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
- \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-\def\indexdummies{%
-\def\ { }%
-% Take care of the plain tex accent commands.
-\def\"{\realbackslash "}%
-\def\`{\realbackslash `}%
-\def\'{\realbackslash '}%
-\def\^{\realbackslash ^}%
-\def\~{\realbackslash ~}%
-\def\={\realbackslash =}%
-\def\b{\realbackslash b}%
-\def\c{\realbackslash c}%
-\def\d{\realbackslash d}%
-\def\u{\realbackslash u}%
-\def\v{\realbackslash v}%
-\def\H{\realbackslash H}%
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}%
-\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}%
-\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}%
-\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}%
-\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}%
-\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}%
-\def\o{\realbackslash o}%
-\def\O{\realbackslash O}%
-\def\l{\realbackslash l}%
-\def\L{\realbackslash L}%
-\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}%
-% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry.
-% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to
-% laboriously list every single command here.)
address@hidden@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char.
-% Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-% But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-\let\{ = \mylbrace
-\let\} = \myrbrace
-\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}%
-\def\w{\realbackslash w }%
-\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }%
-%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }%
-\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }%
-\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}%
-\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}%
-\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}%
-\def\less{\realbackslash less}%
-\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}%
-\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}%
-\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }%
-\def\result{\realbackslash result}%
-\def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}%
-\def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}%
-\def\print{\realbackslash print}%
-\def\error{\realbackslash error}%
-\def\point{\realbackslash point}%
-\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}%
-\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}%
-\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}%
-\def\uref##1{\realbackslash uref {##1}}%
-\def\url##1{\realbackslash url {##1}}%
-\def\env##1{\realbackslash env {##1}}%
-\def\command##1{\realbackslash command {##1}}%
-\def\option##1{\realbackslash option {##1}}%
-\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}%
-\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}%
-\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}%
-\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}%
-\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}%
-\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}%
-\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}%
-\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}%
-\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}%
-\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}%
-\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}%
-\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}%
-\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}%
-\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}%
-\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}%
-\def\acronym##1{\realbackslash acronym {##1}}%
-%
-% Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
-% contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
-% (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-\let\value = \expandablevalue
-%
-\unsepspaces
-}
-
-% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty address@hidden \ ).
-{\obeyspaces
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
-
-% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands.
-% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by.
-\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1}
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
-
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-% Just ignore accents.
-\let\,=\indexdummyfont
-\let\"=\indexdummyfont
-\let\`=\indexdummyfont
-\let\'=\indexdummyfont
-\let\^=\indexdummyfont
-\let\~=\indexdummyfont
-\let\==\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\c=\indexdummyfont
-\let\d=\indexdummyfont
-\let\u=\indexdummyfont
-\let\v=\indexdummyfont
-\let\H=\indexdummyfont
-\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont
-% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters.
-\def\oe{oe}%
-\def\ae{ae}%
-\def\aa{aa}%
-\def\OE{OE}%
-\def\AE{AE}%
-\def\AA{AA}%
-\def\o{o}%
-\def\O{O}%
-\def\l{l}%
-\def\L{L}%
-\def\ss{ss}%
-\let\w=\indexdummyfont
-\let\t=\indexdummyfont
-\let\r=\indexdummyfont
-\let\i=\indexdummyfont
-\let\b=\indexdummyfont
-\let\emph=\indexdummyfont
-\let\strong=\indexdummyfont
-\let\cite=\indexdummyfont
-\let\sc=\indexdummyfont
-%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |...
-%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont
-\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont
-\let\code=\indexdummyfont
-\let\url=\indexdummyfont
-\let\uref=\indexdummyfont
-\let\env=\indexdummyfont
-\let\command=\indexdummyfont
-\let\option=\indexdummyfont
-\let\file=\indexdummyfont
-\let\samp=\indexdummyfont
-\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont
-\let\key=\indexdummyfont
-\let\var=\indexdummyfont
-\let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-\let\dots=\indexdummydots
address@hidden@}%
-}
-
-% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape.
-% We must first make another character (@) an escape
-% so we do not become unable to do a definition.
-
address@hidden \catcode`\\=\other
- @address@hidden
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% For \ifx comparisons.
-\def\emptymacro{\empty}
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-%
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception
-% is with defuns, which call us directly.
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
- \fi
- {%
- \count255=\lastpenalty
- {%
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \escapechar=`\\
- {%
- \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
- \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
- %
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- %
- % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro
- \let\subentry = \empty
- \else
- \def\subentry{ #3}%
- \fi
- %
- % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off
- % to get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}%
- %
- % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the
- % original text, including any font commands.
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- \edef\temp{%
- \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
- \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
- }%
- %
- % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string.
- \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
- \toks0 = {#3}%
- \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}%
- \fi
- %
- % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
- % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
- % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
- % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
- % like this:
- % @end defun
- % @tindex whatever
- % @defun ...
- % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
- % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
- % the previous defun.
- %
- % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
- % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
- %
- % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
- %
- \iflinks
- \ifvmode
- \skip0 = \lastskip
- \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\lastskip \fi
- \fi
- %
- \temp % do the write
- %
- %
- \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
- \fi
- }%
- }%
- \penalty\count255
- }%
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-% \initial {c}
-% before the first topic whose initial is c
-% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-% for a topic that is used without subtopics
-% \primary {topic}
-% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-% for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
- \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
- %
- \indexfonts \rm
- \tolerance = 9500
- \indexbreaks
- %
- % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial address@hidden
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
- \ifeof 1
- % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
- % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
- % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
- % there is some text.
- (Index is nonexistent)
- \else
- %
- % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
- % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
- % it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
- \ifeof 1
- (Index is empty)
- \else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
- \fi
- \fi
- \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
- % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
- \removelastskip
- %
- % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
- \penalty -300
- %
- % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
- % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
- % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
- % we need before each entry, but it's better.
- %
- % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
- \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
- %
- % Do our best not to break after the initial.
- \nobreak
-}}
-
-% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents
-% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
- %
- % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
- % affect previous text.
- \par
- %
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
- % No extra space above this paragraph.
- \parskip = 0in
- %
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
- % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
- % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
- \noindent
- %
- % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it.
- #1%
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
- \def\tempb{#2}%
- \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
- \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
- \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
- %
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
- %
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
- \fi%
- \par
-\endgroup}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus
1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
address@hidden
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
- % Grab any single-column material above us.
- \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
- %
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from
- % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page.
- % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it
- % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and
- % this will be a no-op.
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- % Unvbox the main output page.
- \unvbox255
- \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
- }}%
- \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
- %
- % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
- \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
- %
- % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
- % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
- % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
- % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
- % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
- %
- % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
- % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
- % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
- % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
- % as it did when we hard-coded it.
- %
- % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
- % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
- % been clobbered.
- %
- \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
- \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
- \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- %
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
- \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
- \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
- \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
- \dimen@ = \vsize
- \divide\dimen@ by 2
- %
- % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
- \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-\def\pagesofar{%
- % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
- % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
- \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage
- \unvbox\partialpage
- %
- \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
- \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
- \output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
- \balancecolumns
- %
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
- }%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-\def\balancecolumns{%
- % Called at the end of the double column material.
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
- \dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, address@hidden
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox address@hidden
- \setbox2=\vbox address@hidden
- %
- \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Define chapters, sections, etc.
-
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
-\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \chapterzzz{#2}
-\or
- \seczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \chapterzzz{#2}
- \else
- \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \appendixzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \appendixzzz{#2}
- \else
- \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
- \ifnum \absseclevel<0
- \unnumberedzzz{#2}
- \else
- \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
- \fi
-\fi
-}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
-\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-% because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-\global\advance \appendixno by 1
-\message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
\noexpand\thischaptername}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\global\let\section = \appendixsec
-\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
-\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro
\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-
-\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
-\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-%
-% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-% expanded them. For example, in address@hidden The @cite{Book}', TeX
-% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-% to be executed, not expanded).
-%
-% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-% as a result of the \message, we just want address@hidden' itself. We use
-% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-% simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
-% the toc entries.)
-\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
-%
-\unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
-\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash
unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
-\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash secentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
-\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
-\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry%
- {\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\donoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-\subsubsecheading {#1}
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}%
- {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}}%
-\temp
-\appendixnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-\toks0 = {#1}%
-\edef\temp{\noexpand\writetocentry{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry%
- {\the\toks0}}}%
-\temp
-\unnumbnoderef
-\nobreak
-}
-
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-% overlong headings to fold.
-% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
-{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
-{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
-\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
-\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-\def\CHAPFplain{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Plain chapter opening.
-% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
-\def\chfplain#1#2{%
- \pchapsepmacro
- {%
- \chapfonts \rm
- \def\chapnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
- \unhbox0 #1\par}%
- }%
- \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
- \nobreak
-}
-
-% Plain opening for unnumbered.
-\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
- \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
- \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
- \leftskip = \rightskip
- \parfillskip = 0pt
- }%
- \chfplain{#1}{}%
-}}
-
-\CHAPFplain % The default
-
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt\raggedright
- \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
- \parindent=0pt
- \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles.
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
-\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
-\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
-\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
-\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
-\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
-
-
-% Print any size section title.
-%
-% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
-% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
- {%
- \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
- \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
- }%
- {%
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
- %
- % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
- \def\secnum{#2}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
- %
- \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
- \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
- \unhbox0 #3}%
- }%
- \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the
-% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
-%
-% We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other
-% given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\writetocentry#1{%
- \iftocfileopened\else
- \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
- \global\tocfileopenedtrue
- \fi
- \iflinks \write\tocfile{#1{\folio}}\fi
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
- % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <address@hidden>
- \contentsalignmacro
- \immediate\closeout\tocfile
- %
- % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
- % It is abundantly clear what they are.
- \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
- \savepageno = \pageno
- \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
- \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 address@hidden
- % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
- % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97.
- %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. address@hidden
- \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
- %
- % Roman numerals for page numbers.
- \ifnum \pageno>0 \pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}%
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
- \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}%
- %
- \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
- \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
- % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
- \secfonts
- \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl
- \rm
- \hyphenpenalty = 10000
- \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
- \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
- \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
- \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
- \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{}
- \openin 1 \jobname.toc
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.toc
- \fi
- \vfill \eject
- \endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents.
-\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
-
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
- \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix }
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0
-
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
- % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of
- % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}%
- \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi
- %
- % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the
- % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
- % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
- % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
- \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em
- \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}%
-}
-
-\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
- \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
- \begingroup
- \chapentryfonts
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
- \endgroup
- \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
- \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We
-% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
-% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
- % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments. Since the toc is
- % typeset in cmr, so characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
- % have to do the usual translation tricks.
- \entry{#1}{#2}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts.
-\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox
-\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox
-\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox
-
-%{\tentt
-%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}
-%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}
-% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook)
-%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width
.85ex
-% depth .1ex\hfil}
-%}
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-
-\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
- \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
- \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
- \vbox{
- \hrule height\dimen2
- \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
- \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
- \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
- \hrule height\dimen2}
- \hfil}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\def\tex{\begingroup
- \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
- \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
- \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie
- \catcode `\%=14
- \catcode 43=12 % plus
- \catcode`\"=12
- \catcode`\==12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
- \escapechar=`\\
- %
- \let\b=\ptexb
- \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
- \let\c=\ptexc
- \let\,=\ptexcomma
- \let\.=\ptexdot
- \let\dots=\ptexdots
- \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
- \let\!=\ptexexclam
- \let\i=\ptexi
- \let\{=\ptexlbrace
- \let\+=\tabalign
- \let\}=\ptexrbrace
- \let\*=\ptexstar
- \let\t=\ptext
- %
- \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
- \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
- address@hidden@}%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
-
-% Define @lisp ... @endlisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
-
-% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is
-% for use in \parsearg.
-{\sepspaces%
-\global\let\obeyedspace= }
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
- \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
- \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\long\def\cartouche{%
-\begingroup
- \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
- \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
- \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
- \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
- \cartouter=\hsize
- \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-% side, and for 6pt waste from
-% each corner char, and rule thickness
- \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing=\comment
- \vbox\bgroup
- \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
- \carttop
- \hbox\bgroup
- \hskip\lskip
- \vrule\kern3pt
- \vbox\bgroup
- \hsize=\cartinner
- \kern3pt
- \begingroup
- \baselineskip=\normbskip
- \lineskip=\normlskip
- \parskip=\normpskip
- \vskip -\parskip
-\def\Ecartouche{%
- \endgroup
- \kern3pt
- \egroup
- \kern3pt\vrule
- \hskip\rskip
- \egroup
- \cartbot
- \egroup
-\endgroup
-}}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
- \aboveenvbreak
- \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
- \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
- \singlespace
- \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
- \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
- \parskip = 0pt
- \parindent = 0pt
- \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
- % at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
- \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
- \let\nonarrowing=\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
-% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep
-% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
-% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
-% the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
- \tt
- \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
- \gobble % eat return
-}
-
-% @example: Same as @lisp.
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% @small... is usually equivalent to the non-small (@smallbook
-% redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the
-% definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or
-% whatever) command.
-%
-% This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an
-% @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway.
-%
-\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup\def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\display}
-\def\smallexample{\begingroup\def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-\def\smallformat{\begingroup\def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup\def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
-
-% Real @smallexample and @smalllisp (when @smallbook): use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by address@hidden
-\def\smalllispx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts
- \lisp
-}
-
-% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\def\display{\begingroup
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
- \display
-}
-
-% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\def\format{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smallformatx{\begingroup
- \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
- \indexfonts \rm
- \format
-}
-
-% @flushleft (same as @format).
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
- \let\nonarrowing = t
- \nonfillstart
- \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
- \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
- \gobble
-}
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
-%
-\def\quotation{%
- \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
- {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
- \singlespace
- \parindent=0pt
- % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
- % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
- \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
- %
- % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
- \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
- \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
- \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
- \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
- \let\nonarrowing = \relax
- \fi
-}
-
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% Define formatter for defuns
-% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
-\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-\newcount\parencount
-% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things.
-% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in.
-\def\activeparens{%
-\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active
-\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-
-\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-% This is used to turn on special parens
-% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-
-% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
- \global\advance\parencount by 1
-}
-%
-% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
-\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
- % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
- \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
- \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
-%
-\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
-} % End of definition inside \activeparens
-%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
-%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
-\def\ampnr{\&}
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
-\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
-
-% First, defname, which formats the header line itself.
-% #1 should be the function name.
-% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function".
-
-\def\defname #1#2{%
-% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were
-% outside the @def...
-\dimen2=\leftskip
-\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-\noindent
-\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}%
-\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line
-\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations
-\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
-% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such)
-% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin,
-% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking
-{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
-% so that \rightline will obey them.
-\advance \hsize by -\dimen2
-\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip -1.25pc }}}%
-% Make all lines underfull and no complaints:
-\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name
-}
-
-% Actually process the body of a definition
-% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun.
-% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx.
-% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header,
-% such as \defunheader.
-
-\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `='
-\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}
-
-% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
-% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
-% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
-%
-\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}}
-
-% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh.
-% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
-% #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define).
-% #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing.
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
-% #5 is the method's return type.
-%
-\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}}
-
-\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
-% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
-% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
-
-\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup %
-\catcode 61=\active %
-\obeylines\spacesplit#3}
-
-% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for
-% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals.
-%
-\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
- \begingroup\inENV %
- \medbreak %
- % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
- % so that it will exit this group.
- \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
- \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
- \parindent=0in
- \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
- \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
- \begingroup\obeylines
-}
-
-\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
-}
-
-% This loses on address@hidden {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
-% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
-% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh.
-% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
-%
-% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That
-% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
-% won't strip off the braces.
-%
-\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
- \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
- \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
-}
-
-% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
-% braces (if any). That's what this does.
-%
-\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
-
-% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
-% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
-% (which might be empty) the arguments.
-%
-\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
- #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
-}%
-
-\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV %
-\medbreak %
-% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies
-% so that it will exit this group.
-\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-\parindent=0in
-\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-\exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}}
-
-% Split up #2 at the first space token.
-% call #1 with two arguments:
-% the first is all of #2 before the space token,
-% the second is all of #2 after that space token.
-% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
-% and the second is passed as empty.
-
-{\obeylines
-\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}%
-\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{%
-\ifx\relax #3%
-#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}}
-
-% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions.
-
-% Define @defun.
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun
-% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-
-\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-\hyphenchar\tensl=0
-#1%
-\hyphenchar\tensl=45
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
-\boldbraxnoamp
-\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-}
-
-% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
-
-% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
-
-\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
-
-\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defun == @deffn Function
-
-\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
-
-\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
-% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
-\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}%
-\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
-
-% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$
-% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
-\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
-
-% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
-% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup
-\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
-% at least some C++ text from working
-\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}%
-\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defmac == @deffn Macro
-
-\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
-
-\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
-
-\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
-
-\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defunx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-
-\def\deffnx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypemethodx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefunx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-
-% @defmethod, and so on
-
-% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
-
-\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
-\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
-
-\def\defopheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}%
-\defunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG...
-%
-\def\deftypemethod{%
- \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
- \begingroup
- \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
- \deftypefunargs{#4}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% @defmethod == @defop Method
-%
-\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
-\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
- \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
- \begingroup
- \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
- \defunargs{#3}%
- \endgroup
-}
-
-% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
-
-\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
-\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
-
-\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable}
-
-\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-
-\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{%
-\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}%
-\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc.,
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc.
-
-\def\defopx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defcvx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-
-% Now @defvar
-
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
-% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak}
-
-% @defvr Counter foo-count
-
-\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-
-\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-
-\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-
-\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-
-\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-
-\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
-}
-
-% @deftypevar int foobar
-
-\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
-% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
-\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}%
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\endgroup}
-\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-
-\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-
-\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}
-\interlinepenalty=10000
-\endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak
-\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @defvarx
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx.
-
-\def\defvrx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-
-% Now define @deftp
-% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-
-\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-
-% @deftp Class window height width ...
-
-\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-
-\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc.
-
-\def\deftpx #1 address@hidden in invalid context}}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scanmacro#1{%
- \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
- \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
- \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}%
- \immediate\closeout\macscribble
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- \input \jobname.tmp
- \endgroup
-}
-\else
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup}
-\fi
-
-\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
-
-% Utility routines.
-% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
address@hidden
-\gdef\eatspaces address@hidden }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } address@hidden
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=12\catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=12
- \catcode`\^=12
- \catcode`\_=12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
- \catcode`\+=12
- \catcode`\{=12
- \catcode`\}=12
- address@hidden
- \catcode`\^^M=12
- \usembodybackslash}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
- \catcode`\~=12
- \catcode`\^=12
- \catcode`\_=12
- \catcode`\|=12
- \catcode`\<=12
- \catcode`\>=12
- \catcode`\+=12
- address@hidden
- \catcode`\\=12}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
address@hidden @address@hidden@active
- @address@hidden@address@hidden
- @address@hidden@csname address@hidden
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
- \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
- \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
- \paramno=0%
- \else
- \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
- \fi
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
- \else
- \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
- \fi
- \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
- \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
- \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
- \fi}
-
-\def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx}
-\def\unmacroxxx#1{%
- \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax
- \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}%
- \else
- \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
- \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined
- \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
- \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
- \if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
- \advance\paramno by 1%
- \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
- {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
- \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
- \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
address@hidden macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
address@hidden rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
- \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % many
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \fi
- \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
- \fi \next}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{}
\file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
- node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]}
-\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
-
-% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
-\def\donoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
- {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\unnumbnoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
- \fi
-}
-\def\appendixnoderef{%
- \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
- {Yappendixletterandtype}%
- \global\let\lastnode=\relax
- \fi
-}
-
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}}
-
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely
-% NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have
-% to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title
-% aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the
-% first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{{%
- \indexdummies
- \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
- \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
- \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}
-}}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
- \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
- \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
- \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
- % No printed node name was explicitly given.
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
- % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
- % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \else
- \ifhavexrefs
- % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
- \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
- \else
- % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
- \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
- \fi%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- %
- % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
- % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
- % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
- % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
- % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
- % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
- \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}%
- \else
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\normalturnoffactive
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
- % [mynode],
- [\printednodename],\space
- % page 3
- \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
- \fi
-\endgroup}
-
-% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros
-
-% Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.)
-\def\dosetq#1#2{%
- {\let\folio=0
- \normalturnoffactive
- \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
- \iflinks
- \next
- \fi
- }%
-}
-
-% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into
-% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...}
-% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character
-
-\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
-
-% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq
-
-\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
-
-\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
-
-\def\Ynothing{}
-
-\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno %
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno %
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
-\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}%
-\else \ifnum \subsecno=0
\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno %
-\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno %
-\else %
-\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
%
-\fi \fi \fi }
-
-\gdef\xreftie{'tie}
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
- \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0.
-\else
- \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-
-\def\refx#1#2{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax
- % If not defined, say something at least.
- \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
- \iflinks
- \ifhavexrefs
- \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
- \else
- \ifwarnedxrefs\else
- \global\warnedxrefstrue
- \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
- % It's defined, so just use it.
- \csname X#1\endcsname
- \fi
- #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1{\begingroup
- % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument.
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \afterassignment\endgroup
- \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
- address@hidden
- \catcode`\^^A=\other
- \catcode`\^^B=\other
- \catcode`\^^C=\other
- \catcode`\^^D=\other
- \catcode`\^^E=\other
- \catcode`\^^F=\other
- \catcode`\^^G=\other
- \catcode`\^^H=\other
- \catcode`\^^K=\other
- \catcode`\^^L=\other
- \catcode`\^^N=\other
- \catcode`\^^P=\other
- \catcode`\^^Q=\other
- \catcode`\^^R=\other
- \catcode`\^^S=\other
- \catcode`\^^T=\other
- \catcode`\^^U=\other
- \catcode`\^^V=\other
- \catcode`\^^W=\other
- \catcode`\^^X=\other
- \catcode`\^^Z=\other
- \catcode`\^^[=\other
- \catcode`\^^\=\other
- \catcode`\^^]=\other
- \catcode`\^^^=\other
- \catcode`\^^_=\other
- address@hidden
- \catcode`\^=\other
- % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
- \catcode`\~=\other
- \catcode`\[=\other
- \catcode`\]=\other
- \catcode`\"=\other
- \catcode`\_=\other
- \catcode`\|=\other
- \catcode`\<=\other
- \catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\$=\other
- \catcode`\#=\other
- \catcode`\&=\other
- \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
- {%
- \count 1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count 1=\other
- \advance\count 1 by 1
- \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
- % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now).
- % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
- % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
- % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
- % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
- % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
- \catcode`\{=1
- \catcode`\}=2
- \catcode`\%=\other
- \catcode`\'=0
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- \openin 1 \jobname.aux
- \ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- \input \jobname.aux
- \global\havexrefstrue
- \global\warnedobstrue
- \fi
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% Footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-
-{\catcode address@hidden
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
- \global\advance\footnoteno by address@hidden
- \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
- %
- % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
- % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
- address@hidden
- address@hidden/\fi
- %
- % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
- \unskip
- address@hidden
- \footnotezzz
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup
- % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
- % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
- % So reset some parameters.
- \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
- \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
- \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
- address@hidden
- address@hidden
- address@hidden
- address@hidden
- address@hidden
- \parindent\defaultparindent
- %
- % Hang the footnote text off the number.
- \hang
- \textindent{\thisfootno}%
- %
- % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
- % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
- % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
- \footstrut
- address@hidden
-}
address@hidden \let\next\f@@t
- address@hidden \next}
-\def\f@@address@hidden
address@hidden@foot}
address@hidden
-
-}%end \catcode address@hidden
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
- \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
- \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
- \normalbaselines
- \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
- \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
- depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
- }%
-}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
- \closein 1
- % Do not bother showing banner with post-v2.7 epsf.tex (available in
- % doc/epsf.tex until it shows up on ctan).
- \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
- \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-%
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
- work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\def\image#1{%
- \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
- \ifwarnednoepsf \else
- \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
- \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
- \global\warnednoepsftrue
- \fi
- \else
- \imagexxx #1,,,\finish
- \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- % If the image is by itself, center it.
- \ifvmode
- \nobreak\medskip
- \nobreak
- \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}%
- \bigbreak
- \else
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
- \fi
-}
-
-
-\message{paper sizes,}
-% And other related parameters.
-
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We
-% call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
- \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
- % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
- \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
- \else
- \emergencystretch = \hsize
- \divide\emergencystretch by 45
- \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip. Then whoever calls us can
-% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
- \voffset = #3\relax
- \topskip = #6\relax
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- %
- \vsize = #1\relax
- \advance\vsize by \topskip
- \outervsize = \vsize
- \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
- %
- \hsize = #2\relax
- \outerhsize = \hsize
- \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
- %
- \normaloffset = #4\relax
- \bindingoffset = #5\relax
- %
- \parindent = \defaultparindent
- \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{13.2pt}%
- %
- % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-
\internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
- \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
- \setleading{12pt}%
- %
- \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
- %
- \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
- \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
- \deftypemargin = 0pt
- \defbodyindent = .5cm
- %
- \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
- \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
- \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
- \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
- \setleading{12pt}%
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- %
-
\internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
- %
- \tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin
-% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
- \setleading{13.6pt}%
- %
- \afourpaper
- \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
- %
- \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
-\def\afourwide{%
- \afourpaper
-
\internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
- %
- \globaldefs = 0
-}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
-\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
- \globaldefs = 1
- %
- \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
- \setleading{13.2pt}%
- %
-
\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-%\catcode 27=\active
-%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$}
-
-% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
-{\catcode`\==\active
-\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
-
-\catcode`+=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
address@hidden
-
-% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-%{\catcode`\\=\other
address@hidden@rawbackslashxx{\}}
-
-% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
address@hidden@address@hidden@rawbackslashxx }}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-\escapechar=`\@
-
-% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
address@hidden@address@hidden"address@hidden
address@hidden@realbackslash
address@hidden@normaltilde
address@hidden@normalcaret
address@hidden@normalunderscore
address@hidden|address@hidden
address@hidden<address@hidden
address@hidden>address@hidden
address@hidden@normalplus}
-
address@hidden@address@hidden"address@hidden
address@hidden@normalbackslash
address@hidden@normaltilde
address@hidden@normalcaret
address@hidden@normalunderscore
address@hidden|address@hidden
address@hidden<address@hidden
address@hidden>address@hidden
address@hidden@normalplus}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
address@hidden
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
address@hidden@eatinput input address@hidden
address@hidden@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
address@hidden@address@hidden@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
- @address@hidden @address@hidden@active}
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below
-% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10
address@hidden@address@hidden @address@hidden@other @catcode`@&address@hidden
@address@hidden@other
-
address@hidden
address@hidden
-
address@hidden Local variables:
address@hidden eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
address@hidden page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
address@hidden time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
address@hidden time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
address@hidden time-stamp-end: "}"
address@hidden End:
| [Prev in Thread] |
Current Thread |
[Next in Thread] |
- [elpa] master e04cd33: Actually remove mmm-mode from master,
Stefan Monnier <=